% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % % % % Project Gutenberg's Conic Sections Treated Geometrically, by W.H. Besant% % % % This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with % % almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or % % re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included % % with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org % % % % % % Title: Conic Sections Treated Geometrically % % and, George Bell and Sons Educational Catalogue % % % % Author: W.H. Besant % % % % Release Date: September 6, 2009 [EBook #29913] % % % % Language: English % % % % Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 % % % % *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CONIC SECTIONS *** % % % % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \def\ebook{29913} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% %% %% Packages and substitutions: %% %% %% %% book: Document class. Required. %% %% ifthen: Logical conditionals. Required. %% %% geometry: Enhanced page layout package. Required. %% %% amsmath: AMS mathematics enhancements. Required. %% %% amsmath: AMS symbols, e.g. \therefore. Required. %% %% inputenc: Standard DP encoding. Required. %% %% graphicx: Allows inclusion of images. Required. %% %% wrapfig: Wrap text around images. Required. %% %% longtable: For multi-page table. Required. %% %% fancyhdr: Enhanced running headers and footers. Required. %% %% nextpage: Empty pagestyle on generated pages. Recommended. %% %% verbatim: For PG license text. Required. %% %% fix-cm: Large font sizes for title page. Recommended. %% %% hyperref: Hypertext embellishments for pdf output. Required. %% %% %% %% %% %% Things to Check: %% %% %% %% Spellcheck: OK %% %% Smoothreading pool: Yes %% %% lacheck: OK (ignore errors beyond end of document) %% %% False positives: %% %% Unmatched braces, etc. (preamble) (many instances) %% %% Bad character in label (preamble) (3 instances) %% %% Do not use @ in LaTeX macro (preamble) (26 instances) %% %% Missing '\@' before '.' in... (185 instances) %% %% Capital letter abbreviations, e.g. DR., REV., etc. %% %% Possible unwanted space at "{" (53 instances) %% %% Multiple complaints from lprep config and log file %% %% %% %% Lprep: OK, (3 warnings: consider moving code to preamble) %% %% Gutcheck: OK %% %% PDF pages: 367 %% %% 359 pages in screen format, 363 in print format %% %% PDF page size: US Letter (8.5" x 11") in print format %% %% cropped to 468 x 650pt in screen format %% %% PDF bookmarks: Top level bookmarks point to Project Gutenberg %% %% licensing, book catalogues at the front & back, %% %% the Conic Sections book, and transcriber notes. %% %% Within the book, next level bookmarks point to %% %% the prefaces, contents, and ToC entries. %% %% PDF document info: filled in %% %% PDF Reader displays document title in window title bar %% %% ToC hyperlinks and page numbers: OK %% %% Article/Chapter references: e.g. on the first page (v) of the %% %% Preface to the First Edition, check %% %% that the numbers in "Art. (156)" and %% %% "Chapter VI." hyperlink correctly. %% %% Images: 184 PNGs (catlogo and 001a-282a, where the number refers %% %% to the article where the figure is located, and the %% %% suffix a, b, c, etc. distinguishes multiple images %% %% within an article.) %% %% Placement of images: %% %% There should be no figures protruding substantially below the %% %% normal bottom of the page, nor large areas of whitespace. %% %% %% %% Summary of log file: %% %% No errors, warnings or bad boxes in either format %% %% %% %% Command block: %% %% pdflatex x3 %% %% %% %% Producer's Comments: The book contains a lot of figures, which %% %% the text wraps around. Due to the %% %% limitations of the wrapfig package, the %% %% pagination is sensitive to small changes. %% %% The macros beginning \cpag... have been %% %% used as sparingly as possible to force good %% %% page breaks, and avoid figures extending %% %% below the end of the page. If re-pagination %% %% is required, and minor adjustments are not %% %% successful, remove the uses of the \cpag... %% %% macros, and re-enter them where required. %% %% In the catalogue, volume contents are %% %% separated with emdashes. These have been %% %% deliberately spaced to allow good line %% %% breaks and avoid bad hboxes, e.g. %% %% Embassy --- Leptines --- Meidias --- ... %% %% %% %% Compile History: %% %% %% %% Sept 2009: windymilla (Nigel Blower) %% %% MiKTeX 2.7, TeXnicCenter, Windows XP Pro %% %% Compiled three times to get cross-references right %% %% %% %% %% %% September 2009: pglatex. %% %% Compile this project with: %% %% pdflatex 29913-t.tex ..... THREE times %% %% %% %% pdfTeXk, Version 3.141592-1.40.3 (Web2C 7.5.6) %% %% %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \listfiles \makeatletter \documentclass[12pt,letterpaper,openany]{book}[2005/09/16] \usepackage{ifthen}[2001/05/26] \newboolean{ForPrinting} % *** COMMENT the following line for screen formatting. UNCOMMENT it for printing *** %\setboolean{ForPrinting}{true} % Initialize values to ForPrinting=false \renewcommand{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage} % Don't skip to recto \newcommand{\Margins}{hmarginratio=1:1} % Symmetric margins \newcommand{\HLinkColor}{blue} % Hyperlink color \newcommand{\PDFPageLayout}{SinglePage} \newcommand{\TransNoteText}{% This file is optimized for screen viewing, with colored internal hyperlinks and cropped pages. It can be printed in this form, or may easily be recompiled for two-sided printing. Please consult the preamble of the \LaTeX\ source file for instructions.} % Re-set if ForPrinting=true \ifthenelse{\boolean{ForPrinting}}{% \renewcommand{\cleardoublepage}{% \cleartooddpage[\thispagestyle{empty}]} % Force empty pagestyle on generated blank pages \renewcommand{\Margins}{hmarginratio=2:3} % Asymmetric margins; geometry package default \renewcommand{\HLinkColor}{black} % Hyperlink color \renewcommand{\PDFPageLayout}{TwoPageRight} \renewcommand{\TransNoteText}{% This file is optimized for two-sided printing, and internal hyperlinks, such as references to page, article and chapter numbers, are not visually distinguished. However it may easily be recompiled for screen viewing, including symmetric margins and colored hyperlinks. Please consult the preamble of the \LaTeX\ source file for instructions.} } % preserve the text width and height set up by the book class \usepackage[textwidth=\textwidth,textheight=\textheight,vmarginratio=1:1,\Margins]{geometry} \usepackage{amsmath}[2000/07/18] \usepackage{amssymb}[2002/01/22] \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}[2006/05/05] \usepackage{graphicx}[1999/02/16] \usepackage{wrapfig}[2003/01/31] \usepackage{longtable}[2004/02/01] \usepackage{fancyhdr}% no date stamp \usepackage{nextpage}[2000/02/20] \usepackage{verbatim}[2003/08/22] \IfFileExists{fix-cm.sty}{% \usepackage{fix-cm}[2006/03/24] % For larger title page font: 32pt with 40pt baselineskip \newcommand{\TitleHuge}{\fontsize{32}{40}\selectfont}} {\newcommand{\TitleHuge}{\Huge}}% If not available, just use \Huge % PDF attributes \providecommand{\ebook}{00000} \usepackage[pdftex, hyperref, hyperfootnotes=false, pdftitle={The Project Gutenberg eBook \#\ebook: Conic Sections}, pdfsubject={Conic Sections, treated geometrically}, pdfauthor={W.H. Besant}, pdfkeywords={K.F. Greiner, Joshua Hutchinson, Nigel Blower, Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team, Cornell University}, pdfpagelayout=\PDFPageLayout, pdfdisplaydoctitle, pdfpagelabels=true, bookmarksopen=true, bookmarksopenlevel=1, colorlinks=true, pageanchor=false, % duplicate page numbers in catalog cause warnings - page anchors not used anyway linkcolor=\HLinkColor]{hyperref}[2008/11/18] % Set link color % Re-crop screen-formatted version \ifthenelse{\boolean{ForPrinting}} {} {\hypersetup{pdfpagescrop= 72 70 540 720}} \widowpenalty=1000 \clubpenalty=1000 % Adjust headings to give look and feel more like original text \def\@makeschapterhead#1{% \vspace*{50\p@}% {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont \interlinepenalty\@M \Huge \bfseries #1\par\nobreak }} \renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% {-3.5ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}% {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% {\normalfont\Large\textsc}}% not bold, but small-caps \renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% {1.5ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% adjust space before {1ex \@plus.2ex \@minus.2ex}% adjust space after {\normalfont\normalsize}}% standard weight and size \renewcommand{\paragraph}{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\parindent}% indent paragraph {1.5ex \@plus1.5ex \@minus.5ex}% adjust space before {-1em plus-0.25em}% {\normalfont\normalsize\textsc}}% not bold, but small-caps \renewcommand{\subparagraph}{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}% {1ex \@plus0.5ex \@minus.5ex}% adjust space before {-1em}% {\normalfont\normalsize\textsc}}% not bold, but small-caps % Numbered article \newcommand{\carticle}[1]{\paragraph{#1}\label{art:#1}} % Numbered article with small-cap heading \newcommand{\carticleplus}[2]{\carticle{#1}\textsc{#2}\hskip1em minus0.25em} % Used for corollary inside aligned environment \newcommand{\calignedcor}[1]{\indent\textsc{#1}\quad} % Convenience functions for labels and references \newcommand{\clabel}[1]{\phantomsection\label{#1}} \newcommand{\cartref}[1]{\hyperref[art:#1.]{#1}} \newcommand{\cchapref}[1]{\hyperref[chap:CHAPTER #1]{#1}}% period included in Roman chapter number % reduce spacing around wrapfigs \setlength\intextsep {4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt} % Provide commands for centered, left and right justified figures % \includegraphicsmid{graphics filename} \newcommand{\includegraphicsmid}[1]{% \begin{center}% \includegraphics{./images/#1.png}% \end{center}} % \includegraphicsleft[height in lines]{graphics filename} \newcommand{\includegraphicsleft}[2][]{% \begin{wrapfigure}[#1]{l}{0pt}% \includegraphics{./images/#2.png}% \end{wrapfigure}} % \includegraphicsright[height in lines]{graphics filename} \newcommand{\includegraphicsright}[2][]{% \begin{wrapfigure}[#1]{r}{0pt}% \includegraphics{./images/#2.png}% \end{wrapfigure}} % Environment for lists of examples in each chapter \newenvironment{exampleslist}{% \small% \begin{list}{}{% \setlength{\labelwidth}{0.2\parindent}% will grow automatically for longer labels \setlength{\labelsep}{0.3\parindent}% \setlength{\itemindent}{1.5\parindent}% \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{##1}% }}{\end{list}} % Environments for list of items in catalogs \newenvironment{catlist}[3]{% \small% \begin{list}{}{% \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}% \setlength{\itemindent}{#1}% \setlength{\leftmargin}{#2}% \setlength{\listparindent}{0.7\parindent}% \setlength{\topsep}{#3 plus 2pt}% \setlength{\itemsep}{#3 plus 2pt}% \setlength{\parsep}{#3 plus 2pt}% \setlength{\partopsep}{#3 plus 2pt}% }}{\end{list}} \newenvironment{frontcatlist}{% For the short catalog at the front \begin{catlist}% {-.7\parindent}% itemindent {2\parindent}% leftmargin {2pt}% vertical spacing }{\end{catlist}}% \newenvironment{maincatlist}{% For the main catalog at the back \begin{catlist}% {-\parindent}% itemindent {\parindent}% leftmargin {0pt}% vertical spacing }{\end{catlist}} \newenvironment{seriescatlist}{% For the series catalog at end of text \begin{catlist}% {-\parindent}% itemindent {3\parindent}% leftmargin {0pt}% vertical spacing }{\end{catlist}} % 'items' within the catalogs (flexible space versions used when item ends in full stop) \newcommand{\fitem}[1][]{\item #1} \newcommand{\fitemspace}[1][]{\fitem[#1]\hspace{0pt plus 1em}} \newcommand{\mitem}[1][]{\item \textbf{#1}} \newcommand{\mitemspace}[1][]{\mitem[#1]\hspace{0pt plus 1em}} % Small sublists of items within main catalog \newenvironment{catsublist}{% \begin{maincatlist}% \footnotesize% }{\end{maincatlist}} % two-column table in catalogue \newcommand{\tabtwocolwidth}{0.4\textwidth} \newenvironment{tabulartwocol}{% \begin{tabular*}{0.9\textwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{\tabtwocolwidth}|p{\tabtwocolwidth}}% }{\end{tabular*}} % wider two-column table in catalogue \newcommand{\tabwidecolwidth}{0.47\textwidth} \newenvironment{tabulartwowide}{% \par\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}% \small% \begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{\tabwidecolwidth}@{\kern.02\textwidth}|% @{\kern.02\textwidth}p{\tabwidecolwidth}@{\extracolsep{\fill}}}% }{\end{tabular*}\medskip} % centered headings in two-column table \newcommand{\tabcenterl}[1]{\multicolumn{1}{c|}{#1}} \newcommand{\tabcenterr}[1]{\multicolumn{1}{c}{#1}} \newcommand{\tabcenter}[1]{\hfill #1 \hfill} % hanging indent within two-column table \newcommand{\tabhangindent}{\hangindent=1em\hangafter=1\parindent=0em} \newcommand{\tabparbox}[1]{% \parbox[t]{\tabwidecolwidth}{\raggedright\everypar{\tabhangindent}#1}} % Use \L, \s, \d for UK pounds, shillings & pence in italics \renewcommand{\L}{\textit{£}} \newcommand{\s}{\textit{s}} \renewcommand{\d}{\textit{d}} %Title for Table of Contents \renewcommand{\contentsname}{\protect\begin{center}CONTENTS.\protect\end{center}} % Customise table of contents \renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{4em} \renewcommand{\@pnumwidth}{3em} % "toc" is the extension used for the temporary file for main table of contents \newcommand{\tocext}{toc} % Commands to allow second table of contents for catalogue % "tcc" is the extension used for the temporary file % \tableofcontentscat includes the table of contents \newcommand{\tccext}{tcc} \newcommand{\tableofcontentscat}{\thispagestyle{empty}\csection{CONTENTS}\@starttoc{\tccext}} % Commands to allow table of contents for summary of series at end of catalogue % "tcs" is the extension used for the temporary file % \tableofcontentssum includes the summary of series toc \newcommand{\tcsext}{tcs} \newcommand{\tableofcontentssum}{\csection{SUMMARY OF SERIES}\@starttoc{\tcsext}} % Command to start chapter and add heading to main table of contents \newcommand{\cchapter}[1]{% \chapter*{\LARGE\center #1.}% \label{chap:#1.} \thispagestyle{empty}% \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\filbreak\protect\begin{center}#1.\protect\end{center}}}% % Similar, but for catalogue table of contents - each part is a section \newcommand{\cchaptercat}[1]{\section*{\LARGE\center #1.} \addtocontents{\tccext}{\vspace{6pt}\noindent #1:---}} % Provide centered section & subsection headings \newcommand{\csection}[1]{\section*{\center #1.}} \newcommand{\csubsection}[1]{\subsection*{\center #1.}} \newcommand{\cisubsection}[1]{\subsection*{\center \textit{#1.}}} % Command to add section heading to given table of contents \newcommand{\ctoc}[2]{\addcontentsline{#1}{section}{\textsc{#2}}} % In the majority of cases section title is used in table of contents, % so provide a command which starts a new section & adds it to the contents. \newcommand{\csectiontoc}[1]{\csection{#1}\ctoc{\tocext}{#1}} % Version which uppercases the section title, but leaves the toc entry to be SmallCapped \newcommand{\csectionuppertoc}[1]{\csection{\MakeUppercase{#1}}\ctoc{\tocext}{#1}} % Version for catalogue headers and toc entries \newcommand{\catsectionuppertoc}[1]{\csubsection{\MakeUppercase{#1}}\ctoc{\tccext}{#1}} % Series heading \newcommand{\cseries}[1]{\subsection*{\MakeUppercase{\textbf{#1}}.}} % Series heading & add to summary of series toc \newcommand{\cseriestoc}[1]{\cseries{#1}\ctoc{\tcsext}{#1}} % Provide customised header using fancyhdr package \newcommand{\cheader}[1]{\fancyhead[C]{#1.}} % Standard \centerdot looks too heavy compared with other operators and punctuation \newcommand{\ctrdot}{\mathbin{.}} % Raises tag and large brace where two equations are bracketed and tagged \newcommand{\raisetwoline}[1]{\raisebox{0.5\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{#1}} % Provide for occasional symbol footnote rather than numbered \long\def\symbolfootnote[#1]#2{\begingroup% \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}\footnote[#1]{#2}\endgroup} % New page and skip commands solely used to aid pagination. % If document needs complete repagination, remove these from body of text, then re-insert where necessary \newcommand{\cpagnewpage}{\pagebreak[2]} \newcommand{\cpagmedskip}{\medskip} \newcommand{\cpagdummypar}{\quad\par} % Empty paragraph to allow wrapfigure to start before actual paragraph % For right justified notes in catalogue % Italic, preceded by square bracket, enclosed in box to avoid linebreak, allowbreak before or after \newcommand{\catright}[1]{\qquad\hfill\allowbreak\null\nobreak\hfill\mbox{[\textit{#1}}\allowbreak\null} % Three stars in a triangle \newcommand{\threestars}{${}_*{}^*{}_*\:$} \newcommand{\threestarsinverted}{${}^*{}_*{}^*\:$} % Short horizontal rule - if the page is already too full, suppress it \newcommand{\shortrule}{\ifdim\pagetotal<\pagegoal \begin{center}\rule{2cm}{1pt}\end{center}\fi} % Used for names of authors in small capitals in catalogue \newcommand{\smallcapsize}{\footnotesize} % within normal text \newcommand{\tinycapsize}{\tiny} % within small text % to avoid over/underfull boxes without using explicit linebreaks \def\stretchyspace{\spaceskip0.5em plus 0.5em minus 0.25em} % To improve spacing on titlepages \newcommand{\TitleStretch}{\spaceskip0.85em} \newcommand{\CatStretch}{\spaceskip0.6em} % Hyphenation definitions to ensure words wrap appropriately \hyphenation{pa-ra-bolic pa-ra-bola PALEY} % For sensible insertion of boilerplate/licence, % overlong lines will wrap and be indented 0.25in \def\@xobeysp{~\hfil\discretionary{}{\kern\z@}{}\hfilneg} \renewcommand{\verbatim@processline}{\leavevmode \null\kern-0.25in\the\verbatim@line\par} \addto@hook\every@verbatim{\@totalleftmargin0.25in\footnotesize} \makeatother \begin{document} \thispagestyle{empty} \pagenumbering{alph} \pdfbookmark[0]{Project Gutenberg Boilerplate}{Project Gutenberg Boilerplate} \begin{verbatim} Project Gutenberg's Conic Sections Treated Geometrically, by W.H. Besant This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org Title: Conic Sections Treated Geometrically and, George Bell and Sons Educational Catalogue Author: W.H. Besant Release Date: September 6, 2009 [EBook #29913] Language: English Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CONIC SECTIONS *** \end{verbatim} \clearpage \thispagestyle{empty} \begin{center} \small Produced by K.F. Greiner, Joshua Hutchinson, Nigel Blower and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by Cornell University Digital Collections) \end{center} \vfill {% \setlength{\parindent}{0pt} \setlength{\parskip}{6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt} \small \TransNoteText Detailed \hyperref[section:tn]{\textit{Transcriber's Notes}} may be found at the end of this document. } \clearpage % Margins around graphics % Caution: These have to be set inside the document. Also, setting the % font size (even \normalsize) will reset these values, so all font size % settings are limited in scope, i.e. inside environments/braces. \setlength\abovedisplayskip {3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} \setlength\abovedisplayshortskip {3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} \setlength\belowdisplayskip {3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} \setlength\belowdisplayshortskip {3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} %-----File: 002.png----- %-----File: 003.png----- % % Page stamped & handwritten: %-----------------------------------% % Cornell University Library % % % % THE GIFT OF % % Professor L. A. Wait % % to the Evans Mathematical Library % % % % M.408 MATHEMATICS 28/V/13 % %-----------------------------------% %-----File: 004.png----- %-----File: 005.png----- %-----File: 006.png----- % Set up page headers \pagestyle{fancy} \addtolength{\headheight}{\baselineskip} \fancyhead{} \fancyfoot{} \pagenumbering{Roman} \cheader{\textit{George Bell \& Sons' Mathematical Works}} \pdfbookmark[0]{George Bell \& Sons' Mathematical Works}{George Bell & Sons' Mathematical Works} \noindent{\small \textbf{CAMBRIDGE MATHEMATICAL SERIES\@.} Crown 8vo.} \begin{frontcatlist} \fitemspace[ARITHMETIC\@.] With 8000 Examples. By Charles Pendlebury, M.A., F.R.A.S., Senior Mathematical Master of St.\ Paul's, late Scholar of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. \textsc{Complete.} With or without Answers. 7\textit{th edition}. 4\s.~6\d. \textsc{In two Parts}, with or without Answers, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. Part 2 \textit{contains Commercial Arithmetic}. (\textit{Key to Part} 2, 7\s.~6\d.\ \textit{net}.) In use at Winchester; Wellington; Marlborough; Rugby; Charterhouse; St.~Paul's; Merchant Taylors'; Christ's Hospital; Sherborne; Shrewsbury; Bradford; Bradfield; Leamington College; Felsted; Cheltenham Ladies' College; Edinburgh, Daniel Stewart's College; Belfast Academical Institution; King's School, Parramatta; Royal College, Mauritius; \&c. \&c. \fitem[EXAMPLES IN ARITHMETIC,] extracted from the above, 5\textit{th.\ edition}, with or without Answers, 3\s.; or in Two Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ and 2\s. \fitemspace[CHOICE AND CHANCE\@.] An Elementary Treatise on Permutations, Combinations, and Probability, with 640 Exercises. By W.~A. Whitworth, M.A., late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 4\textit{th edition, revised}. 6\s. \fitemspace[EUCLID\@.] Books I.--VI. and part of Book XI\@. Newly translated from the original Text, with numerous Riders and Miscellaneous Examples in Modern Geometry. By Horace Deighton, M.A., formerly Scholar of Queen's College, Cambridge; Head Master of Harrison College, Barbados. 3\textit{rd edition}. 4\s.~6\d. Or Books I.--IV., 3\s. Books V. to end, 2\s.~6\d. \textsc{Or in Parts}: Book I., 1\s. Books I. and II., 1\s.~6\d. Books I.--III., 2\s.~6\d. Books III. and IV., 1\s.~6\d. \textsc{A Key}, 5\s.\ net. In use at Wellington; Charterhouse; Bradfield; Glasgow High School; Portsmouth Grammar School; Preston Grammar School; Eltham R.N. School; Saltley College; Harris Academy, Dundee, \&c. \&c. \fitem[EXERCISES ON EUCLID and in Modern Geometry,] containing Applications of the Principles and Processes of Modern Pure Geometry. By J.~McDowell, M.A., F.R.A.S., Pembroke College, Cambridge, and Trinity College, Dublin. 3\textit{rd edition, revised}. 6\s. \fitemspace[ELEMENTARY TRIGONOMETRY\@.] By J.~M. Dyer, M.A., and the Rev.\ R.~H. Whitcombe, M.A., Assistant Mathematical Masters, Eton College. 2\textit{nd edition, revised}. 4\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[INTRODUCTION TO PLANE TRIGONOMETRY\@.] By the Rev.\ T.~G. Vyvyan, M.A., formerly Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Senior Mathematical Master of Charterhouse. 3\textit{rd edition, revised and corrected}. 3\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY FOR BEGINNERS\@.] Part 1\@. The Straight Line and Circle. By the Rev.\ T.~G. Vyvyan, M.A\@. 2\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[CONIC SECTIONS, An Elementary Treatise on Geometrical.] By H.~G. Willis, M.A., Clare College, Cambridge, Assistant Master of Manchester Grammar School. 5\s. \fitemspace[CONICS, The Elementary Geometry of.] By C.~Taylor, D.D., Master of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 7\textit{th edition}. Containing a \textsc{New Treatment of the Hyperbola}. 4\s.~6\d. %-----File: 007.png----- \fitemspace[SOLID GEOMETRY, An Elementary Treatise on.] By W.~Steadman Aldis, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge; Professor of Mathematics, University College, Auckland, New Zealand. 4\textit{th edition, revised}. 6\s. \fitemspace[ROULETTES AND GLISSETTES, Notes on.] By W.~H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S., late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 2\textit{nd edition}. 5\s. \fitemspace[GEOMETRICAL OPTICS\@. An Elementary Treatise.] By W.~Steadman Aldis, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge. 4\textit{th edition, revised}. 4\s. \fitemspace[RIGID DYNAMICS, An Introductory Treatise on.] By W.~Steadman Aldis, M.A\@. 4\s. \fitem[ELEMENTARY DYNAMICS, A Treatise on,] for the use of Colleges and Schools. By William Garnett, M.A., D.C.L. (late Whitworth Scholar), Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge; Principal of the Science College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 5\textit{th edition, revised}. 6\s. \fitemspace[DYNAMICS, A Treatise on.] By W.~H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S\@. 2\textit{nd edition}. 10\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[HYDROMECHANICS, A Treatise on.] By W.~H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S., late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 5\textit{th edition, revised}. Part~I. Hydrostatics. 5\s. \fitemspace[ELEMENTARY HYDROSTATICS\@.] By W.~H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S\@. 16\textit{th edition}. 4\s.~6\d. \textsc{Key}, 5\s. \fitemspace[HEAT, An Elementary Treatise on.] By W.~Garnett, M.A., D.C.L., Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge; Principal of the Science College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 6\textit{th edition}, revised. 4\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[THE ELEMENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS\@.] Including Kinetics, Statics, and Hydrostatics. By C.~M. Jessop, M.A., late Fellow of Clare College Cambridge; Lecturer in Mathematics in the Durham College of Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 6\s. \fitemspace[MECHANICS, A Collection of Problems in Elementary.] By W.~Walton, M.A., Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Trinity Hall, Lecturer at Magdalene College. 2\textit{nd edition}. 6\s. \fitemspace[PHYSICS, Examples in Elementary.] Comprising Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics, Heat, Light, Chemistry, Electricity, with Examination Papers. By W.~Gallatly, M.A., Pembroke College, Cambridge, Assistant Examiner at London University. 4\s. \fitemspace[MATHEMATICAL EXAMPLES\@.] A Collection of Examples in Arithmetic Algebra, Trigonometry, Mensuration, Theory of Equations, Analytical Geometry, Statics, Dynamics, with Answers, \&c. By J.~M. Dyer, M.A. (Assistant Master, Eton College), and R.~Prowde Smith, M.A\@. 6\s. \begin{center} \rule{0.5\textwidth}{1pt} \end{center} \fitemspace[CONIC SECTIONS treated Geometrically.] By W.~H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S., late Fellow of St.\ John's College. 8\textit{th edition, fcap.\ 8vo.} 4\s.~6\d. \fitemspace[ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY for Schools.] By Rev.\ T.~G. Vyvyan, Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, and Senior Mathematical Master of Charterhouse. 6\textit{th edition, fcap.\ 8vo.} 4\s.~6\d. \end{frontcatlist} \cleardoublepage %-----File: 008.png----- %-----File: 009.png----- \frontmatter \thispagestyle{empty} \pdfbookmark[0]{Conic Sections}{Conic Sections} \vspace*{\stretch{1}} \begin{center} {\LARGE\textit{CAMBRIDGE MATHEMATICAL SERIES}\par} \bigskip \bigskip \Huge\TitleStretch CONIC SECTIONS\\[50mm] \end{center} \vspace{\stretch{1}} \clearpage %-----File: 010.png----- \thispagestyle{empty} \vspace*{\stretch{1}} \begin{center} GEORGE BELL \& SONS \bigskip \footnotesize LONDON: YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN AND NEW YORK, 66, FIFTH AVENUE CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL \& CO.\\[50mm] \end{center} \vspace{\stretch{1}} \clearpage %-----File: 011.png----- \thispagestyle{empty} \begin{center} {\TitleHuge\TitleStretch CONIC SECTIONS} \vspace{1cm} {\TitleStretch TREATED GEOMETRICALLY} \vspace{\stretch{1}} BY \vspace{1cm} {\Large W.~H. BESANT Sc.D. F.R.S.} {\tiny FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLLEGE CAMBRIDGE} \vspace{\stretch{1}} \textit{NINTH EDITION REVISED AND ENLARGED} \vspace{\stretch{1}} LONDON GEORGE BELL AND SONS 1895 \end{center} \clearpage %-----File: 012.png----- \thispagestyle{empty} \vspace*{\stretch{1}} \begin{center} $\mathfrak{Cambridge}$: \medskip {\footnotesize PRINTED BY J. \& C.~F. CLAY,} \medskip {\footnotesize AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.}\\[50mm] \end{center} \vspace{\stretch{1}} \clearpage %-----File: 013.png----- \pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhead{} \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} \fancyhead[R]{\thepage} \thispagestyle{empty} \csection{PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION} \cheader{PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION} \pdfbookmark[1]{Prefaces}{Prefaces} In the present Treatise the Conic Sections are defined with reference to a focus and directrix, and I have endeavoured to place before the student the most important properties of those curves, deduced, as closely as possible, from the definition. The construction which is given in the first Chapter for the determination of points in a conic section possesses several advantages; in particular, it leads at once to the constancy of the ratio of the square on the ordinate to the rectangle under its distances from the vertices; and, again, in the case of the hyperbola, the directions of the asymptotes follow immediately from the construction. In several cases the methods employed are the same as those of Wallace, in the Treatise on Conic Sections, published in the \textit{Encyclopaedia Metropolitana}. The deduction of the properties of these curves from their definition as the sections of a cone, seems \textit{à priori} to be the natural method of dealing with the subject, but experience appears to have shewn that the discussion of conics as defined by their plane properties is the most suitable method of commencing an elementary treatise, and %-----File: 014.png----- accordingly I follow the fashion of the time in taking that order for the treatment of the subject. In Hamilton's book on \textit{Conic Sections}, published in the middle of the last century, the properties of the cone are first considered, and the advantage of this method of commencing the subject, if the use of solid figures be not objected to, is especially shewn in the very general theorem of Art.~(\cartref{156}). I have made much use of this treatise, and, in fact, it contains most of the theorems and problems which are now regarded as classical propositions in the theory of Conic Sections. I have considered first, in Chapter~\cchapref{I.}, a few simple properties of conics, and have then proceeded to the particular properties of each curve, commencing with the parabola as, in some respects, the simplest form of a conic section. It is then shewn, in Chapter~\cchapref{VI.}, that the sections of a cone by a plane produce the several curves in question, and lead at once to their definition as loci, and to several of their most important properties. A chapter is devoted to the method of orthogonal projection, and another to the harmonic properties of curves, and to the relations of poles and polars, including the theory of reciprocal polars for the particular case in which the circle is employed as the auxiliary curve. For the more general methods of projections, of reciprocation, and of anharmonic properties, the student will consult the treatises of Chasles, Poncelet, Salmon, Townsend, Ferrers, Whitworth, and others, who have recently developed, %-----File: 015.png----- with so much fulness, the methods of modern Geometry. I have to express my thanks to Mr R.~B. Worthington, of St John's College, and of the Indian Civil Service, for valuable assistance in the constructions of Chapter~\cchapref{XI.}, and also to Mr E.~Hill, Fellow of St John's College, for his kindness in looking over the latter half of the proof-sheets. I venture to hope that the methods adopted in this treatise will give a clear view of the properties of Conic Sections, and that the numerous Examples appended to the various Chapters will be useful as an exercise to the student for the further extension of his conceptions of these curves. \bigskip \begin{flushright} W.~H. BESANT.\mbox{\qquad} \end{flushright} \bigskip {\scriptsize \begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l} \textsc{Cambridge}&,\\[.5ex] \textit{March}&, 1869. \end{tabular} } %-----File: 016.png----- \clearpage \thispagestyle{empty} \csection{PREFACE TO THE NINTH EDITION} \cheader{PREFACE TO THE NINTH EDITION} In the preparation of this edition I have made many alterations and many additions. In particular, I have placed the articles on Reciprocal Polars in a separate chapter, with considerable expansions. I have also inserted a new chapter, on Conical Projections, dealing however only with real projections. The first nine chapters, with the first set of miscellaneous problems, now constitute the elementary portions of the subject. The subsequent chapters may be regarded as belonging to higher regions of thought. I venture to hope that this re-arrangement will make it easier for the beginner to master the elements of the subject, and to obtain clear views of the methods of geometry as applied to the conic sections. A new edition, the fourth, of the book of solutions of the examples and problems has been prepared, and is being issued with this new edition of the treatise, with which it is in exact accordance. \bigskip \begin{flushright} W.~H. BESANT.\mbox{\qquad} \end{flushright} \bigskip {\scriptsize \textit{December} 14, 1894.} \clearpage %-----File: 017.png----- \cheader{CONTENTS} \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{Contents} {\stretchyspace \tableofcontents } %-----File: 018.png----- %-----File: 019.png----- \mainmatter \thispagestyle{empty} \vspace*{40pt} \begin{center} \Huge \textbf{CONIC SECTIONS.} \end{center} \vspace{40pt} \addtocontents{toc}{% \protect\begin{flushright} \vspace{48pt}% to ensure contents page break occurs at a suitable point \textsc{page} \protect\end{flushright} \protect\thispagestyle{empty}} \csectiontoc{Introduction} \cheader{INTRODUCTION} \csubsection{DEFINITION} If a straight line and a point be given in position in a plane, and if a point move in a plane in such a manner that its distance from the given point always bears the same ratio to its distance from the given line, the curve traced out by the moving point is called a Conic Section. The fixed point is called the Focus, and the fixed line the Directrix of the conic section. When the ratio is one of equality, the curve is called a Parabola. When the ratio is one of less inequality, the curve is called an Ellipse. When the ratio is one of greater inequality, the curve is called an Hyperbola. These curves are called Conic Sections, because they can all be obtained from the intersections of a Cone by planes in different directions, a fact which will be proved hereafter. It may be mentioned that a circle is a particular case of an ellipse, that two straight lines constitute a particular case of an hyperbola, and that a parabola may be looked upon as the limiting form of an ellipse or an hyperbola, under certain conditions of variation in the lines and magnitudes upon which those curves depend for their form. %-----File: 020.png----- The object of the following pages is to discuss the general forms and characters of these curves, and to determine their most important properties by help of the methods and relations developed in the first six books, and in the eleventh book of Euclid, and it will be found that, for this purpose, a knowledge of Euclid's Geometry is all that is necessary. The series of demonstrations will shew the characters and properties which the curves possess in common, and also the special characteristics wherein they differ from each other; and the continuity with which the curves pass into each other will appear from the definition of a conic section as a Locus, or curve traced out by a moving point, as well as from the fact that they are deducible from the intersections of a cone by a succession of planes. %-----File: 021.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER I} \csection{PROPOSITION I} \ctoc{\tocext}{The Construction of a Conic Section, and General Properties} \cheader{CONIC SECTIONS} \cisubsection{The Construction of a Conic Section} \carticle{1.} Take $S$ as the focus, and from $S$ draw $SX$ at right angles to the directrix, and intersecting it in the point $X$. \subparagraph{Definition.} \textit{This line $SX$, produced both ways, is called the Axis of the Conic Section.} In $SX$ take a point $A$ such that the ratio of $SA$ to $AX$ is equal to the given ratio; then $A$ is a point in the curve. \includegraphicsmid{001a} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The point $A$ is called the Vertex of the curve.} In the directrix $EX$ take any point $E$, join $EA$, and $ES$, produce these lines, and through $S$ draw the straight line $SQ$ making with $ES$ produced the same angle which $ES$ produced makes with the axis $SN$. %-----File: 022.png----- Let $P$ be the point of intersection of $SQ$ and $EA$ produced, and through $P$ draw $LPK$ parallel to $NX$, and intersecting $ES$ produced in $L$, and the directrix in $K$. \includegraphicsmid{001a} %repeated figure Then the angle $PLS$ is equal to the angle $LSN$ and therefore to $PSL$; \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence} & SP &= PL. &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}\\ &\indent\text{Also} & PL : AS &:: EP : EA &&\\ && &:: PK : AX\,; &&\\ && \therefore PL : PK &:: AS : AX\,; &&\\ &\text{and} & \therefore SP : PK &:: AS : AX. && \end{flalign*} The point $P$ is therefore a point in the curve required, and by taking for $E$ successive positions along the directrix we shall, by this construction, obtain a succession of points in the curve. If $E$ be taken on the upper side of the axis at the same distance from $X$, it is easy to see that a point $P$ will be obtained below the axis, which will be similarly situated with regard to the focus and directrix. Hence it follows that the axis divides the curve into two similar and equal portions. %-----File: 023.png----- \includegraphicsright[12]{001c} Another point of the curve, lying in the straight line $KP$, can be found in the following manner. Through $S$ draw the straight line $FS$ making the angle $FSK$ equal to $KSP$, and let $FS$ produced meet $KP$ produced in $P'$. Then, since $KS$ bisects the angle $PSF$, \begin{align*} SP' : SP &:: P'K : PK; \\ \therefore SP' : P'K &:: SP : PK, \end{align*} and $P'$ is a point in the curve. \carticleplus{2.}{Def.} \textit{The Eccentricity. The constant ratio of the distance from the focus of any point in a conic section to its distance from the directrix is called the eccentricity of the conic section.} \includegraphicsright[12]{002a} \textit{The Latus Rectum.} If $E$ be so taken that $EX$ is equal to $SX$, the angle $PSN$, which is double the angle $LSN$, and therefore double the angle $ESX$, is a right angle. For, since $EX = SX$, the angle $ESX = SEX$, and, the angle $SXE$ being a right angle, the sum of the two angles $SEX$, $ESX$, which is equal to twice $ESX$, is also equal to a right angle. Calling $R$ the position of $P$ in this case, produce $RS$ to $R'$, so that $R'S=RS$; then $R'$ is also a point in the curve. \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The straight line $RSR'$ drawn through the focus at right angles to the axis, and intersecting the curve in $R$, and $R'$, is called the Latus Rectum.} It is hence evident that the form of a conic section is determined by its eccentricity, and that its magnitude is %-----File: 024.png----- determined by the magnitude of the latus rectum, which is given by the relation \[ SR:SX::SA:AX. \] \carticleplus{3.}{Def.} \textit{The straight line $PN$ \textrm{(Fig.\ Art.~\cartref{1})}, drawn from any point $P$ of the curve at right angles to the axis, and intersecting the axis in $N$, is called the Ordinate of the point $P$.} If the line $PN$ be produced to $P'$ so that $NP'=NP$, the line $PNP'$ is a \textit{double ordinate} of the curve. The latus rectum is therefore the double ordinate passing through the focus. \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The distance $AN$ of the foot of the ordinate from the vertex is called the Abscissa of the point $P$.} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The distance $SP$ is called the focal distance of the point $P$.} It is also described as the radius vector drawn from the focus. \carticle{4.} We have now given a general method of constructing a conic section, and we have explained the nomenclature which is usually employed. We proceed to demonstrate a few of the properties which are common to all the conic sections. For the future the word conic will be employed as an abbreviation for conic section. \cheader{CONICS} \subparagraph{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{If the straight line joining two points $P$, $P'$ of a conic meet the directrix in $F$, the straight line $FS$ will bisect the angle between $PS$ and $P'S$ produced.} \includegraphicsmid{004a} %-----File: 025.png----- Draw the perpendiculars $PK$, $P'K'$ on the directrix. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then} & SP : SP' &:: PK : P'K' &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}} \\ && &:: PF : P'F. && \end{flalign*} Therefore $FS$ bisects the outer angle, at $S$, of the triangle $PSP'$. (Euclid~\textsc{vi.}, A.) \subparagraph{Cor.} \textit{If $SQ$ bisect the angle $PSP'$, it follows that $FSQ$ is a right angle.} \cpagmedskip \carticleplus{5.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{No straight line can meet a conic in more than two points.} Employing the figure of Art.~\cartref{4}, let $P$ be a point of the curve, and draw any straight line $FP$. Join $SF$, draw $SQ$ at right angles to $SF$, and $SP'$ making the angle $QSP'$ equal to $QSP$; then $P'$ is a point of the curve. For, since $SF$ bisects the outer angle at $S$, \begin{flalign*} && SP' : SP &:: P'F : PF, &&\\ && &:: P'K' : PK &&\\ &\text{or} & SP' : P'K' &:: SP : PK, &&\phantom{or} \end{flalign*} and therefore, $P'$ is a point of the curve, also, there is no other point of the curve in the straight line $FPP'$. For suppose if possible $P''$ to be another point; then, as in Article (\cartref{4}), $SQ$ bisects the angle $PSP''$; but $SQ$ bisects the angle $PSP'$; therefore $P''$ and $P'$ are coincident. \includegraphicsright[14]{006a} \cpagdummypar \carticleplus{6.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{If $QSQ'$ be a focal chord of a conic, and $P$ any point of the conic, and if $QP$, $Q'P$ meet the directrix in $E$ and $F$, the angle $ESF$ is a right angle.} For, by Prop.~II., $SE$ bisects the angle $PSQ'$, and $SF$ bisects the angle $PSQ$; hence it follows that $ESF$ is a right angle. This theorem will be subsequently utilised in the case in which the focal chord $Q'SQ$ is coincident with the axis of the conic. %-----File: 026.png----- \includegraphicsright[22]{007a} \carticleplus{7.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{The straight lines joining the extremities of two focal chords intersect in the directrix.} \cheader{FOCAL CHORDS} If $PSp$, $P'Sp'$ be the two chords, the point in which $PP'$ meets the directrix is obtained by bisecting the angle $PSP'$ and drawing $SF$ at right angles to the bisecting line $SQ$. But this line also bisects the angle $pSp'$; therefore $pp'$ also passes through $F$. The line $SF$ bisects the angle $PSp'$, and similarly, if $QS$ produced, bisecting the angle $pSp'$, meet the directrix in $F'$, the two lines $Pp'$, $P'p$ will meet in $F'$. It is obvious that the angle $FSF'$ is a right angle. \carticleplus{8.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{The semi-latus rectum is the harmonic mean between the two segments of any focal chord of a conic.} \includegraphicsright[8]{008a} Let $PSP'$ be a focal chord, and draw the ordinates $PN$, $P'N'$. Then, the triangles $SPN$, $SP'N'$ being similar, \begin{align*} SP : SP' &:: SN : SN' \\ &:: NX - SX : SX - N'X \\ &:: SP - SR : SR - SP', \end{align*} since $SP$, $SR$, $SP'$ are proportional to $NX$, $SX$, and $N'X$. %-----File: 027.png----- \subparagraph{Cor.} Since $SP : SP - SR :: SP \ctrdot SP' : SP \ctrdot SP' - SR \ctrdot SP'$, and $SP' : SR - SP' :: SP \ctrdot SP' : SR \ctrdot SP - SP \ctrdot SP'$, it follows that \begin{flalign*} && SP \ctrdot SP'- SR \ctrdot SP' &= SR \ctrdot SP - SP \ctrdot SP'; &&\\ &\therefore & SR \ctrdot PP' &= 2SP \ctrdot SP'. &\phantom{\therefore}& \end{flalign*} Hence, if $PSP'$, $QSQ'$ are two focal chords, \[ PP' : QQ' :: SP \ctrdot SP' : SQ \ctrdot SQ'. \] \carticleplus{9.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{A focal chord is divided harmonically at the focus and the point where it meets the directrix.} Let $PSP'$ produced meet the directrix in $F$, and draw $PK$, $P'K'$ perpendicular to the directrix, fig.\ Art.~\cartref{8}. \begin{flalign*} \indent\text{Then } PF : P'F &:: PK : P'K' &&\\ &:: SP : SP' &&\\ &::PF - SF : SF - P'F; && \end{flalign*} that is, $PF$, $SF$, and $P'F$ are in harmonic progression, and the line $PP'$ is divided harmonically at $S$ and $F$. \carticle{10.} \textit{Definition of the Tangent to a curve.} \cheader{TANGENTS} \textit{If a straight line, drawn through a point $P$ of a curve, meet the curve again in $P'$, and if the straight line be turned round the point $P$ until the point $P'$ approaches indefinitely near to $P$, the ultimate position of the straight line is the tangent to the curve at $P$.} \includegraphicsmid{010a} %-----File: 028.png----- Thus, if the straight line $APP'$ turn round $P$ until the points $P$ and $P'$ coincide, the line in its ultimate position $PT$ is the tangent at $P$. \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The normal at any point of a curve is the straight line drawn through the point at right angles to the tangent at that point.} Thus, in the figure, $PG$ is the normal at $P$. \subparagraph{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{The straight line, drawn from the focus to the point in which the tangent meets the directrix, is at right angles to the straight line drawn from the focus to the point of contact.} \includegraphicsmid{010b} It is proved in Art.~(\cartref{4}) that, if $FPP'$ is a chord, and if $SQ$ bisects the angle $PSP'$, $FSQ$ is a right angle. Let the point $P'$ move along the curve towards $P$; then, as $P'$ approaches to coincidence with $P$, the straight line $FPP'$ approximates to, and ultimately becomes, the tangent $TP$ at $P$. But when $P'$ coincides with $P$, the line $SQ$ coincides with $SP$, and the angle $FSP$, which is ultimately $TSP$, becomes a right angle. \includegraphicsright[13]{011a} Or, in other words, the portion of the tangent, intercepted between the point of contact and the directrix, subtends a right angle at the focus. %-----File: 029.png----- \carticleplus{11.}{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{The tangent at the vertex is perpendicular to the axis.} If a chord $EAP$ be drawn through the vertex, and the point $P$ be near the vertex, the angle $PSA$ is small, and $LSN$, which is half the angle $PSN$, is nearly a right angle. Hence it follows that when $P$ approaches to coincidence with $A$, the point $E$ moves off to an infinite distance and the line $EAP$, which is ultimately the tangent at $A$, becomes parallel to $LSE$, and is therefore perpendicular to $AX$. \carticleplus{12.}{Prop.~X\@.} \textit{The tangents at the ends of a focal chord intersect on the directrix.} For the line $SF$, perpendicular to $SP$, meets the directrix in the same point as the tangent at $P$; and, since $SF$ is also at right angles to $SP'$, the tangent at $P'$ meets the directrix in the same point $F$. \includegraphicsmid{012a} Conversely, if from any point $F$ in the directrix tangents be drawn, the chord of contact, that is, the straight line joining the points of contact, will pass through the focus and will be at right angles to $SF$. \subparagraph{Cor.} Hence it follows that the tangents at the ends of the latus rectum pass through the foot of the directrix. %-----File: 030.png----- \carticleplus{13.}{Prop.~XI\@.} \textit{If a chord $P'P$ meet the directrix in $F$, and if the line bisecting the $PSP'$ meet the curve in $q$ and $q'$, $Fq$ and $Fq'$ will be the tangents at $q$ and $q'$.} Taking the figure of Art.~\cartref{7}, the line $SQ$ meets the curve in $q$ and $q'$, and, since $SF$ is at right angles to $SQ$, it follows, from Art.~\cartref{12}, that $Fq$ and $Fq'$ are tangents. Hence if from a point $F$ in the directrix tangents be drawn, and also any straight line $FPP'$ cutting the curve in $P$ and $P'$, the chord of contact will bisect the angle $PSP'$. \carticleplus{14.}{Prop.~XII\@.} \textit{If the tangent at any point $P$ of a conic intersect the directrix in $F$, and the latus rectum produced in $D$,} \[ SD : SF :: SA : AX. \] \includegraphicsright[12]{014a} Join $SK$; then, observing that $FSP$ and $FKP$ are right angles, a circle can be described about $FSPK$, and therefore the angles $SFD$, $SKP$ are equal. Also the angle $FSD$ \begin{align*} &= \text{complement of } DSP \\ &= SPK; \end{align*} $\therefore$ the triangles $FSD$, $SPK$ are similar, and \begin{align*} SD : SF &:: SP : PK \\ &:: SA : AX. \end{align*} \subparagraph{Cor.~(1).} If the tangent at the other end $P'$ of the focal chord meet the directrix in $D'$, \begin{align*} SD' : SF &:: SA : AX; \\ \therefore SD &= SD'. \end{align*} \subparagraph{Cor.~(2).} If $DE$ be the perpendicular from $D$ upon $SP$, the triangles $SDE$, $SFX$ are similar, and \begin{gather*} \begin{aligned} SE : SX &:: SD : SF \\ &:: SA : AX \\ &:: SB : SX\,; \end{aligned} \\ \therefore SE \text{ is equal to $SR$, the semi-latus rectum.} \end{gather*} %-----File: 031.png----- \carticleplus{15.}{Prop.~XIII\@.} \textit{The tangents drawn from any point to a conic subtend equal angles at the focus.} Let the tangents $FTP$, $F'TP'$ at $P$ and $P'$ meet the directrix in $F$ and $F'$ and the latus rectum in $D$ and $D'$. Join $ST$ and produce it to meet the directrix in $K$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then} & KF : SD &:: KT : ST &&\\ && &:: KF': SD'. &&\\ &\indent\text{Hence } & KF : KF' &:: SD : SD' &\indent\phantom{Hence}& \\ && &:: SF : SF' \text{ by Prop.\ XII.} &&\\ \multispan{6}{\ \hfill$\therefore$ the angles $TSF$, $TSF'$ are equal.\hfill} \end{flalign*} But the angles $FSP'$, $F'SP$ are equal, for each is the complement of $FSF'$; \[ \therefore \text{ the angles } TSP,\, TSP' \text{ are equal.} \] \includegraphicsmid{015a} \subparagraph{Cor.} Hence it follows that if perpendiculars $TM$, $TM'$ be let fall upon $SP$ and $SP'$, they are equal in length. For the two triangles $TSM$, $TSM'$ have the angles $TMS$, $TSM$ respectively equal to the angles $TM'S$, $TSM'$, and the side $TS$ common; and therefore the other sides are equal, and \[ TM = TM'. \] \carticleplus{16.}{Prop.~XIV\@.} \textit{If from any point $T$ in the tangent at a point $P$ of a conic, $TM$ be drawn, perpendicular to the focal distance $SP$, and $TN$ perpendicular to the directrix,} \[ SM : TN :: SA : AX. \] %-----File: 032.png----- \includegraphicsright[8]{016a} For, if $PK$ be perpendicular to the directrix and $SF$ be joined, \begin{align*} SM : SP & :: TF : FP \\ & :: TN : PK; \\ \therefore SM : TN & :: SP : PK \\ & :: SA : AX. \end{align*} This theorem, which is due to Professor Adams, may be employed to prove Prop.~XIII. For if, in the figure of Art.~(\cartref{15}), $TM$, $TM'$ be the perpendiculars from $T$ on $SP$ and $SP'$, and if $TN$ be the perpendicular on the directrix, $SM$ and $SM'$ have each the same ratio to $TN$, and are therefore equal to one another. Hence the triangles $TSM$, $TSM'$ are equal in all respects, and the angle $PSP'$ is bisected by $ST$. \carticleplus{17.}{Prop.~XV\@.} \textit{To draw tangents from any point to a conic.} Let $T$ be the point, and let a circle be described about $S$ as centre, the radius of which bears to $TN$ the ratio of $SA : AX$; then, if tangents $TM$, $TM'$ be drawn to the circle, the straight lines $SM$, $SM'$, produced if necessary, will intersect the conic in the points of contact of the tangents from $T$. \carticleplus{18.}{Prop.~XVI\@.} \textit{If $PG$, the normal at $P$, meet the axis of the conic in $G$,} \[ SG : SP :: SA : AX. \] \includegraphicsmid{018a} Let the tangent at $P$ meet the directrix in $F$, and the latus rectum produced in $D$. %-----File: 033.png----- \cheader{NORMALS} Then the angle $SPG =$ the complement of $SPF=PFS$, and $PSG =$ the complement of $FSX = FSD$; $\therefore$ the triangles $SFD$, $SPG$ are similar, and \[ SG: SP:: SD: SF:: SA: AX\text{, by Prop.~XII.} \] \includegraphicsright[11]{019a} \carticleplus{19.}{Prop.~XVII\@.} \textit{If from $G$, the point in which the normal at $P$ meets the axis, $GL$ be drawn perpendicular to $SP$, the length $PL$ is equal to the semi-latus rectum.} Let the tangent at $P$ meet the directrix in $F$, and join $SF$. Then $PLG$, $PSF$ are similar triangles; \[ \therefore PL : LG :: SF : SP. \] Also $SLG$ and $SFX$ are similar triangles; \[ \therefore LG : SX :: SG : SF. \] \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Hence}& PL : SX &:: SG : SP &&\phantom{\indent Hence} \\ && &:: SA : AX,\text{ Art.~(\cartref{18})}, &&\\ &\text{but}& SR : SX &:: SA : AX,\text{ Art.~(\cartref{2})}; &&\\ && \therefore PL &= SR. && \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{20.}{Prop.~XVIII\@.} \textit{If from any point $F$ in the directrix tangents be drawn, and also any straight line $FPP'$ cutting the curve in $P$ and $P'$, the chord $PP'$ is divided harmonically at $F$ and its point of intersection with the chord of contact.} \includegraphicsmid{020a} %-----File: 034.png----- For, if $QSQ'$ be the chord of contact, it bisects the angle $PSP'$, (Prop.\ XI.), %allow linebreak to help LaTeX out and $\therefore$, if $V$ be the point of intersection of $SQ$ and $PP'$, \begin{align*} FP' : FP & :: SP' : SP \\ & :: P'V : PV \\ & ::FP'-FV:FV-FP. \end{align*} \cheader{TANGENTS} Hence $FV$ is the harmonic mean between $FP$ and $FP'$. The theorems of this article and of Art.~\cartref{9} are particular cases of more general theorems, which will appear hereafter. \carticleplus{21.}{Prop.~XIX\@.} \textit{If a tangent be drawn parallel to a chord of a conic, the portion of this tangent which is intercepted by the tangents at the ends of the chord is bisected at the point of contact.} Let $PP'$ be the chord, $TP$, $TP'$ the tangents, and $EQE'$ the tangent parallel to $PP'$. From the focus $S$ draw $SP$, $SP'$ and $SQ$, and draw $TM$, $TM'$ perpendicular respectively to $SP$, $SP'$. Also draw from $E$ perpendiculars $EN$, $EL$, upon $SP$, $SQ$, and from $E'$ perpendiculars $E'N'$, $E'L'$ upon $SP'$ and $SQ$. %-----File: 035.png----- \includegraphicsmid{021a} Then, since $EE'$ is parallel to $PP'$ \begin{flalign*} && TP : EP & :: TP' : E'P', &&\\ &\text{but }& TP : EP & :: TM : EN, &&\phantom{and}\\ &\text{and }& TP': E'P' & :: TM' : E'N'; &&\\ && \therefore TM : EN & :: TM' : E'N'; && \end{flalign*} but $TM = TM'$, Cor.~Prop.~\textsc{xiii.}; \[ \therefore EN=E'N'. \] Again, by the same corollary, \begin{gather*} EN = EL \text{ and } E'N' = E'L'; \\ \therefore EL = E'L', \end{gather*} and, the triangles $ELQ$, $E'L'Q$ being similar, \[ EQ = E'Q. \] \subparagraph{Cor.} If $TQ$ be produced to meet $PP'$ in $V$, \begin{flalign*} && PV : EQ &:: TV: TQ, &&\\ &\text{and}& P'V: E'Q &:: TV: TQ; &&\phantom{and}\\ && \therefore PV &= P'V, && \end{flalign*} that is, $PP'$ is bisected in $V$. \smallskip \textit{Hence, if tangents be drawn at the ends of any chord of a conic, the point of intersection of these tangents, the middle point of the chord, and the point of contact of the tangent parallel to the chord, all lie in one straight line.} \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] Describe the relative positions of the focus and directrix, first, when the conic is a circle, and secondly, when it consists of two straight lines. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] Having given two points of a conic, the directrix, and the eccentricity, determine the conic. \item[3.] Having given a focus, the corresponding directrix, and a tangent, construct the conic. %-----File: 036.png----- \item[4.] If a circle passes through a fixed point and cuts a given straight line at a constant angle the locus of its centre is a conic. \item[5.] If $PG$, $pg$, the normals at the ends of a focal chord, intersect in $O$, the straight line through $O$ parallel to $Pp$ bisects $Gg$. \item[6.] Find the locus of the foci of all the conics of given eccentricity which pass through a fixed point $P$, and have the normal $PG$ given in magnitude and position. \item[7.] Having given a point $P$ of a conic, the tangent at $P$, and the directrix, find the locus of the focus. \item[8.] If $PSQ$ be a focal chord, and $X$ the foot of the directrix, $XP$ and $XQ$ are equally inclined to the axis. \item[9.] If $PK$ be the perpendicular from a point $P$ of a conic on the directrix, and $SK$ meet the tangent at the vertex in $E$, the angles $SPE$, $KPE$ are equal. \item[10.] If the tangent at $P$ meet the directrix in $F$ and the axis in $T$, the angles $KSF$, $FTS$ are equal. \item[11.] $PSP'$ is a focal chord, $PN$, $P'N'$ are the ordinates, and $PK$, $P'K'$ perpendiculars on the directrix; if $KN$, $K'N'$ meet in $L$, the triangle $LNN'$ is isosceles. \item[12.] The focal distance of a point on a conic is equal to the length of the ordinate produced to meet the tangent at the end of the latus rectum. \item[13.] The normal at any point bears to the semi-latus rectum the ratio of the focal distance of the point to the distance of the focus from the tangent. \item[14.] The chord of a conic is given in length; prove that, if this length exceed the latus rectum, the distance from the directrix of the middle point of the chord is least when the chord passes through the focus. \item[15.] The portion of any tangent to a conic, intercepted between two fixed tangents, subtends a constant angle at the focus. \item[16.] Given two points of a conic, and the directrix, find the locus of the focus. \item[17.] From any fixed point in the axis a line is drawn perpendicular to the tangent at $P$ and meeting $SP$ in $R$; the locus of $R$ is a circle. \item[18.] If the tangent at the end of the latus rectum meet the tangent at the vertex in $T$, $AT=AS$. \item[19.] $TP$, $TQ$ are the tangents at the points $P$, $Q$ of a conic, and $PQ$ meets the directrix in $R$; prove that $RST$ is a right angle. \item[20.] $SR$ being the semi-latus rectum, if $RA$ meet the directrix in $E$, and $SE$ meet the tangent at the vertex in $T$, \[ AT = AS. \] %-----File: 037.png----- \item[21.] If from any point $T$, in the tangent at $P$, $TM$ be drawn perpendicular to $SP$, and $TN$ perpendicular to the transverse axis, meeting the curve in $R$, $SM=SR$. \item[22.] If the chords $PQ$, $P'Q$ meet the directrix in $F$ and $F'$, the angle $FSF'$ is half $PSP'$. \item[23.] If $PN$ be the ordinate, $PG$ the normal, and $GL$ the perpendicular from $G$ upon $SP$, \[ GL: PN:: SA: AX. \] \item[24.] If normals be drawn at the ends of a focal chord, a line through their intersection parallel to the axis will bisect the chord. \item[25.] If a conic of given eccentricity is drawn touching the straight line $FD$ joining two fixed points $F$ and $D$, and if the directrix always passes through $F$, and the corresponding latus rectum always passes through $D$, find the locus of the focus. \item[26.] If $ST$, making a constant angle with $SP$ meet in $T$ the tangent at $P$, prove that the locus of $T$ is a conic having the same focus and directrix. \item[27.] If $E$ be the foot of the perpendicular let fall upon $PSP'$ from the point of intersection of the normals at $P$ and $P'$, \[ PE=SP' \text{ and } P'E=SP. \] \item[28.] If a circle be described on the latus rectum as diameter, and if the common tangent to the conic and circle touch the conic in $P$ and the circle in $Q$, the angle $PSQ$ is bisected by the latus rectum. (Refer to Cor.~2.\ Art.~\cartref{14}.) \item[29.] Given two points, the focus, and the eccentricity, determine the position of the axis. \item[30.] If a chord $PQ$ subtend a constant angle at the focus, the locus of the intersection of the tangents at $P$ and $Q$ is a conic with the same focus and directrix. \item[31.] The tangent at a point $P$ of a conic intersects the tangent at the fixed point $P'$ in $Q$, and from $S$ a straight line is drawn perpendicular to $SQ$ and meeting in $R$ the tangent at $P$; prove that the locus of $R$ is a straight line. \item[32.] The circle is drawn with its centre at $S$, and touching the conic at the vertex $A$; if radii $Sp$, $Sp'$ of the circle meet the conic in $P$, $P'$, prove that $PP'$, $pp'$ intersect on the tangent at $A$. \item[33.] $Pp$ is any chord of a conic, $PG$, $pg$ the normals, $G$, $g$ being on the axis; $GK$, $gk$ are perpendiculars on $Pp$; prove that $PK=pk$. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 038.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER II} \csectiontoc{The Parabola} \cheader{THE PARABOLA} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{A parabola is the curve traced out by a point which moves in such a manner that its distance from a given point is always equal to its distance from a given straight line.} \cisubsection{Tracing the Curve} \includegraphicsmid{022a} \carticle{22.} Let $S$ be the focus, $EX$ the directrix, and $SX$ the perpendicular on $EX$. Then, bisecting $SX$ in $A$, the point $A$ is the vertex; and if, from any point $E$ in the directrix, $EAP$, $ESL$ be drawn, and from $S$ the straight line $SP$ meeting $EA$ produced in $P$, and making the angle $PSL$ equal to $LSN$, we obtain, as in Art.~(\cartref{1}), a point $P$ in the curve. %-----File: 039.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{For} & PL : PK &:: SA : AX, &&\phantom{\indent\text{For}}\\ &\text{and} & \therefore PL &= PK. &&\\ &\indent\text{But} & SP = PL, &\text{ and } \therefore SP = PK. && \end{flalign*} Again, drawing $EP'$ parallel to the axis and meeting in $P'$ the line $PS$ produced, we obtain the other extremity of the focal chord $PSP'$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{For the angle} & ESP' &= PSL = PLS &&\phantom{\indent\text{For the angle}}\\ && &= SEP', &&\\ &\text{and} & \therefore SP' &= P'E, \end{flalign*} and $P'$ is a point in the parabola. \includegraphicsmid{022b} The curve lies wholly on the same side of the directrix; for, if $P'$ be a point on the other side, and $SN$ be perpendicular to $P'K$, $SP'$ is greater than $P'N$, and therefore is greater than $P'K$. Again, a straight line parallel to the axis meets the curve in one point only. For, if possible, let $P''$ be another point of the curve in $KP$ produced. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then} & SP = PK & \text{ and } SP'' = P''K &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}} \\ && \therefore PP'' &= SP'' - SP, && \\ &\text{or} & PP'' &+ SP = SP'', && \end{flalign*} which is impossible. \carticleplus{23.}{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{The distance from the focus of a point inside a parabola is less, and of a point outside is greater than its distance from the directrix.} %-----File: 040.png----- If $Q$ be the point inside, let fall the perpendicular $QPK$ on the directrix, meeting the curve in $P$. \includegraphicsmid{023a} Then $SP + PQ > SQ$, but \begin{gather*} SP + PQ = PK + PQ = QK, \\ \therefore SQ < QK. \end{gather*} If $Q'$ be outside, and between $P$ and $K$, \begin{flalign*} &&SQ' + PQ' &> SP, &&\\ &&\therefore SQ' &> Q'K.&& \end{flalign*} If $Q'$ lie in $PK$ produced, \begin{flalign*} && SQ' + SP &> PQ', &&\\ &\text{and} & \therefore SQ' &> KQ'. &&\phantom{and} \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{24.}{Prop.~II\@.} $\text{\textit{The latus rectum}} = 4 \ctrdot AS$. For if, Fig.\ Art.~\cartref{23}, $LSL'$ be the latus rectum, drawing $LK'$ at right angles to the directrix, we have \begin{gather*} LS = LK' = SX = 2AS, \\ \therefore LSL' = 4\ctrdot AS. \end{gather*} \carticle{25.} \textit{Mechanical construction of the Parabola.} \includegraphicsright[8]{025a} Take a rigid bar $EKL$, of which the portions $EK$, $KL$ are at right angles to each other, and fasten a string to the end $L$, the length of which is $LK$. Then if the other end of the string be fastened to $S$, and the bar be made to slide along a fixed straight edge, $EKX$, a pencil at $P$, keeping the string stretched against the bar, will trace out a portion of a parabola, of which $S$ is the focus, and $EX$ the directrix. %-----File: 041.png----- \includegraphicsright[11]{026a} \carticleplus{26.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{If $PK$ is the perpendicular upon the directrix from a point $P$ of a parabola, and if $PA$ meet the directrix in $E$, the angle $KSE$ is a right angle.} Join $ES$, and let $KP$ and $ES$ produced meet at $L$. Since $SA = AX$, it follows that $PL = PK = SP$; $\therefore P$ is the centre of the circle through $K$, $S$, and $L$, and the angle $KSL$ is a right angle. Therefore $KSE$ is a right angle. \carticleplus{27.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{If $PN$ is the ordinate of a point $P$ of a parabola,} \[ PN^2 = 4AS \ctrdot AN. \] Taking the figure above, \begin{gather*} PN: EX:: AN: AX \\ \therefore PN^2 : EX \ctrdot KX :: 4AS \ctrdot AN : 4AS^2. \end{gather*} But, since $KSE$ is a right angle, \begin{align*} EX \ctrdot KX & = SX^2 = 4AS^2, \\ \therefore PN^2 & = 4AS \ctrdot AN. \end{align*} \subparagraph{Cor.} If $AN$ increases, and becomes infinitely large, $PN$ increases and becomes infinitely large, and therefore the two portions of the curve, above and below the axis, proceed to infinity. \carticleplus{28.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{If from the ends of a focal chord perpendiculars be let fall upon the directrix, the intercepted portion of the directrix subtends a right angle at the focus.} For, if $PA$ meet the directrix in $E$, and if the straight line through $E$ perpendicular to the directrix meet $PS$ in $P'$, it is shewn, in Art.~\cartref{22}, that $P'$ is the other extremity of the focal chord $PS$; and, as in Art.~\cartref{26}, $KSE$ is a right angle. %-----File: 042.png----- \carticleplus{29.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{The tangent at any point $P$ bisects the angle between the focal distance $SP$ and the perpendicular $PK$ on the directrix.} Let $F$ be the point in which the tangent meets the directrix, and join $SF$. \includegraphicsright[16]{029a} We have shewn, (Art.~\cartref{10}) that $FSP$ is a right angle, and, since $SP = PK$, and $PF$ is common to the right-angled triangles $SPF$, $KPF$, it follows that these triangles are equal in all respects, and therefore the angle \[ SPF = FPK. \] In other words, \textit{the tangent at any point is equally inclined to the focal distance and the axis.} \begin{small} \subparagraph{Cor.} It has been shewn, in Art.~(\cartref{12}), that the tangents at the ends of a focal chord intersect in the directrix, and therefore, if $PS$ produced meet the curve in $P'$, $FP'$ is the tangent at $P'$, and bisects the angle between $SP'$ and the perpendicular from $P'$ on the directrix. \end{small} \carticleplus{30.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{The tangents at the ends of a focal chord intersect at right angles in the directrix.} \includegraphicsright[11]{030a} Let $PSP'$ be the chord, and $PF$, $P'F$ the tangents meeting the directrix in $F$. Let fall the perpendiculars $PK$, $P'K'$, and join $SK$, $SK'$. The angle $P'SK' = \tfrac{1}{2} P'SX$\\ \phantom{\indent The angle $P'SK'$ }$= \tfrac{1}{2} SPK = SPF$,\\ $\therefore SK'$ is parallel to $PF$,\\ and, similarly, $SK$ is parallel to $P'F$. But (Art.~\cartref{28}) $KSK'$ is a right angle; \[ \therefore PFP' \text{ is a right angle.} \] %-----File: 043.png----- \carticleplus{31.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{If the tangent at any point $P$ of a parabola meet the axis in $T$, and $PN$ be the ordinate of $P$, then} \[ AT = AN. \] \includegraphicsright[6]{031a} Draw $PK$ perpendicular to the directrix. \begin{flalign*} \indent\text{The angle } SPT&=TPK &\\ &= PTS, &\\ \therefore ST &= SP &\\ &= PK &\\ &= NX. & \end{flalign*} \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{But}& ST &= SA+AT, &&\phantom{\indent\text{But}}\\ &\text{and}& NX&=AN+AX; &&\\ &&\therefore \text{ since } SA&=AX, &&\\ && AT&=AN. \end{flalign*} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The line $NT$ is called the sub-tangent.} The sub-tangent is therefore twice the abscissa of the point of contact. \carticleplus{32.}{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{The foot of the perpendicular from the focus on the tangent at any point $P$ of a parabola lies on the tangent at the vertex, and the perpendicular is a mean proportional between $SP$ and $SA$.} Taking the figure of the previous article, join $SK$ meeting $PT$ in $Y$. Then $SP = PK$, and $PY$ is common to the two triangles $SPY$, $KPY$; \begin{align*} \text{also the angle } SPY &= YPK; \\ \therefore \text{ the angle } SYP &= PYK, \end{align*} and $SY$ is perpendicular to $PT$. Also $SY= KY$, and $SA = AX$, \;$\therefore AY$ is parallel to $KX$. %-----File: 044.png----- Hence, $AY$ is at right angles to $AS$, and is therefore the tangent at the vertex. Again, the angle $SPY = STY = SYA$, and the triangles $SPY$, $SYA$ are therefore similar; \begin{gather*} \therefore SP:SY :: SY:SA, \\ \text{or } SY^2 = SP\ctrdot SA. \end{gather*} \carticleplus{33.}{Prop.~X\@.} \textit{In the parabola the subnormal is constant and equal to the semi-latus rectum.} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The distance between the foot of the ordinate of $P$ and the point in which the normal at $P$ meets the axis is called the subnormal.} \includegraphicsmid{033a} In the figure $PG$ is the normal and $PT$ the tangent. It has been shewn that the angle $SPK$ is bisected by $PT$, and hence it follows that $SPL$ is bisected by $PG$, \begin{flalign*} &\text{and that the angle }& SPG &= GPL = PGS; &&\phantom{and\ that\ the\ angle}\\ &\text{hence}& SG &= SP = ST &&\\ && &= SA + AT = SA + AN &&\\ && &= 2AS + SN; &&\\ && \llap{$\therefore$ the subnormal } NG &= 2AS. && \end{flalign*} \begin{small} \carticleplus{34.}{Cor.} \begin{tabular}[t]{r@{\;}l} \multicolumn{2}{l}{If $Gl$ be drawn perpendicular to $SP$,}\\ the angle $GPl$ &= the complement of $SPT$, \\ &= the complement of $STP$, \\ &= $PGN$,\\ \end{tabular}\\ and the two right-angled triangles $GPN$, $GPl$ have their angles equal and the side $GP$ common; hence the triangles are equal, and \begin{align*} Pl &= NG = 2AS \\ &= \text{the semi-latus rectum.} \end{align*} It has been already shewn, (Art.~\cartref{19}), that this property is a general property of all conics. \end{small} %-----File: 045.png----- \carticleplus{35.}{Prop.~XI\@.} \textit{To draw tangents to a parabola from an external point.} {\stretchyspace For this purpose we may employ the general construction given in Art.~(\cartref{17}), or, for the special case of the parabola, the following construction.} Let $Q$ be the external point, join $SQ$, and upon $SQ$ as diameter describe a circle intersecting the tangent at the vertex in $Y$ and $Y'$. Join $YQ$, $Y'Q$; these are tangents to the parabola. Draw $SP$, so as to make the angle $YSP$ equal to $YSA$, and to meet $YQ$ in $P$, and let fall the perpendicular $PN$ upon the axis. \includegraphicsmid{035a} Then, $SYQ$ is a right angle, since it is the angle in a semicircle, and, $T$ being the point in which $QY$ produced meets the axis, the two triangles $SYP$, $SYT$ are equal in all respects; \[ \therefore SP = ST, \text{ and } YT = YP. \] But $AY$ is parallel to $PN$; \[ \therefore AT = AN. \] \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence}& SP &= ST = SA + AT &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}\\ && &= AX + AN &&\\ && &= NX, && \end{flalign*} and $P$ is a point in the parabola. Moreover, if $PK$ be perpendicular to the directrix, the angle $SPY = STP = YPK$, and $PY$ is the tangent at $P$. (Art.~\cartref{29}.) Similarly, by making the angle $Y'SP'$ equal to $ASY'$ we obtain the point of contact of the other tangent $QY'$. %-----File: 046.png----- \carticleplus{36.}{Prop.~XII\@.} \textit{If from a point $Q$ tangents $QP$, $QP'$ be drawn to a parabola, the two triangles $SPQ$, $SQP'$, are similar, and $SQ$ is a mean proportional between $SP$ and $SP'$.} Produce $PQ$ to meet the axis in $T$, and draw $SY$, $SY'$ perpendicularly on the tangents. Then $Y$ and $Y'$ are points in the tangent at $A$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{The angle}& SPQ &= STY &&\phantom{\indent\text{The angle}}\\ && &= SYA &&\\ && &= SQP', && \end{flalign*} since $S$, $Y'$, $Y$, $Q$ are points on a circle, and $SYA$, $SQP'$ are in the same segment. \includegraphicsmid{035a} %repeated figure Also, by the theorem of Art.~(\cartref{15}), the angle \[ PSQ = QSP'; \] therefore the triangles $PSQ$, $QSP'$ are similar, and \[ SP: SQ:: SQ: SP'. \] \carticle{37.} From the preceding theorem the following, which is often useful, immediately follows. \textit{If from any points in a given tangent of a parabola, tangents be drawn to the curve, the angles which these tangents make with the focal distances of the points from which they are drawn are all equal.} For each of them by the theorem, is equal to the angle between the given tangent and the focal distance of the point of contact. \textit{Hence it follows that the locus of the intersection of a %-----File: 047.png----- tangent to a parabola with a straight line drawn through the focus meeting it at a constant angle is a straight line.} For if $QP$ be the moveable tangent, the angle $SQP=SP'Q$, and therefore, if $SQP$ is constant, $SP'Q$ is a given angle. The point $P'$ is therefore fixed, and the locus of $Q$ is the tangent $P'Q$. \begin{small} \carticle{38.} Since the two triangles $PSQ$, $QSP'$ are similar, we have \begin{flalign*} && PQ : P'Q &:: SP : SQ &&\\ &\text{and}& PQ : P'Q &:: SQ : SP', &&\phantom{and}\\ &&\therefore PQ^2 : P'Q^2 &:: SP : SP'; && \end{flalign*} that is, the squares of the tangents from any point are proportional to the focal distances of the points of contact. This will be found to be a particular case of a subsequent Theorem, given in Art.~\cartref{51}. \end{small} \carticleplus{39.}{Prop.~XIII\@.} \textit{The external angle between two tangents is half the angle subtended at the focus by the chord of contact.} Let the tangents at $P$ and $P'$ intersect each other in $Q$ and the axis $ASN$ in $T$ and $T'$. Join $SP$, $SP'$; then the angles $SPT$, $STP$ are equal, and $\therefore STP$ is half the angle $PSN$; similarly $ST'P'$ is half $P'SN$. \includegraphicsmid{039a} But $TQT'$ is equal to the difference between $STP$ and $ST'P'$, and is therefore equal to half the difference between $PSN$ and $P'SN$, that is to half the angle $PSP'$. Hence, joining $SQ$, $TQT'$ is equal to each of the angles $PSQ$, $P'SQ$. %-----File: 048.png----- \carticleplus{40.}{Prop.~XIV\@.} \textit{The tangents drawn to a parabola from any point make the same angles, respectively, with the axis and the focal distance of the point.} \includegraphicsmid{040a} Let $QP$, $QP'$ be the tangents; join $SP$, and draw $QE$ parallel to the axis, and meeting $SP$ in $E$. Then, if $PQ$ meet the axis in $T$, the angle \begin{align*} EQP &= STP = SPQ \\ &= SQP'. \quad \text{(Art.~\cartref{37}.)} \end{align*} \textit{i.e.\ }\quad$QP$ and $QP'$ respectively make the same angles with the axis and with $QS$. \begin{small} \carticle{41.} Conceive a parabola to be drawn passing through $Q$, having $S$ for its focus, $SN$ for its axis, and its vertex on the same side of $S$ as the vertex $A$ of the given parabola. Then the normal at $Q$ to this new parabola bisects the angle $SQE$; therefore the angles which $QP$ and $QP'$ make with the normal at $Q$ are equal. Hence the theorem, \textit{If from any point in a parabola, tangents be drawn to a confocal and co-axial parabola, the normal at the point will bisect the angle between the tangents.} If we produce $SP$ to any point $p$, and take $St$ equal to $Sp$, $pt$ will be the tangent at $p$ to the confocal and co-axial parabola passing through $p$. Hence the theorem, \textit{If parallel tangents be drawn to a series of confocal and co-axial parabolas, the points of contact will lie in a straight line passing through the focus.} In these enunciations the words co-axial and confocal are intended to imply, not merely the coincidence of the axes, but also that the vertices of the two parabolas are on the same side of their common focus. The reason for this will appear when we shall have discussed the analogous property of the ellipse. %-----File: 049.png----- \carticle{42.} If two confocal parabolas have their axes in the same straight line, and their vertices on opposite sides of the focus, they intersect at right angles. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{For the angle}& TPS &= \tfrac{1}{2} PST', &&\\ &\text{and}& T'PS &= \tfrac{1}{2} PST, &&\\ &&\therefore TPT' &= \tfrac{1}{2} (PST + PST') = \text{a right angle.} && \end{flalign*} It will be noticed that, in this case, the common chord $PQ$ is equidistant from the directrices. For the distance of $P$ from each directrix is equal to $SP$. \end{small} \includegraphicsmid{042a} \carticleplus{43.}{Prop.~XV\@.} \textit{The circle passing through the points of intersection of three tangents passes also through the focus.} Let $Q$, $P$, $Q'$ be the three points of contact, and $F$, $T$, $F'$ the intersections of the tangents. %-----File: 050.png----- In Art.~(\cartref{36}) it has been shewn that, if $FP$, $FQ$ be tangents, the angle \[ SQF=SFP. \] \includegraphicsmid{043a} Similarly $TQ$, $TQ'$ being tangents, the angle \begin{flalign*} && SQT &= STQ', &&\\ &\text{hence the angle }& SFF' \text{ or } SFP &= SQT, &\phantom{\text{hence the angle }SFF'\text{ or}}&\\ && &= STF', && \end{flalign*} and a circle can be drawn through $S$, $F$, $T$, and $F'$. \carticleplus{44.}{Def.} \textit{A straight line drawn parallel to the axis through any point of a parabola is called a diameter.} \subparagraph{Prop.~XVI\@.} \textit{If from any point $T$ tangents $TQ$, $TQ'$ be drawn to a parabola, the point $T$ is equidistant from the diameters passing through $Q$ and $Q'$, and the diameter drawn through the point $T$ bisects the chord of contact.} \includegraphicsright[11]{044a} Join $SQ$, $SQ'$, and draw $TM$, $TM'$ perpendicular respectively to $SQ$ and $SQ'$. Also draw $NTN'$ perpendicular to the diameters through $Q$ and $Q'$, and meeting those diameters in $N$ and $N'$. Then, since $TS$ bisects the angle $QSQ'$, \[ TM=TM'; \] and, since $TQ$ bisects the angle $SQN$, \begin{flalign*} && TN &= TM. &&\\ &\text{Similarly }& TN' &= TM', &\phantom{Similarly, }&\\ && \therefore TN &= TN'. \end{flalign*} Again, join $QQ'$, and draw the diameter $TV$ meeting $QQ'$ in $V$; also let $QT$ produced meet $Q'N'$ in $R$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then }& QV : VQ' &:: QT : TR &\phantom{then }&\\ && &:: TN : TN', &&\\ \intertext{since the triangles $QTN$, $RTN'$ are similar;} && \therefore QV &= VQ'. && \end{flalign*} %-----File: 051.png----- Hence \textit{the diameter through the middle point of a chord passes, when produced, through the point of intersection of the tangents at the ends of the chord.} It should be noticed that any straight line drawn through $T$ and terminated by $QN$ and $Q'N'$ is bisected at $T$. \carticleplus{45.}{Prop.~XVII\@.} \textit{Any diameter bisects all chords parallel to the tangent at its extremity, and passes through the point of intersection of the tangents at the ends of any of these chords.} \includegraphicsmid{045a} Let $QQ'$ be a chord parallel to the tangent at $P$, and through the point of intersection $T$ of the tangents at $Q$ and $Q'$ draw $FTF'$ parallel to $QQ'$ and terminated at $F$ and $F'$ by the diameters through $Q$ and $Q'$. Let the tangent at $P$ meet $TQ$, $TQ'$ in $E$ and $E'$, and $QF$, $Q'F'$ in $G$ and $G'$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{Then }& EG : TF &:: EQ : TQ &&\phantom{Then}\\ && &:: E'Q' : TQ' &&\\ && &:: E'G' : TF'. && \end{flalign*} But $TF = TF'$, since (Art.~\cartref{44}) $T$ is equidistant from $QG$ and $Q'G'$, \[ \therefore EG = E'G'. \] Also, $EP = EG$, since $E$ is equidistant from $QG$ and $PV$, the diameter at $P$. \[ \therefore EP = E'P \text{ and } GP = PG', \] and \hfill$ \therefore QV= VQ'. $\hfill\phantom{and}\null %-----File: 052.png----- Again, since $T$, $P$, $V$ are each equidistant from the parallel straight lines $QF$, $Q'F'$, it follows that $TPV$ is a straight line, or that the diameter $VP$ passes through $T$. We have shewn that $GE$, $EP$, $PE'$, $E'G'$ are all equal, and we hence infer that \[ EE' = \tfrac{1}{2} GG' = \tfrac{1}{2} QQ', \] and consequently that $TP = \frac{1}{2} TV$, or that $TP = PV$. Hence \textit{it appears, that the diameter through the point of intersection of a pair of tangents passes through the point of contact of the tangent parallel to the chord of contact, and also through the middle point of the chord of contact; and that the portion of the diameter between the point of intersection of the tangents and the middle point of the chord of contact is bisected at the point of contact of the parallel tangent.} We may observe that in proving that $EE'$ is bisected at $P$, we have demonstrated a theorem already shewn (Art.~\cartref{21}) to be true for all conics. \begin{small} \carticle{46.} When the point $T$ is on the directrix, $QTQ'$ is a right angle. If then $Qq$ is the chord which is normal at $Q$, it is parallel to the tangent $TQ'$, and is therefore bisected by the diameter $Q'U$ through $Q'$. \includegraphicsmid{046a} Since $QU$ is bisected by $TV$, it follows that \[ Qq = 4TQ', \] i.e.\ \textit{the length of a normal chord is four times the portion of the parallel tangent between the directrix and the point of contact.} \end{small} %-----File: 053.png----- \carticleplus{47.}{Def.} \textit{The line $QV$, parallel to the tangent at $P$, and terminated by the diameter $PV$, is called an ordinate of that diameter, and $QQ'$ is the double ordinate. The point $P$, the end of the diameter, is called the vertex of the diameter, and the distance $PV$ is called the abscissa of the point $Q$.} We have seen that tangents at the ends of any chord intersect in the diameter which bisects the chord, and that the distance of this point from the vertex is equal to the distance of the vertex from the middle point of the chord. \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{The chord through the focus parallel to the tangent at any point is called the parameter of the diameter passing through the point.} \subparagraph{Prop.~XVIII\@.} \textit{The parameter of any diameter is four times the focal distance of the vertex of that diameter.} Let $P$ be the vertex, and $QSQ'$ the parameter, $T$ the point of intersection of the tangents at $Q$ and $Q'$, and $FPF'$ the tangent at $P$. \includegraphicsmid{047a} Then, since $FS$ and $F'S$ bisect respectively the angles $PSQ$, $PSQ'$, $FSF'$ is a right angle, and, $P$ being the middle point of $FF'$, $SP = PF = PF'$. Hence $QQ'$, which is double $FF'$, is four times $SP$. \carticleplus{48.}{Prop.~XIX\@.} \textit{If $QVQ'$ be a double ordinate of a diameter $PV$, $QV$ is a mean proportional between $PV$ and the parameter of $P$.} Let $FPF'$ be the tangent at $P$, and draw the parameter through $S$ meeting $PV$ in $U$. The angle $SUT = FPU = SPF'$ (Art.~\cartref{29}), and, since the angles $SFQ$, $SPF$ are equal (Art.~\cartref{36}), it follows that the angles $SFT$, $SPF'$ are equal; %-----File: 054.png----- $\therefore SUT = SFT$, and $U$ is a point in the circle passing through $SFTF'$. \cpagnewpage \includegraphicsmid{048a} Hence, $QV$ being twice $PF$, \begin{flalign*} && QV^2 = 4PF^2 &= 4PU\ctrdot PT; &&\\ &\text{but}& PU &= SP, &&\\ &\text{for the angle}& SUP = FPU &= SPF' = PSU; &&\phantom{for\ the\ angle}\\ &\text{and}& PT &= PV, &&\\ && \therefore QV^2 &= 4SP\ctrdot PV. && \end{flalign*} {\small \includegraphicsleft[16]{049a} \cpagdummypar \carticle{49.} This relation may be presented in a different form, which is sometimes useful. If from any point $U$ in the tangent at $P$, $UQ$ is drawn parallel to the axis, $UP$ and $UQ$ are respectively equal to the ordinate and abscissa of the point $Q$ with regard to the diameter through $P$, and therefore \[ PU^2 = 4SP \ctrdot UQ. \] Therefore, if $VR$ is drawn parallel to the axis from another point $V$ of the tangent, \[ PU^2 : PV^2 :: UQ : VR. \] %-----File: 055.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence, since}& UE : VR &:: PU : PV, &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence, since}}\\ && UE^2 : VR^2 :: UQ &: VR :: UQ\ctrdot VR : VR^2, &&\\ &\text{and}& UE^2 &= UQ\ctrdot VR. &&\\ &\indent\text{Hence}& UE : UQ :: VR &: UE :: PR : PE; &&\\ &&\therefore UQ : QE &:: PE : ER. && \end{flalign*} In a similar manner it can be shewn that $VF^2 = UQ\ctrdot VR$, and it follows that $VF = UE$, and therefore that $EF$ is parallel to the tangent at $P$. } % end \small \carticleplus{50.}{Prop.~XX\@.} \textit{If $QVQ'$ be a double ordinate of a diameter $PV$, and $QD$ the perpendicular from $Q$ upon $PV$, $QD$ is a mean proportional between $PV$ and the latus rectum.} \includegraphicsmid{050a} Let the tangent at $P$ meet the tangent at the vertex in $Y$, and join $SY$. The angle $QVD = SPY = SYA$, and therefore the triangles $QVD$, $SAY$ are similar; \begin{flalign*} &\text{and}& QD^2 : QV^2 &:: AS^2 : SY^2 &&\\ && &:: AS^2 : AS\ctrdot SP. &&\\ && &:: AS : SP &&\\ && &:: 4AS\ctrdot PV : 4SP\ctrdot PV, && \end{flalign*} \begin{flalign*} &\text{but}& QV^2 &= 4SP\ctrdot PV; &&\\ &&\therefore QD^2 &= 4AS\ctrdot PV. && \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{51.}{Prop.~XXI\@.} \textit{If from any point, within or without a parabola, two straight lines be drawn in given directions and intersecting the curve, the ratio of the rectangles of the segments is independent of the position of the point.} From any point $O$ draw a straight line intersecting the %-----File: 056.png----- parabola in $Q$ and $Q'$, and draw the diameter $OE$, meeting the curve in $E$. \includegraphicsmid{051a} If $PV$ be the diameter bisecting $QQ'$, and $EU$ the ordinate, \begin{align*} OQ \ctrdot OQ' &= OV^2 - QV^2 \\ &= EU^2 - QV^2 = 4SP \ctrdot PU - 4SP \ctrdot PV \\ &= 4SP \ctrdot OE. \end{align*} Similarly, if $ORR'$ be any other intersecting line and $P'$ the vertex of the diameter bisecting $RR'$, \begin{gather*} OR \ctrdot OR' = 4SP' \ctrdot OE. \\ \therefore OQ \ctrdot OQ' : OR \ctrdot OR' :: SP : SP', \end{gather*} that is, the ratio of the rectangles depends only on the positions of $P$ and $P'$, and, if the lines $OQQ'$, $ORR'$ are drawn parallel to given straight lines, these points $P$, $P'$ are fixed. It will be easily seen that the proof is the same if the point $O$ be within the parabola. If the lines $OQQ'$, $ORR'$ be moved parallel to themselves until they become the tangents at $P$ and $P'$, we shall then obtain, if these tangents intersect in $T$, \[ TP^2 : TP'^2 :: SP : SP'; \] a result previously obtained (Art.~\cartref{38}). Again if $QSQ'$, $RSR'$ be the focal chords parallel to $TP$ and $TP'$, it follows that \[ TP^2 : TP'^2 :: QS \ctrdot SQ' : RS \ctrdot SR', \] $\therefore$ (cor.\ Art.~\cartref{8}) $TP^2 : TP'^2 :: QQ' : RR'$. %-----File: 057.png----- \carticleplus{52.}{Prop.~XXII\@.} \textit{If from a point $O$, outside a parabola, a tangent $OM$, and a chord $OAB$ be drawn, and if the diameter $ME$ meet the chord in $E$, \[ OE^2 = OA\ctrdot OB. \] } \includegraphicsmid{052a} Let $P$ be the point of contact of the tangent parallel to $OAB$, and let $OM$, $ME$ meet this tangent in $T$ and $F$. Draw $TV$ parallel to the axis and meeting $PM$ in $V$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then}& OA\ctrdot OB : OM^2 &:: TP^2 : TM^2 \text{ (Art.~\cartref{51}),} &&\\ && &:: TF^2 : TM^2, && \end{flalign*} since $PM$ is bisected in $V$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{also} & TF : TM &:: OE : OM; &&\phantom{also}\\ && \therefore OE^2 &= OA\ctrdot OB. && \end{flalign*} \subparagraph{Cor.~1.} If $AL$, $BN$ be the ordinates, parallel to $OM$, of $A$ and $B$, $ML$, $ME$, and $MN$ are proportional to $OA$, $OE$ and $OB$, and therefore \[ ME^2 = ML\ctrdot MN. \] This theorem may be also stated in the following form: \textit{If a chord $AB$ of a parabola intersect a diameter in the point $E$, the distance of the point $E$ from the tangent at the end of the diameter is a mean proportional between the distances of the points $A$ and $B$ from the same tangent.} %-----File: 058.png----- \subparagraph{Cor.~2.} Let $KE$ be the ordinate through $E$ parallel to $OM$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then, since}& ML : ME &:: ME : MN, &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then, since}}\\ && AL^2 : KE^2 &:: KE^2 : BN^2 &&\\ && \therefore AL : KE\: &:: KE\: : BN, && \end{flalign*} so that $KE$ is a mean proportional between $AL$ and $BN$, the ordinates of $A$ and $B$. \carticleplus{53.}{Prop.~XXIII\@.} \textit{If a circle intersect a parabola in four points, the two straight lines constituting any one of the three pairs of the chords of intersection are equally inclined to the axis.} Let $Q$, $Q'$, $R$, $R'$ be the four points of intersection; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then}& OQ\ctrdot OQ' &= OR\ctrdot OR', &&\phantom{then} \end{flalign*} and therefore $SP$, $SP'$ are equal, (Art.~\cartref{51}). \includegraphicsmid{053a} But, if $SP$, $SP'$ be equal, the points $P$, $P'$ are on opposite sides of, and are equidistant from the axis, and the tangents at $P$ and $P'$ are therefore equally inclined to the axis. Hence the chords $QQ'$, $RR'$, which are parallel to these tangents, are equally inclined to the axis. In the same manner it may be shewn that $QR$, $Q'R'$ are equally inclined to the axis, as also $QR'$, $Q'R$. %-----File: 059.png----- \begin{small} \carticle{54.} Conversely, if two chords $QQ'$, $RR'$, which are not parallel, make equal angles with the axis, a circle can be drawn through $Q$, $Q'$, $R'$, $R$. For, if the chords intersect in $O$, and $OE$ be drawn parallel to the axis and meeting the curve in $E$, it may be shewn as above that \[ OQ\ctrdot OQ' = 4SP\ctrdot OE, \text{ and } OR\ctrdot OR' = 4SP'\ctrdot OE, \] $P$ and $P'$ being the vertices of the diameters bisecting the chords. But the tangents at $P$ and $P'$, which are parallel to the chords, are equally inclined to the axis, and therefore $SP$ is equal to $SP'$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence}& OQ\ctrdot OQ' &= OR\ctrdot OR', &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}} \end{flalign*} and therefore a circle can be drawn through the points $Q$, $Q'$, $R$, $R'$. If the two chords are both perpendicular to the axis, it is obvious that a circle can be drawn through their extremities, and this is the only case in which a circle can be drawn through the extremities of parallel chords. \end{small} \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] Find the locus of the centre of a circle which passes through a given point and touches a given straight line. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] Draw a tangent to a parabola, making a given angle with the axis. \item[3.] If the tangent at $P$ meet the tangent at the vertex in $Y$, \[ AY^2 = AS\ctrdot AN. \] \item[4.] If the normal at $P$ meet the axis in $G$, the focus is equidistant from the tangent at $P$ and the straight line through $G$ parallel to the tangent. \item[5.] Given the focus, the position of the axis, and a tangent, construct the parabola. \item[6.] Find the locus of the centre of a circle which touches a given straight line and a given circle. \item[7.] Construct a parabola which has a given focus, and two given tangents. \item[8.] The distance of any point on a parabola from the focus is equal to the length of the ordinate at that point produced to meet the tangent at the end of the latus rectum. \item[9.] $PT$ being the tangent at $P$, meeting the axis in $T$, and $PN$ the ordinate, prove that $TY\ctrdot TP = TS\ctrdot TN$. %-----File: 060.png----- \item[10.] If $SE$ be the perpendicular from the focus on the normal at $P$, shew that \[ SE^2 = AN \ctrdot SP. \] \item[11.] The locus of the vertices of all parabolas, which have a common focus and a common tangent, is a circle. \item[12.] Having given the focus, the length of the latus rectum, and a tangent, construct the parabola. \item[13.] If $PSP'$ be a focal chord, and $PN$, $P'N'$ the ordinates, shew that \[ AN \ctrdot AN'=AS^2. \] Shew also that the latus rectum is a mean proportional between the double ordinates. \item[14.] The locus of the middle points of the focal chords of a parabola is another parabola. \item[15.] Shew that in general two parabolas can be drawn having a given straight line for directrix, and passing through two given points on the same side of the line. \item[16.] $Pp$ is a chord perpendicular to the axis, and the perpendicular from $p$ on the tangent at $P$ meets the diameter through $P$ in $R$; prove that $RP$ is equal to the latus rectum, and find the locus of $R$. \item[17.] Having given the focus, describe a parabola passing through two given points. \item[18.] The circle on any focal distance as diameter touches the tangent at the vertex. \item[19.] The circle on any focal chord as diameter touches the directrix. \item[20.] A point moves so that its shortest distance from a given circle is equal to its distance from a given diameter of the circle; prove that the locus is a parabola, the focus of which coincides with the centre of the circle. \item[21.] Find the locus of a point which moves so that its shortest distance from a given circle is equal to its distance from a given straight line. \item[22.] The vertex of an isosceles triangle is fixed. The extremities of its base lie on two fixed parallel straight lines. Prove that the base is a tangent to a parabola. \item[23.] Shew that the normal at any point of a parabola is equal to the ordinate through the middle point of the subnormal. \item[24.] If perpendiculars are drawn to the tangents to a parabola where they meet the axis they will be normals to two equal parabolas. \item[25.] $PSP'$ is a focal chord of a parabola. The diameters through $P$, $P'$ meet the normals at $P'$, $P$ in $V$, $V'$ respectively. Prove that $PVV'P'$ is a parallelogram. %-----File: 061.png----- \item[26.] If $APC$ be a sector of a circle, of which the radius $CA$ is fixed, and a circle be described, touching the radii $CA$, $CP$, and the arc $AP$, the locus of the centre of this circle is a parabola. \item[27.] If from the focus $S$ of a parabola, $SY$, $SZ$ be perpendiculars drawn to the tangent and normal at any point, $YZ$ is parallel to the diameter. \item[28.] Prove that the locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the focus on the normal is a parabola. \item[29.] If $PG$ be the normal, and $GL$ the perpendicular from $G$ upon $SP$, prove that $GL$ is equal to the ordinate $PN$. \item[30.] Given the focus, a point $P$ on the curve, and the length of the perpendicular from the focus on the tangent at $P$, find the vertex. \item[31.] A circle is described on the latus rectum as diameter, and a common tangent $QP$ is drawn to it and the parabola: shew that $SP$, $SQ$ make equal angles with the latus rectum. \item[32.] $G$ is the foot of the normal at a point $P$ of the parabola, $Q$ is the middle point of $SG$, and $X$ is the foot of the directrix: prove that \[ QX^2 - QP^2 = 4 AS^2. \] \item[33.] If $PG$ the normal at $P$ meet the axis in $G$, and if $PF$, $PH$, lines equally inclined to $PG$, meet the axis in $F$ and $H$, the length $SG$ is a mean proportional between $SF$ and $SH$. \item[34.] A triangle $ABC$ circumscribes a parabola whose focus is $S$, and through $A$, $B$, $C$, lines are drawn respectively perpendicular to $SA$, $SB$, $SC$; shew that these pass through one point. \item[35.] If $PQ$ be the normal at $P$ meeting the curve in $Q$, and if the chord $PR$ be drawn so that $PR$, $PQ$ are equally inclined to the axis, $PRQ$ is a right angle. \item[36.] $PN$ is a semi-ordinate of a parabola, and $AM$ is taken on the other side of the vertex along the axis equal to $AN$; from any point $Q$ in $PN$, $QR$ is drawn parallel to the axis meeting the curve in $R$; prove that the lines $MR$, $AQ$ will intersect in the parabola. \item[37.] Having given two points of a parabola, the direction of the axis, and the tangent at one of the points, construct the parabola. \item[38.] Having given the vertex of a diameter, and a corresponding double ordinate, construct the parabola. \item[39.] $PM$ is an ordinate of a point $P$; a straight line parallel to the axis bisects $PM$, and meets the curve in $Q$; $MQ$ meets the tangent at the vertex in $T$; prove that $3 AT = 2 PM$. \item[40.] $AB$, $CD$ are two parallel straight lines given in position, and $AC$ is perpendicular to both, $A$ and $C$ being given points; in $CD$ any point $Q$ is taken, and in $AQ$, produced if necessary, a point $P$ is taken, %-----File: 062.png----- such that the distance of $P$ from $AB$ is equal to $CQ$; prove that the locus of $P$ is a parabola. \item[41.] If the tangent and normal at a point $P$ of a parabola meet the tangent at the vertex in $K$ and $L$ respectively, prove that \[ KL^2 : SP^2 :: SP-AS : AS. \] \item[42.] Having given the length of a focal chord, find its position. \item[43.] If the ordinate of a point $P$ bisects the subnormal of a point $P'$, prove that the ordinate of $P$ is equal to the normal of $P'$. \item[44.] A parabola being traced on a plane, find its axis and vertex. \item[45.] If $PV$, $P'V'$ be two diameters, and $PV'$, $P'V$ ordinates to these diameters, \[ PV = P'V'. \] \item[46.] If one side of a triangle be parallel to the axis of a parabola, the other sides will be in the ratio of the tangents parallel to them. \item[47.] $QVQ'$ is an ordinate of a diameter $PV$, and any chord $PR$ meets $QQ'$ in $N$, and the diameter through $Q$ in $L$; prove that \[ PL^2 = PN \ctrdot PR. \] \item[48.] Describe a parabola passing through three given points, and having its axis parallel to a given line. \item[49.] If $AP$, $AQ$ be two chords drawn from the vertex at right angles to each other, and $PN$, $QM$ be ordinates, the latus rectum is a mean proportional between $AN$ and $AM$. \item[50.] $PSp$ is a focal chord of a parabola; prove that $AP$, $Ap$ meet the latus rectum in two points whose distances from the focus are equal to the ordinates of $p$ and $P$ respectively. \item[51.] If the straight line $AP$ and the diameter through $P$ meet the double ordinate $QMQ'$ in $R$ and $R'$, prove that \[ RM\ctrdot R'M=QM^2. \] \item[52.] $A$ and $P$ are two fixed points. Parabolas are drawn all having their vertices at $A$, and all passing through $P$. Prove that the points of intersection of the tangents at $P$ with the tangent and normal at $A$ lie on two fixed circles, one of which is double the size of the other. \item[53.] A variable tangent to a parabola intersects two fixed tangents in the points $T$ and $T'$: shew that the ratio $ST: ST'$ is constant. \item[54.] Through a fixed point on the axis of a parabola a chord $PQ$ is drawn, and a circle of given radius is described through the feet of the ordinates of $P$ and $Q$. Shew that the locus of its centre is a circle. \item[55.] If $SY$ be the perpendicular on the tangent at $P$, and if $YS$ be produced to $R$ so that $SR=SY$, shew that $PAR$ is a right angle. %-----File: 063.png----- \item[56.] If two circles be drawn touching a parabola at the ends of a focal chord, and passing through the focus, shew that they intersect each other orthogonally. \item[57.] $PSQ$ is a focal chord of a parabola, whose vertex is $A$ and focus $S$, $V$ being the middle point of the chord, shew that \[ PV^2 = AV^2 + 3AS^2. \] \item[58.] $QQ'$ is a focal chord of a parabola. Describe a circle which shall pass through $Q$, $Q'$ and touch the parabola. If $P$ be the point of contact and the angle $QPQ'$ a right angle, find the inclination of $QP$ to the axis. \item[59.] Through two fixed points $E$, $F$, on the axis of a parabola are drawn two chords $PQ$, $PR$ meeting the curve in $P$, $Q$, $R$. If $QR$ meet the axis in $T$, shew that the ratio $TR: TQ$ is constant. \item[60.] A chord $PQ$ is normal to the parabola at $P$, and the angle $PSQ$ is a right angle. Prove that $SQ=2SP$, and that the ordinate of $P$ is equal to the latus rectum. Also, if $T$ is the point of intersection of the tangents at $P$ and $Q$, and if $R$ is the middle point of $TQ$, prove that the angle $TSR$ is a right angle, and that $ST=2SR$. \item[61.] A straight line intersects a circle; prove that all the chords of the circle which are bisected by the straight line are tangents to a parabola. \item[62.] If two tangents $TP$, $TQ$ be drawn to a parabola, the perpendicular $SE$ from the focus on their chord of contact passes through the middle point of their intercept on the tangent at the vertex. \item[63.] From the vertex of a parabola a perpendicular is drawn on the tangent at any point; prove that the locus of its intersection with the diameter through the point is a straight line. \item[64.] If two tangents to a parabola be drawn from any point in its axis, and if any other tangent intersect these two in $P$ and $Q$, prove that $SP=SQ$. \item[65.] $T$ is a point on the tangent at $P$, such that the perpendicular from $T$ on $SP$ is of constant length; prove that the locus of $T$ is a parabola. If the constant length be $2AS$, prove that the vertex of the locus is on the directrix. \item[66.] Given a chord of a parabola in magnitude and position, and the point in which the axis cuts the chord, the locus of the vertex is a circle. \item[67.] If the normal at a point $P$ of a parabola meet the curve in $Q$, and the tangents at $P$ and $Q$ intersect in $T$, prove that $T$ and $P$ are equidistant from the directrix. %-----File: 064.png----- \item[68.] If $TP$, $TQ$ be tangents to a parabola, such that the chord $PQ$ is normal at $P$, \[ PQ : PT :: PN : AN, \] $PN$ and $AN$ being the ordinate and abscissa. \item[69.] If two equal tangents to a parabola be cut by a third tangent, the alternate segments of the two tangents will be equal. \item[70.] If $AP$ be a chord through the vertex, and if $PL$, perpendicular to $AP$, and $PG$, the normal at $P$, meet the axis in $L$, $G$ respectively, $GL=\text{half}$ the latus rectum. \item[71.] If $PSQ$ be a focal chord, $A$ the vertex, and $PA$, $QA$ be produced to meet the directrix in $P'$, $Q'$ respectively, then $P'SQ'$ will be a right angle. \item[72.] The tangents at $P$ and $Q$ intersect in $T$, and the tangent at $R$ intersects $TP$ and $TQ$ in $C$ and $D$; prove that \[ PC : CT :: CR : RD :: TD : DQ. \] \item[73.] From any point $D$ in the latus rectum of a parabola, a straight line $DP$ is drawn, parallel to the axis, to meet the curve in $P$; if $X$ be the foot of the directrix, and $A$ the vertex, prove that $AD$, $XP$ intersect in the parabola. \item[74.] $PSp$ is a focal chord, and upon $PS$ and $pS$ as diameters circles are described; prove that the length of either of their common tangents is a mean proportional between $AS$ and $Pp$. \item[75.] If $AQ$ be a chord of a parabola through the vertex $A$, and $QR$ be drawn perpendicular to $AQ$ to meet the axis in $R$; prove that $AR$ will be equal to the chord through the focus parallel to $AQ$. \item[76.] If from any point $P$ of a circle, $PC$ be drawn to the centre $C$, and a chord $PQ$ be drawn parallel to the diameter $AB$, and bisected in $R$; shew that the locus of the intersection of $CP$ and $AR$ is a parabola. \item[77.] A circle, the diameter of which is three-fourths of the latus rectum, is described about the vertex $A$ of a parabola as centre; prove that the common chord bisects $AS$. \item[78.] Shew that straight lines drawn perpendicular to the tangents of a parabola through the points where they meet a given fixed line perpendicular to the axis are in general tangents to a confocal parabola. \item[79.] If $QR$ be a double ordinate, and $PD$ a straight line drawn parallel to the axis from any point $P$ of the curve, and meeting $QR$ in $D$, prove, from Art.~\cartref{27}, that \[ QD \ctrdot RD = 4AS \ctrdot PD. \] \item[80.] Prove, by help of the preceding theorem, that, if $QQ'$ be a chord parallel to the tangent at $P$, $QQ'$ is bisected by $PD$, and hence determine the locus of the middle point of a series of parallel chords. %-----File: 065.png----- \item[81.] If a parabola touch the sides of an equilateral triangle, the focal distance of any vertex of the triangle passes through the point of contact of the opposite side. \item[82.] Find the locus of the foci of the parabolas which have a common vertex and a common tangent. \item[83.] From the points where the normals to a parabola meet the axis, lines are drawn perpendicular to the normals: shew that these lines will be tangents to an equal parabola. \item[84.] Inscribe in a given parabola a triangle having its sides parallel to three given straight lines. \item[85.] $PNP'$ is a double ordinate, and through a point of the parabola $RQL$ is drawn perpendicular to $PP'$ and meeting $PA$, or $PA$ produced in $R$; prove that \[ PN : NL :: LR : RQ. \] \item[86.] $PNP'$ is a double ordinate, and through $R$, a point in the tangent at $P$, $RQM$ is drawn perpendicular to $PP'$ and meeting the curve in $Q$; prove that \[ QM : QR :: P'M : PM. \] \item[87.] If from the point of contact of a tangent to a parabola, a chord be drawn, and a line parallel to the axis meeting the chord, the tangent, and the curve, shew that this line will be divided by them in the same ratio as it divides the chord. \item[88.] $PSp$ is a focal chord of a parabola, $RD$ is the directrix meeting the axis in $D$, $Q$ is any point in the curve; prove that if $QP$, $Qp$ produced meet the directrix in $R$, $r$, half the latus rectum will be a mean proportional between $DR$ and $Dr$. \item[89.] A chord of a parabola is drawn parallel to a given straight line, and on this chord as diameter a circle is described; prove that the distance between the middle points of this chord, and of the chord joining the other two points of intersection of the circle and parabola, will be of constant length. \item[90.] If a circle and a parabola have a common tangent at $P$, and intersect in $Q$ and $R$; and if $QV$, $UR$ be drawn parallel to the axis of the parabola meeting the circle in $V$ and $U$ respectively, then will $VU$ be parallel to the tangent at $P$. \item[91.] If $PV$ be the diameter through any point $P$, $QV$ a semi-ordinate, $Q'$ another point in the curve, and $Q'P$ cut $QV$ in $R$, and $Q'R'$, the diameter through $Q'$, meet $QV$ in $R'$, then \[ VR \ctrdot VR' = QV^2. \] \item[92.] $PQ$, $PR$ are any two chords; $PQ$ meets the diameter through $R$ in the point $F$, and $PR$ meets the diameter through $Q$ in $E$; prove that $EF$ is parallel to the tangent at $P$. %-----File: 066.png----- \item[93.] If parallel chords be intersected by a diameter, the distances of the points of intersection from the vertex of the diameter are in the ratio of the rectangles contained by the segments of the chords. \item[94.] If tangents be drawn to a parabola from any point $P$ in the latus rectum, and if $Q$, $Q'$ be the points of contact, the semi-latus rectum is a geometric mean between the ordinates of $Q$ and $Q'$, and the distance of $P$ from the axis is an arithmetic mean between the same ordinates. \item[95.] If $A'$, $B'$, $C'$ be the middle points of the sides of a triangle $ABC$, and a parabola drawn through $A'$, $B'$, $C'$ meet the sides again in $A''$, $B''$, $C''$, then will the lines $AA''$, $BB''$, $CC''$ be parallel to each other. \item[96.] A circle passing through the focus cuts the parabola in two points. Prove that the angle between the tangents to the circle at those points is four times the angle between the tangents to the parabola at the same points. \item[97.] The locus of the points of intersection of normals at the extremities of focal chords of a parabola is another parabola. \item[98.] Having given the vertex, a tangent, and its point of contact, construct the parabola. \item[99.] $PSp$ is a focal chord of a parabola; shew that the distance of the point of intersection of the normals at $P$ and $p$ from the directrix varies as the rectangle contained by $PS$, $pS$. \item[100.] $TP$, $TQ$ are tangents to a parabola at $P$ and $Q$, and $O$ is the centre of the circle circumscribing $PTQ$; prove that $TSO$ is a right angle. \item[101.] $P$ is any point of a parabola whose vertex is $A$, and through the focus S the chord $QSQ'$ is drawn parallel to $AP$; $PN$, $QM$, $Q'M'$, being perpendicular to the axis, shew that $SM$ is a mean proportional between $AM$, $AN$, and that \[ MM'=AP. \] \item[102.] If a circle cut a parabola in four points, two on one side of the axis, and two on the other, the sum of the ordinates of the first two is equal to the sum of the ordinates of the other two points. Extend this theorem to the case in which three of the points are on one side of the axis and one on the other. \item[103.] The tangents at $P$ and $Q$ meet in $T$, and $TL$ is the perpendicular from $T$ on the axis; prove that if $PN$, $QM$ be the ordinates of $P$ and $Q$, \[ PN \ctrdot QM=4AS \ctrdot AL. \] \item[104.] The tangents at $P$ and $Q$ meet in $T$, and the lines $TA$, $PA$, $QA$, meet the directrix in $t$, $p$, and $q$: prove that \[ tp=tq. \] %-----File: 067.png----- \item[105.] From a point $T$ tangents $TP$, $TQ$ are drawn to a parabola, and through $T$ straight lines are drawn parallel to the normals at $P$ and $Q$; prove that one diagonal of the parallelogram so formed passes through the focus. \item[106.] Through a given point within a parabola draw a chord which shall be divided in a given ratio at that point. \item[107.] $ABC$ is a portion of a parabola bounded by the axis $AB$ and the semi-ordinate $BC$; find the point $P$ in the semi-ordinate such that if $PQ$ be drawn parallel to the axis to meet the parabola in $Q$, the sum of $BP$ and $PQ$ shall be the greatest possible. \item[108.] The diameter through a point $P$ of a parabola meets the tangent at the vertex in $Z$; the normal at $P$ and the focal distance of $Z$ will intersect in a point at the same distance from the tangent at the vertex as $P$. \item[109.] Given a tangent to a parabola and a point on the curve, shew that the foot of the ordinate of the point of contact of the tangent drawn to the diameter through the given point lies on a fixed straight line. \item[110.] Find a point such that the tangents from it to a parabola and the lines from the focus to the points of contact may form a parallelogram. \item[111.] Two equal parabolas have a common focus; and, from any point in the common tangent, another tangent is drawn to each; prove that these tangents are equidistant from the common focus. \item[112.] Two parabolas have a common axis and vertex, and their concavities turned in opposite directions; the latus rectum of one is eight times that of the other; prove that the portion of a tangent to the former, intercepted between the common tangent and axis, is bisected by the latter. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 068.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER III} \csectiontoc{The Ellipse} \cheader{THE ELLIPSE} \subparagraph{Def.} \textit{An ellipse is the curve traced out by a point which moves in such a manner that its distance from a given point is in a constant ratio of less inequality to its distance from a given straight line.} \cisubsection{Tracing the Curve} \carticle{55.} Let $S$ be the focus, $EX$ the directrix, and $SX$ the perpendicular on $EX$ from $S$. \includegraphicsmid{055a} Divide $SX$ at the point $A$ in the given ratio; the point $A$ is the vertex. From any point $E$ in $EX$, draw $EAP$, $ESL$, and through $S$ draw $SP$ making the angle $PSL$ equal to $LSN$, and meeting $EAP$ in $P$. Through $P$ draw $LPK$ perpendicular to the directrix and meeting $ESL$ in $L$. %-----File: 069.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then the angle}& PSL &= LSN = SLP. &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then the angle}}\\ && \therefore SP &= PL. && \end{flalign*} \begin{flalign*} &\text{Also}& PL: PK &:: SA: AX. &&\\ &\indent\text{Hence}& SP: PK &:: SA: AX, &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}} \end{flalign*} and $P$ is therefore a point in the curve. Again, in the axis $XAN$ find a point $A'$ such that \[ SA': A'X:: SA: AX; \] this point is evidently on the same side of the directrix as the point $A$, and is another vertex of the curve. \includegraphicsmid{055a} %repeated figure Join $EA'$ meeting $PS$ produced in $P'$, and draw $P'L'K'$ perpendicular to the directrix and meeting $ES$ in $L'$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& P'L': P'K'& :: SA': A'X &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ && &:: SA\phantom{'} : AX, && \end{flalign*} \begin{flalign*} &\text{and the angle}& SL'P' = L'SA &= L'SP; &&\phantom{\text{and the angle}}\\ &&\therefore P'L' = & SP'. && \end{flalign*} Hence $P'$ is also a point in the curve, and $PSP'$ is a focal chord. By giving $E$ a series of positions on the directrix we shall obtain a series of focal chords, and we can also, as in Art.~(\cartref{1}), find other points of the curve lying in the lines $KP$, $K'P'$, or in these lines produced. We can thus find any number of points in the curve. %-----File: 070.png----- \carticleplus{56.}{Def.} \textit{The distance $AA'$ is the major axis.} \textit{The middle point $C$ of $AA'$ is called the centre of the ellipse.} \textit{If through $C$ the double ordinate $BCB'$ be drawn, $BB'$ is called the minor axis.} \textit{Any straight line drawn through the centre, and terminated by the curve, is called a diameter.} \textit{The lines $ACA'$, $BCB'$ are called the principal diameters, or, briefly, the axes of the curve.} \textit{The line $ACA'$ is also sometimes called the transverse axis, and $BCB'$ the conjugate axis.} \carticleplus{57.}{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{If $P$ be any point of an ellipse, and $AA'$ the axis major, and if $PA$, $A'P$, when produced, meet the directrix in $E$ and $F$, the distance $EF$ subtends a right angle at the focus.} \includegraphicsmid{057a} By the theorem of Art.~\cartref{4}, $ES$ bisects the angle $ASP'$, and $FS$ bisects the angle $ASP$; \[ \therefore ESF\text{ is a right angle.} \] It will be seen that, since $ASA'$ is a focal chord, this is a particular case of the theorem of Art.~\cartref{6}. %-----File: 071.png----- \carticleplus{58.}{Prop.~II.} \textit{If $PN$ be the ordinate of any point $P$ of an ellipse, $ACA'$ the axis major, and $BCB'$ the axis minor,} \[ PN^2 : AN \ctrdot NA' :: BC^2 : AC^2. \] \includegraphicsmid{058a} Join $PA$, $A'P$, and let these lines produced meet the directrix in $E$ and $F$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then} & PN : AN &:: EX : AX, &&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ &\text{and } & PN : A'N &:: FX : A'X; &&\\ && \therefore PN^2 : AN \ctrdot NA' &:: EX \ctrdot FX : AX \ctrdot A'X &&\\ && &:: SX^2 : AX \ctrdot A'X, && \end{flalign*} since $ESF$ is a right angle (Prop.~1.); that is, $PN^2$ is to $AN \ctrdot NA'$ in a constant ratio. Hence, taking $PN$ coincident with $BC$, in which case \begin{flalign*} &&&AN = NA' = AC,&&\\ && BC^2 &: AC^2 :: SX^2 : AX \ctrdot A'X, &&\\ &\rlap{and } & \therefore PN^2 &: AN \ctrdot NA' :: BC^2 : AC^2. \end{flalign*} This may be also written \[ PN^2 : AC^2 - CN^2 :: BC^2 : AC^2. \] \subparagraph{Cor.} If $PM$ be the perpendicular from $P$ on the axis minor, \begin{flalign*} && & CM = PN, PM = CN, &&\\ &\text{and } & CM^2 &: AC^2 - PM^2 :: BC^2 : AC^2. &&\\ &\text{\indent Hence }& AC^2 &: AC^2 - PM^2 :: BC^2 : CM^2, &&\phantom{\indent Hence }\\ &\text{and } & \therefore AC^2 &: PM^2 :: BC^2 : BC^2 - CM^2, &&\\ &\text{or } & PM^2 &: BM \ctrdot MB' :: AC^2 : BC^2. && \end{flalign*} %-----File: 072.png----- \carticle{59.} If a point $N'$ be taken on the axis major, between $C$ and $A'$, such that $CN' = CN$, the corresponding ordinate $P'N' = PN$, and therefore it follows that the curve is symmetrical with regard to $BCB'$, and that there is another focus, and another directrix, corresponding to the vertex $A'$. \carticle{60.} By help of the theorem of Art.~\cartref{57}, we can give an independent proof of the existence of the other focus and directrix, corresponding to the vertex~$A'$. In $AA'$ produced take a point $X'$ such that $A'X' = AX$, and in $AA'$ take a point $S'$ such that $A'S' = AS$. Through $X'$ draw a straight line $eX'f$ perpendicular to the axis, and let $EP$, $FP$ produced meet this line in $e$ and $f$. Join $eS'$, and $fS'$. \includegraphicsmid{060a} \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Then } & eX' : EX &:: AX' : AX &&\phantom{\indent Then} \\ && &:: A'X : A'X' &&\\ && &:: FX : fX'; &&\\ && \therefore eX' \ctrdot fX' = EX &\ctrdot FX = SX^2 = S'X'^2. && \end{flalign*} %-----File: 073.png----- Hence $eS'f$ is a right angle. Through $P$ draw $KPk$ parallel to the axis, meeting $eS'$ and $fS'$ produced in $L$ and $l$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Then }& PL &: Pk :: S'A : AX' :: SA' : A'X, &&\phantom{\indent Then}\\ &\text{and }& Pl &: Pk :: S'A' : A'X' :: SA : AX, && \end{flalign*} \[ \therefore PL = Pl. \] Moreover, $LS'l$ being a right angle, \begin{gather*} S'P=Pl,\\ \therefore S'P : Pk :: S'A' : A'X', \end{gather*} and the curve can be described by means of the focus $S'$ and the directrix $eX'$. \begin{small} If $SA$ be equal to $AX$, the point $A'$, and therefore the points $S'$ and $X'$, will be at an infinite distance from $S$ and $A$. Hence a parabola is the limiting form of an ellipse, the axis major of which is indefinitely increased in magnitude, while the distance $SA$ remains finite. \end{small} \carticleplus{61.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{If $ACA'$ be the axis major, $C$ the centre, $S$ one of the foci, and $X$ the foot of the directrix}, \begin{flalign*} && CS &: CA :: CA : CX :: SA : AX, &&\\ &\text{and }& CS &: CX :: CS^2 : CA^2. &&\phantom{and} \end{flalign*} \includegraphicsmid{061a} \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent For }& S'A : SA &:: AX' : AX &&\\ && &:: A'X : AX; &&\\ && \therefore SS' : SA &:: AA' : AX, &&\\ &\text{or }& CS : CA &:: SA\ : AX. &&\\ &\text{\indent Again, }& SA' : SA &:: AX' : AX; &&\phantom{\indent Again,}\\ && \therefore AA' : SA &:: XX' : AX, &&\\ &\text{or }& CA : CX &:: SA\ : AX; &&\\ && \therefore CS : CA &:: CA\ : CX, &&\\ &\text{or }& CS \ctrdot CX &= CA^2. &&\\ &\text{\indent Also }& CS : CX &:: CS^2 : CS \ctrdot CX &&\phantom{\indent Also}\\ && &:: CS^2 : CA^2. && \end{flalign*} %-----File: 074.png----- \carticleplus{62.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{If $S$ be a focus, and $B$ an extremity of the axis minor}, \[ SB = AC \text{ and } BC^2 = AS \ctrdot SA'. \] For, joining $SB$ in the figure of Art.~\cartref{58}, \begin{align*} SB: CX &:: SA: AX \\ &:: CA: CX, \end{align*} by the previous Article, \[ \therefore SB = CA. \] \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Also}& BC^2 = SB^2 - SC^2 &= AC^2 - SC^2 &\phantom{\indent Also}&\\ && &= AS \ctrdot SA'. && \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{63.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{The semi-latus rectum $SR$ is a third proportional to $AC$ and $BC$.} For, Prop.\ II., \begin{flalign*} && SR^2 : AS \centerdot SA' &:: BC^2 : AC^2; &&\\ &&\therefore SR^2 : BC^2 &:: BC^2 : AC^2, &&\\ &\text{or}& SR : BC &:: BC : AC. &&\\ &\text{\calignedcor{Cor.} Since}& SR : SX &:: SA : AX &\phantom{\calignedcor{Cor.} Since}&\\ && &:: SC : AC, && \end{flalign*} it follows that $SX \ctrdot SC = SR \ctrdot AC = BC^2$;\\ and hence also, since $SC \ctrdot CX = AC^2$, that \[ SX : CX :: BC^2 : AC^2. \] \carticleplus{64.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{The sum of the focal distances of any point is equal to the axis major.} Let $PN$ be the ordinate of a point $P$ (Fig.\ Art.~\cartref{60}), then \begin{flalign*} && S'P : SP&:: NX' : NX; &&\\ && \therefore S'P + SP : SP &:: XX' : NX, &&\\ &\text{or}& S'P + SP : XX' &:: SP : NX &\phantom{or}&\\ && &:: SA : AX &&\\ && &:: AA': XX'; &&\\ && \therefore S'P + SP &= AA' && \end{flalign*} %-----File: 075.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\text{\calignedcor{Cor.} Since}& SP: NX &:: SA: AX &&\phantom{\calignedcor{Cor.} Since}\\ && &:: AC: CX; &&\\ &&\therefore AC: SP&:: CX: NX, &&\\ && \llap{$AC-SP$} : SP&:: CN: NX, &&\\ &\text{and}& \llap{$AC-SP$} : CN&:: SA: AX. && \end{flalign*} Also, \hfill $AC-SP = S'P-AC$; \hfill\phantom{\indent Also, } \begin{flalign*} && \therefore S'P-AC: CN &:: SA: AX. &&\\ &\indent\text{Hence,}& S'P-SP: 2CN &:: SA: AX. &&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence,}} \end{flalign*} \cisubsection{Mechanical Construction of the Ellipse} \carticle{65.} Fasten the ends of a piece of thread to two pins fixed on a board, and trace a curve on the board with a pencil pressed against the thread so as to keep it stretched; the curve traced out will be an ellipse, having its foci at the points where the pins are fixed, and having its major axis equal to the length of the thread. \carticleplus{66.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{The sum of the distances of a point from the foci of an ellipse is greater or less than the major axis according as the point is outside or inside the ellipse.} If the point be without the ellipse, join $SQ$, $S'Q$, and take a point $P$ on the intercepted arc of the curve. \includegraphicsright[8]{066a} Then $P$ is within the triangle $SQS'$ and therefore, joining $SP$, $S'P$, \begin{flalign*} &&SQ + S'Q &> SP+S'P, \text{ Euclid \textsc{i}.\ 21,} &&\\ &\rlap{\textit{i.e.}}& &SQ + S'Q>AA'. && \end{flalign*} If $Q'$ be within the ellipse, let $SQ'$, $S'Q'$ produced meet the curve and take a point $P$ on the intercepted arc. Then $Q'$ is within the triangle $SPS'$, and \begin{flalign*} &&\therefore SP + S'P &>SQ' + S'Q', &&\\ &\textit{i.e.}& SQ' + S'&Q' FXA, &&\\ &\text{and therefore }& AE &< AX, \phantom{and\ therefore} &&\\ &\text{that is }& SA &< AX, && \end{flalign*} and the curve is an ellipse. In this case another sphere can be inscribed in the cone, touching the cone along the circle $E'F'$ and touching the plane $AP$ in $S'$. It may be shewn as before that $S'$ is a focus and that the corresponding directrix is the intersection of the planes $E'F'$, $APA'$. \subparagraph{(3)} Let the line $UA$ produced meet the cone on the other side of the vertex. The section then consists of two separate branches. \includegraphicsmid{148b} \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Also the angle }& AEX &= A'FX &\phantom{\indent Also\ the\ angle } &\\ && &< AXF, &&\\ &\text{and therefore }& AE &> AX, &&\\ &\text{that is }& AS &> AX, && \end{flalign*} and the curve $AP$ is one branch of an hyperbola, the other branch being the section $A'P'$. Taking $P'$ in the other branch the proof is the same as before that \[ SP': P'K':: SA: AX. \] In this case a sphere can be inscribed in the other branch of the cone, touching the cone along the circle $E'F'$, and the plane $UA'P'$ in $S'$, and it can be shewn that $S'$ is the other focus of the hyperbola, and that the directrix is the intersection of the cutting plane with the plane of contact $E'F'$. Hence the section of a cone by a plane cutting in $AU$ %-----File: 161.png----- the principal section $VOQ$ perpendicular to it is an Ellipse, Parabola, or Hyperbola, according as the angle $EAX$ is greater than, equal to, or less than, the vertical angle of the cone. Further, it is obvious that, if any plane be drawn parallel to the plane $AP$, the ratio of $AE$ to $AX$ is always the same; hence it follows that all parallel sections have the same eccentricity. \carticle{149.} This method of determining the focus and directrix was published by Mr Pierce Morton, of Trinity College, in the first volume of the Cambridge \textit{Philosophical Transactions}. The method was very nearly obtained by Hamilton, who gave the following construction. First finding the vertex and focus, $A$ and $S$, take $AE$ along the generating line equal to $AS$, and draw the circular %-----File: 162.png----- section through $E$; the directrix will be the line of intersection of the plane of the circle with the given plane of section. Hamilton also demonstrated the equality of $SP$ and $PR$. \carticleplus{150.}{Prop.~III.} \textit{To prove that, in the case of an elliptic section,} \[ SP+S'P= AA'. \] Taking the 2nd figure, \begin{flalign*} & &SP=PR &\text{ and } S'P=PR'; &&\\ & &\therefore SP+S'P &= RR' = EE' &&\\ & &&= AE + AE' &&\\ & &&= AS + AS'.&&\\ &\text{\indent But }& A'S' = A'F' &= FF' - A'F &\phantom{\indent But}&\\ & &=EE'&-A'S,&&\\ &\text{also }& A'S' + SS' &= A'S; &&\\ && \therefore 2A'S' + SS' &= EE'. &&\\ &\text{\indent Similarly }& 2AS + SS' &= EE'; &\phantom{\indent Similarly }&\\ && \therefore A'S' &= AS, &&\\ &\text{and }& AS' &= A'S. &&\\ &\text{Hence }& SP + S'P &= AA', &&\\ \multispan{3}{and the transverse, or major axis} &= EE'. && \end{flalign*} In a similar manner it can be shewn that in an hyperbolic section \[ S'P-SP = AA'. \] \carticleplus{151.}{Prop.~IV.} \textit{To shew that, in a parabolic section,} \[ PN^2 = 4AS \ctrdot AN. \] \includegraphicsmid{151a} Let $A$ be the vertex of the section, and let $ADE$ be the diameter of the circular section through $A$. %-----File: 163.png----- From $D$ let fall $DS$ perpendicular to $AN$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent then }& PN^2 &=QN \ctrdot NQ'&\phantom{\indent then }&\\ && &=QN \ctrdot AE&&\\ && &=4NL \ctrdot AD,&& \end{flalign*} if $AL$ be perpendicular to $NQ$. But the triangles $ANL$, $ADS$ being similar, \begin{flalign*} &&NL : AN &:: AS : AD;&&\\ &&\therefore NL \ctrdot AD&=AN \ctrdot AS,&&\\ &\text{and}&&&\phantom{and}&\\ &&PN^2 &=4AS \ctrdot AN.&& \end{flalign*} \includegraphicsright[13]{152a} \carticleplus{152.}{Prop.~V.} \textit{To shew that, in an elliptic section, $PN^2$ is to $AN \ctrdot NA'$ in a constant ratio.} Draw through $P$ the circular section $QPQ'$, bisect $AA'$ in $C$, and draw through $C$ the circular section $EBE'$. Then \begin{flalign*} &&QN : AN &:: CE : AC,&&\\ &\rlap{\text{and}}& NQ' : NA' &:: CE' : A'C;&&\\ &&\therefore QN \ctrdot NQ' &: AN \ctrdot NA'&&\\ &&&:: EC \ctrdot CE':AC^2,&&\\ &\rlap{\text{or}}&&&&\\ &&PN^2 : AN \ctrdot NA' &:: EC \ctrdot CE' : AC^2;&& \end{flalign*} and, the transverse axis being $AA'$, the square of the semi-minor axis $= BC^2 = EC \ctrdot CE'$. %-----File: 164.png----- Again, if $ADF$ be perpendicular to the axis, $AD = DF$, and, $AC$ being equal to $CA'$, $CD$ is parallel to $A'F$, and therefore \[CE' = FD = AD.\] Similarly, $CE=A'D'$, the perpendicular from $A'$ on the axis; \[ \therefore BC^2 = AD \ctrdot A'D', \] that is, \textit{the semi-minor axis is a mean proportional between the perpendiculars from the vertices on the axis of the cone.}\bigskip \subparagraph{Cor.} If $H$, $H'$ are the centres of the focal spheres, the angles $HAH'$, $HA'H'$ are right angles, so that $H$, $A$, $H'$, $A'$ are concyclic. \includegraphicsmid{152b} It follows that the triangles $ASH$, $A'H'D'$ are similar, as are also the triangles $A'S'H'$, $AHD$, so that \begin{flalign*} &&SH : A'D' :: AH& : A'H' :: AD : S'H';&\\ &\text{and } &SH \ctrdot S'H' = A&D \ctrdot A'D' = BC^2;\phantom{and}& \end{flalign*} \textit{$\therefore$ the semi-minor axis is a mean proportional between the radii of the focal spheres.} %-----File: 165.png----- The fact that $H$, $A$, $H'$, $A'$ are concyclic also shews that the sphere of which $HH'$ is a diameter intersects the plane of the ellipse in its auxiliary circle. \carticle{153.} In exactly the same manner it can be shewn that, for an hyperbolic section, \begin{flalign*} &&PN^2 &: AN \ctrdot NA' :: CE \ctrdot CE' : AC^2,&\\ &\text{and that} &&CE = AD, \text{and } CE' = A'D'.& \end{flalign*} \includegraphicsmid{153a} Also, as in the case of the ellipse, $BC$ is a mean proportional between $AD$ and $A'D'$, and is also a mean proportional between the radii of the focal spheres. \carticleplus{154.}{Prop.~VI.} \textit{The two straight lines in which a cone is intersected by a plane through the vertex parallel to an hyperbolic section are parallel to the asymptotes of the hyperbola.} Taking the preceding figure, let the parallel plane cut %-----File: 166.png----- the cone in the lines $OG$, $OG'$, and the circular section through $C$ in the line $GLG'$, which will be perpendicular to the plane of the paper, and therefore perpendicular to $EE'$ and to $OL$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence}& GL^2 &= EL \ctrdot E'L. &\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}& \displaybreak[1]\\ &\indent\text{But}& EL : EC &:: OL : A'C,&&\\ &\text{and}& E'L : E'C &:: OL : AC;&&\\ &&\therefore GL^2 : EC \ctrdot E'C &:: OL^2 : AC^2,&&\\ &\text{or}& GL : OL &:: BC : AC;&\phantom{or}& \end{flalign*} therefore, (Art.~\cartref{102}), $OG$ and $OG'$ are parallel to the asymptotes of the hyperbola. Hence, for all parallel hyperbolic sections, the asymptotes are parallel to each other. If the hyperbola be rectangular, the angle $GOG'$ is a right angle; but this is evidently not possible if the vertical angle of the cone be less than a right angle. When the vertical angle of the cone is not less than a right angle, and when $GOG'$ is a right angle, $LOG$ is half a right angle, and therefore \begin{flalign*} && OL &= LG,& \\ &\text{and}& 2 \ctrdot OL^2 &= OG^2 = OE^2, \end{flalign*} and the length $OL$ is easily constructed. Hence, placing $OL$, and drawing the plane $GOG'$ perpendicular to the principal section through $OL$, any section by a plane parallel to $GOG'$ is a rectangular hyperbola. It will be observed that the eccentricity of the section is greatest when its plane is parallel to the axis of the cone. \carticleplus{155.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{The sphere which passes through the circles of contact of the focal spheres with the surface of the cone intersects the plane of the section in its director circle.} Let $Q$, $Q'$ be the points in which the straight line $AA'$ is intersected by the sphere which passes through the circles $EF$ and $E'F'$. %-----File: 167.png----- Then the sphere intersects the plane of the ellipse in the circle of which $QQ'$ is the diameter. \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent{Also}} &CQ^2 - CA^2 &= AQ \ctrdot AQ' = AE \ctrdot AE' &\\ & &&= AS \ctrdot AS' = BC^2; &\\ & &\therefore C&Q^2 = AC^2 + BC^2,& \end{flalign*} so that $CQ$ is the radius of the director circle. \includegraphicsmid{155a} Changing the figure the proof is exactly the same for the hyperbola. \carticleplus{156.}{Prop.~VIII.} \textit{If two straight lines be drawn through any point, parallel to two fixed lines, and intersecting a given cone, the ratio of the rectangles formed by the segments of the lines will be independent of the position of the point.} Thus, if through $E$, the lines $EPQ$, $EP'Q'$ be drawn, parallel to two given lines, and cutting the cone in the %-----File: 168.png----- points $P$, $Q$ and $P'$, $Q'$, the ratio of $EP \ctrdot EQ$ to $EP' \ctrdot EQ'$ is constant. Through $O$ draw $OK$ parallel to the given line to which $EPQ$ is parallel, and let the plane through $OK$, $EPQ$, which contains the generating lines $OP$, $OQ$, meet the circular section through $E$ in $R$ and $S$, and the plane base in the straight line $DFK$, cutting the circular base in $D$ and $F$. Then $DFK$ and $ERS$ being sections of parallel planes by a plane are parallel to each other. \includegraphicsmid{156a} Also, $EPQ$ is parallel to $OK$; Therefore $ERP$, $ODK$ are similar triangles, as are also $ESQ$, $OFK$; \begin{flalign*} & &\therefore EP : ER &:: OK : DK, &&\\ \text{and } & &EQ : ES &:: OK : FK; &\phantom{and}&\\ && \therefore EP \ctrdot EQ : ER \ctrdot ES &:: OK^2 : DK \ctrdot FK &&\\ && &:: OK^2 : KT^2, && \end{flalign*} if $KT$ be the tangent to the circular base from $K$. If a similar construction be made for $EP'Q'$, we shall have \[ EP' \ctrdot EQ' : ER' \ctrdot ES' :: OK'^2 : K'T'^2. \] %-----File: 169.png----- But\hfill$ER \ctrdot ES = ER' \ctrdot ES'$;\hfill\phantom{\indent But}\\ therefore the rectangles $EP \ctrdot EQ$ and $EP' \ctrdot EQ'$ are each in a constant ratio to the same rectangle, and are therefore in a constant ratio to each other. Since the plane through $EPQ$, $EP'Q'$ cuts the cone in an ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola, this theorem includes as particular cases those of Arts.~\cartref{51}, \cartref{58}, \cartref{82}, \cartref{92}, \cartref{96}, \cartref{124} and~\cartref{134}. The proof is the same if the point $P$ be within the cone, or if one or both of the lines meet opposite branches of the cone. If the chords be drawn through the centre of the section $PEP'$, the rectangles become the squares of the semi-diameters. Hence the parallel diameters of all parallel sections of a cone are proportional to each other. If the lines move until they become tangents the rectangles then become the squares of the tangents; therefore if a series of points be so taken that the tangents from them are parallel to given lines, these tangents are always in the same proportion. The locus of the point $E$ will be the line of intersection of two fixed planes touching the cone, that is, a fixed line through the vertex. \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] Shew how to cut from a cylinder an ellipse of given eccentricity. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] What is the locus of the foci of all sections of a cylinder of a given eccentricity? \item[3.] Shew how to cut from a cone an ellipse of given eccentricity. \item[4.] Prove that all sections of a cone by parallel planes are conics of the same eccentricity. \item[5.] What is the locus of the foci of the sections made by planes inclined to the axis at the same angle? %-----File: 170.png----- \item[6.] Find the least angle of a cone from which it is possible to cut an hyperbola, whose eccentricity shall be the ratio of two to one. \item[7.] The centre of a spherical ball is moveable in a vertical plane which is equidistant from two candles of the same height on a table; find its locus when the two shadows on the ceiling are always just in contact. \item[8.] Through a given point draw a plane cutting a given cone in a section which has the given point for a focus. \item[9.] If the vertical angle of a cone, vertex $O$, be a right angle, $P$ any point of a parabolic section, and $PN$ perpendicular to the axis of the parabola, \[ OP = 2AS + AN, \] $A$ being the vertex and $S$ the focus. \item[10.] Prove that the directrices of all parabolic sections of a cone lie in the tangent planes of a cone having the same axis. \item[11.] If the curve formed by the intersection of any plane with a cone be projected upon a plane perpendicular to the axis; prove that the curve of projection will be a conic section having its focus at the point in which the axis meets the plane of projection. \item[12.] Prove that the latera recta of parabolic sections of a right circular cone are proportional to the distances of their vertices from the vertex of the cone. \item[13.] The shadow of a ball is cast by a candle on an inclined plane in contact with the ball; prove that as the candle burns down, the locus of the centre of the shadow will be a straight line. \item[14.] The vertex of a right cone which contains a given ellipse lies on a certain hyperbola, and the axis of the cone will be a tangent to the hyperbola. \item[15.] Find the locus of the vertices of the right circular cones which can be drawn so as to pass through a given fixed hyperbola, and prove that the axis of the cone is always tangential to the locus. \item[16.] An ellipse and an hyperbola are so situated that the vertices of each curve are the foci of the other, and the curves are in planes at right angles to each other. If $P$ be a point on the ellipse, and $O$ a point on the hyperbola, $S$ the vertex, and $A$ the interior focus of that branch of the hyperbola, then \[ AS + OP = AO + SP. \] \item[17.] The latus rectum of any plane section of a given cone is proportional to the perpendicular from the vertex on the plane. \item[18.] If a sphere is described about the vertex of a right cone as centre, the latera recta of all sections made by tangent planes to the sphere are equal. %-----File: 171.png----- \item[19.] Different elliptic sections of a right cone are taken such that their minor axes are equal; shew that the locus of their centres is the surface formed by the revolution of an hyperbola about the axis of the cone. \item[20.] If two cones be described touching the same two spheres, the eccentricities of the two sections of them made by the same plane bear to one another a ratio constant for all positions of the plane. \item[21.] If elliptic sections of a cone be made such that the volume between the vertex and the section is always the same, the minor axis will be always of the same length. \item[22.] The vertex of a cone and the centre of a sphere inscribed within it are given in position: a plane section of the cone, at right angles to any generating line of the cone, touches the sphere: prove that the locus of the point of contact is a surface generated by the revolution of a circle, which touches the axis of the cone at the centre of the sphere. \item[23.] Given a right cone and a point within it, there are two sections which have this point for focus; and the planes of these sections make equal angles with the straight line joining the given point and the vertex of the cone. \item[24.] Prove that the centres of all plane sections of a cone, for which the distance between the foci is the same, lie on the surface of a right circular cylinder. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 172.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER VII} \csectiontoc{The Similarity of Conics, the Areas of Conics, and the Curvatures of Conics} \cheader{SIMILAR CONICS} \csubsection{SIMILAR CONICS} \carticleplus{157.}{Def.} \textit{Conics which have the same eccentricity are said to be similar to each other.} This definition is justified by the consideration that the character of the conic depends on its eccentricity alone, while the dimensions of all parts of the conic are entirely determined by the distance of the focus from the directrix. Hence, according to this definition, all parabolas are similar curves. \subparagraph{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{If radii be drawn from the vertices of two parabolas making equal angles with the axis, these radii are always in the same proportion.} Let $AP$, $ap$ be the radii, $PN$ and $pn$ the ordinates, the angles $PAN$, $pan$, being equal. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then} &AP^2 : ap^2 :: PN^2 : pn^2 & :: AS \ctrdot AN : as \ctrdot an.&\phantom{\indent Then}&\\ &\indent\text{But} & AP : ap &:: AN : an; &&\\ & &\therefore AP : ap &:: AS : as. && \end{flalign*} It can also be shewn that focal radii making equal angles with the axes are always in the same proportion. %-----File: 173.png----- \carticleplus{158.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{If two ellipses be similar their axes are in the same proportion, and any other diameters, making equal angles with the respective axes, are in the proportion of the axes.} Let $CA$, $CB$ be the semi-axes of one ellipse, $ca$, $cb$ of the other, and $CP$, $cp$ two radii such that the angle $PCA =pca$. Then, since the eccentricities are the same, we have, if $S$, $s$ be foci, \begin{flalign*} && AC : SC &:: ac : sc;&&\\ && \therefore AC^{2} : AC^{2} - SC^{2} &:: ac^{2} : ac^{2} - sc^{2},&&\\ &\text{or}& AC^{2} : BC^{2} &:: ac^{2} : bc^{2}.&\phantom{or}& \end{flalign*} Hence it follows, if $PN$, $pn$ be ordinates, that \[ PN^2 : AC^2 - CN^2 :: pn^2 : ac^2 - cn^2; \] but, by similar triangles, \begin{flalign*} &&PN : pn &:: CN : cn, &&\\ &\text{therefore} &CN^2 : AC^2 - CN^2 &:: cn^2 : ac^2 - cn^2; &\phantom{therefore}&\\ &\text{and} &CN^2 : AC^2 &:: cn^2 : ac^2. &&\\ &\text{Hence} &CP : cp &:: CN: cn &&\\ && &:: AC : ac. \end{flalign*} So also lines drawn similarly from the foci, or any other corresponding points of the two figures, will be in the ratio of the transverse axes. Exactly the same demonstration is applicable to the hyperbola, but in this case, if the ratio of $SC$ to $AC$ in two hyperbolas be the same, it follows from Art.~(\cartref{102}) that the angle between the asymptotes is the same in both curves. In the case of hyperbolas we have thus a very simple test of similarity. %-----File: 174.png----- \cisubsection{The Areas bounded by Conics} \cheader{AREAS} \carticleplus{159.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{If $AB, AC$ be two tangents to a parabola, the area between the curve and the chord $BC$ is two-thirds of the triangle $ABC$.} Draw the tangent $DPE$ parallel to BC; then \begin{flalign*} & &AP &= PN,&&\\ &\text{and} &BC &= 2 \ctrdot DE;&&\\ &\text{therefore the triangle} &BPC &= 2ADE.\phantom{therefore the triangle}&& \end{flalign*} Again, draw the diameter $DQM$ meeting $BP$ in $M$. By the same reasoning, $FQG$ being the tangent parallel to $BP$, the triangle $PQB = 2FDG$. Through $F$ draw the diameter $FRL$, meeting $PQ$ in $L$, and let this process be continued indefinitely. \includegraphicsmid{159a} Then the sum of the triangles within the parabola is double the sum of the triangles without it. %-----File: 175.png----- But, since the triangle $BPC$ is half $ABC$, it is greater than half the parabolic area $BQPC$; Therefore (Euclid, Bk.\ \textsc{xii.}) the difference between the parabolic area and the sum of the triangles can be made ultimately less than any assignable quantity; And, the same being true of the outer triangles, it follows that the area between the curve and $BC$ is double of the area between the curve and $AB$, $AC$, and is therefore two-thirds of the triangle $ABC$. \subparagraph{Cor.} Since $PN$ bisects every chord parallel to $BC$, it bisects the parabolic area $BPC$; therefore, completing the parallelogram $PNBU$, the parabolic area $BPN$ is two-thirds of the parallelogram $UN$. \carticleplus{160.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{The area of an ellipse is to the area of the auxiliary circle in the ratio of the conjugate to the transverse axis.} Draw a series of ordinates, $QPN$, $Q'P'N'$, $\ldots$ near each other, and draw $PR$, $QR'$ parallel to $AC$. \includegraphicsmid{160a} Then, since \begin{flalign*} & &PN: QN&:: BC: AC,&&\\ &\text{the area} &PN': QN'&:: BC: AC,&&\phantom{the area} \end{flalign*} and, this being true for all such areas, the sum of the parallelograms $PN'$ is to the sum of the parallelograms $QN'$ as $BC$ to $AC$. But, if the number be increased indefinitely, the sums of %-----File: 176.png----- these parallelograms ultimately approximate to the areas of the ellipse and circle. Hence the ellipse is to the circle in the ratio of $BC$ to $AC$. The student will find in Newton's 2nd and 3rd Lemmas (\textit{Principia}, Section \textsc{i}.) a formal proof of what we have here assumed as sufficiently obvious, that the sum of the parallelograms $PN$ is ultimately equal to the area of the ellipse. \carticleplus{161.}{Prop.~V.} \textit{If $P$, $Q$ be two points of an hyperbola, and if $PL$, $QM$ parallel to one asymptote meet the other in $L$ and $M$, the hyperbolic sector $CPQ$ is equal to the hyperbolic trapezium $PLMQ$.} \includegraphicsmid{161a} For the triangles $CPL$, $CQM$ are equal, and, if $PL$ meet $CQ$ in $R$, it follows that the triangle $CPR =$ the trapezium $LRQM$; hence, adding to each the area $RPQ$, the theorem is proved. \carticleplus{162.}{Prop.~VI.} \textit{If points $L$, $M$, $N$, $K$ be taken in an asymptote of an hyperbola, such that} \[ CL: CM:: CN: CK, \] \textit{and if $LP$, $MQ$, $NR$, $KS$, parallel to the asymptote, meet the curve in $P$, $Q$, $R$, $S$, the hyperbolic areas $CPQ$, $CRS$ will be equal.} Let $QR$ and $PS$ produced meet the asymptotes in $F$, $F'$, $G$, $G'$; %-----File: 177.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\text{then} &RF = QF' \text{ and } &SG = PG' \text{ (Art.~\cartref{121}),}&&\\ & &\therefore NF = CM &\text{ and } KG = CL.&&\\ &\indent\text{Hence} &NF : KG &:: CM : CL &\phantom{\indent Hence}&\\ && &:: CK : CN &&\\ && &:: RN : SK,&& \end{flalign*} and therefore $SP$ is parallel to $QR$. \includegraphicsmid{162a} The diameter $CUV$ conjugate to $PS$ bisects all chords parallel to $PS$, and therefore bisects the area $PQRS$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{also the triangle} &CPV &= CSV,& \phantom{also the triangle}&\\ &\text{and } &CQU &= CUR;&& \end{flalign*} therefore, taking from $CPV$ and $CSV$ the equal triangles $CQU$, $CRU$, and the equal areas $PQUV$, $SRUV$, the remaining areas, which are the hyperbolic sectors $CPQ$, $CRS$, are equal. \subparagraph{Cor.} Hence if a series of points, $L$, $M$, $N$, $\ldots$ be taken such that $CL$, $CM$, $CN$, $CK$, $\ldots$ are in continued proportion, it follows that the hyperbolic sectors $CPQ$, $CQR$, $CRS$, \&c.\ will be all equal. It will be noticed in this case that the tangent at $Q$ will be parallel to $PR$, the tangent at $R$ parallel to $QS$, and so also for the rest. %-----File: 178.png----- \cisubsection{The Curvature of Conics} \cheader{CURVATURE} \carticleplus{163.}{Def.} If a circle touch a conic at a point $P$, and pass through another point $Q$ of the conic, and if the point $Q$ move near to, and ultimately coincide with $P$, the circle in its ultimate condition is called the circle of curvature at $P$. \subparagraph{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{The chord of intersection of a conic with the circle of curvature at any point is inclined to the axis at the same angle as the tangent at the point.} It has been shewn that, if a circle intersect a conic in four points $P$, $Q$, $R$, $V$, the chords $PQ$, $RV$ are equally inclined to the axis. Let $P$ and $Q$ coincide with each other; then the tangent at $P$ and the chord $RV$ are equally inclined to the axis. Let the point $V$ now approach to and coincide with $P$; the circle becomes the circle of curvature at $P$, and the chord $VR$ becomes $PR$ the chord of intersection. Hence $PR$ and the tangent at $P$ are equally inclined to the axis. \carticleplus{164.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{If the tangent at any point $P$ of a parabola meet the axis in $T$, and if the circle of curvature at $P$ meet the curve in $Q$,} \[ PQ = 4 \ctrdot PT. \] Draw the ordinate $PNP'$; then taking the figure of the next article, $TP'$ is the tangent at $P'$,\\ and the angle \hfill $P'TF = PTF = PFT$; \hfill \phantom{and the angle}\\ therefore $PQ$ is parallel to $TP'$, and is bisected by the diameter $P'E$. Hence \hfill $PQ = 2 \ctrdot PE = 4P'T = 4PT$. \hfill \phantom{\indent Hence} \carticleplus{165.}{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{To find the chord of curvature through the focus and the diameter of curvature at any point of a parabola.} Let the circle meet $PS$ produced in $V$, and the normal $PG$ produced in~$O$. %-----File: 179.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent The angle} &PFS &= PTS = SPT&\phantom{\indent The angle}&\\ && &= PQV,&& \end{flalign*} since $PT$ is a tangent to the circle. Therefore $QV$ is parallel to the axis, \begin{flalign*} &\text{ and } &PV : SP &:: PQ : PF.&&\\ &\text{\indent Hence} & PV &= 4 \ctrdot SP.&\phantom{\indent Hence}& \end{flalign*} Again, the angle $POQ = PVQ = PSN$; \includegraphicsmid{165a} \begin{flalign*} &&\therefore PO : PQ &:: SP : PN,&&\\ &\text{or} &PO : SP &:: 4PT : PN&\phantom{or}&\\ && &:: 4SP : SY,&& \end{flalign*} if $SY$ be perpendicular to $PT$. \subparagraph{Cor.~1.} Since the normal bisects the angle between $SP$ and the diameter through $P$, it follows that the chord of curvature parallel to the axis is $4SP$. %-----File: 180.png----- \subparagraph{Cor.~2.} The diameter of curvature, $PO$, may also be expressed as follows: Let $GL$ be the perpendicular from $G$ on $SP$;\\ then $PL = \text{the semi-latus rectum} = 2AS$. Also $PVO$ being a right angle, \begin{flalign*} & &PO : PG &:: PV : PL&&\\ && &:: 4SP : PL&&\\ && &:: 4SP \ctrdot PL : PL^2;&&\\ &\text{but} &4SP \ctrdot PL = 8SP \ctrdot AS &= 8SY^2 = 2PG^2;&\phantom{but}&\\ &&\therefore PO : PG &:: 2PG^2 : PL^2.&& \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{166.}{Prop.~X.} \textit{If the chord of intersection, $PQ$, of an ellipse, or hyperbola, with the circle of curvature at P, meet $CD$, the semi-diameter conjugate to $CP$, in $K$,} \[ PQ \ctrdot PK = 2CD^2. \] \includegraphicsmid{166a} Drawing the ordinate $PNP'$, the tangent at $P'$ is parallel to $PQ$, as in the parabola, and $PQ$ is therefore bisected in $V$, by the diameter $CP'$. \includegraphicsright[18]{166b} Let $PQ$ meet the axes in $U$ and $U'$; then, $U'C$ being parallel to $PP'$, %-----File: 181.png----- \begin{flalign*} &&PV : PU' &:: VP' : CP'&&&\\ && &:: UT: CT,&&& \end{flalign*} since $PU$, $P'T$ are parallel. Also \begin{flalign*} &&UT : CT &:: PU : PK;&&\\ && \therefore PV : PU' &:: PU : PK.&&\\ &\text{Hence}&&&&\\ &&PV \ctrdot PK &= PU \ctrdot PU'&&\\ && &= PT \ctrdot PT' = CD^2,&& \end{flalign*} observing that $PU = PT$, and $PU' = PT'$, by the theorem of Art.~\cartref{163},\\ and\hfill $\therefore PQ \ctrdot PK = 2CD^2$. \hfill\phantom{and} \carticleplus{167.}{Prop.~XI.} \textit{If the chord of curvature $PQ'$, of an ellipse or hyperbola in any direction, meet $CD$ in $K'$,} \[ PQ' \ctrdot PK' = 2CD^2. \] Let $PO$ be the diameter of curvature meeting $CD$ in $F$: %-----File: 182.png----- then $PQO$, $PQ'O$ are right angles, and a circle can be drawn through $Q'K'FO$; \includegraphicsmid{167a} \begin{align*} \therefore PQ' \ctrdot PK'&=PF \ctrdot PO\\ &=PK \ctrdot PQ=2 \ctrdot CD^2. \end{align*} \subparagraph{Cor.~1.} Hence $PO$ being the diameter of curvature, \[ PF \ctrdot PO=2 \ctrdot CD^2. \] \subparagraph{Cor.~2.} If $PQ'$ pass through the focus, \begin{flalign*} &&PK' &= AC,&\\ &\text{and }\quad &PQ' \ctrdot AC&=2 \ctrdot CD^2.& \end{flalign*} \subparagraph{Cor.~3.} If $PQ'$ pass through the centre, \[ PQ' \ctrdot CP=2 \ctrdot CD^2. \] \carticle{168.} We can also express the diameter of curvature as follows: $PG$ being the normal, let $GL$ be perpendicular to $SP$, and let $PR$ be the chord of curvature through $S$. Then $GL$ is parallel to $OR$, \begin{flalign*} &\text{and} &PO : PG &:: PR : PL&&\\ & & &:: PR \ctrdot PL : PL^2.&&\\ &\text{\indent But} &PR \ctrdot AC &=2 \ctrdot CD^2;&\phantom{\indent But}&\\ & &\therefore PR : AC &:: 2 \ctrdot CD^2 : AC^2&&\\ & & &:: 2 \ctrdot PG^2 : BC^2,&&\\ &\text{and} &PR \ctrdot PL : AC \ctrdot PL &:: 2 \ctrdot PG^2 : BC^2.&& \end{flalign*} But, $PL$ being equal to the semi-latus rectum, \begin{flalign*} & &PL \ctrdot AC &=BC^2;&&\\ & &\therefore PR \ctrdot PL &= 2 \ctrdot PG^2,&&\\ &\text{and} &PO : PG &:: 2 PG^2 : PL^2.&\phantom{and}& \end{flalign*} \textit{Hence, in any conic, the radius of curvature at any point is to the normal at the point as the square of the normal to the square of the semi-latus rectum.} %-----File: 183.png----- \carticleplus{169.}{Prop.~XII.} \textit{The chord of curvature through the focus at any point is equal to the focal chord parallel to the tangent at the point.} \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Since} &PQ' \ctrdot AC &= 2CD^2,&&\\ &\text{it follows that} &PQ' \ctrdot AA'&=DD'^2.&\phantom{it follows that}& \end{flalign*} But, if $pp'$ is the focal chord parallel to the tangent at $P$, \begin{flalign*} &&pp' \ctrdot AA' &= DD'^2 \text{ (Art.~\cartref{81}),}&&\\ &&\therefore PQ' &=pp'.&& \end{flalign*} \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] The radius of curvature at the end of the latus rectum of a parabola is equal to twice the normal. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] The circle of curvature at the end of the latus rectum intersects the parabola on the normal at that point. \item[3.] If $PV$ is the chord of curvature through the focus, what is the locus of the point $V$? \item[4.] An ellipse and a parabola, whose axes are parallel, have the same curvature at a point $P$ and cut one another in $Q$; if the tangent at $P$ meets the axis of the parabola in $T$ prove that $PQ=4 \ctrdot PT$. \item[5.] In a rectangular hyperbola, the radius of curvature at $P$ varies as $CP^{3}$. \item[6.] If $P$ be a point of an ellipse equidistant from the axis minor and one of the directrices, the circle of curvature at $P$ will pass through one of the foci. \item[7.] If the normal at a point $P$ of a parabola meet the directrix in $L$, the radius of curvature at $P$ is equal to $2 \ctrdot PL$. \item[8.] The normal at any point $P$ of a rectangular hyperbola meets the curve again in $Q$; shew that $PQ$ is equal to the diameter of curvature at $P$. \item[9.] In the rectangular hyperbola, if $CP$ be produced to $Q$, so that $PQ=CP$, and $QO$ be drawn perpendicular to $CQ$ to intersect the normal in $O$, $O$ is the centre of curvature at $P$. %-----File: 184.png----- \item[10.] At any point of an ellipse the chord of curvature $PV$ through the centre is to the focal chord $pp'$, parallel to the tangent, as the major axis is to the diameter through the point. \item[11.] If the common tangent of an ellipse and its circle of curvature at $P$ be bisected by their common chord, prove that \[ CD^2 = AC \ctrdot BC. \] \item[12.] The tangent at a point $P$ of an ellipse whose centre is $C$ meets the axes in $T$ and $t$; if $CP$ produced meet in $L$ the circle described about the triangle $TCt$, shew that $PL$ is half the chord of curvature at $P$ in the direction of $C$, and that the rectangle contained by $CP$, $CL$, is constant. \item[13.] If $P$ be a point on a conic, $Q$ a point near it, and if $QE$, perpendicular to $PQ$, meet the normal at $P$ in $E$, then ultimately when $Q$ coincides with $P$, $PE$ is the diameter of curvature at $P$. \item[14.] If a tangent be drawn from any point of a parabola to the circle of curvature at the vertex, the length of the tangent will be equal to the abscissa of the point measured along the axis. \item[15.] The circle of curvature at a point where the conjugate diameters are equal, meets the ellipse again at the extremity of the diameter. \item[16.] The chord of curvature at $P$ perpendicular to the major axis is to $PM$, the ordinate at $P$, $:: 2 \ctrdot CD^2 : BC^2$. \item[17.] Prove that there is a point $P$ on an ellipse such that if the normal at $P$ meet the ellipse in $Q$, $PQ$ is a chord of the circle of curvature at $P$, and find its position. \item[18.] The chord of curvature at a point $P$ of a rectangular hyperbola, perpendicular to an asymptote, is to $CD :: CD : 2 \ctrdot PN$, where $PN$ is the distance of $P$ from the asymptote. \item[19.] If $G$ be the foot of the normal at a point $P$ of an ellipse, and $GK$, perpendicular to $PG$, meet $CP$ in $K$, then $KE$, parallel to the axis minor, will meet $PG$ in the centre of curvature at $P$. \item[20.] The chord of curvature through the vertex at a point of a parabola is to $4PY :: PY : AP$. \item[21.] Prove that the locus of the middle points of the common chords of a given parabola and its circles of curvature is a parabola, and that the envelope of the chords is also a parabola. \item[22.] The circles of curvature at the extremities $P$, $D$ of two conjugate diameters of an ellipse meet the ellipse again in $Q$, $R$, respectively, shew that $PR$ is parallel to $DQ$. \item[23.] The tangent at any point $P$ in an ellipse, of which $S$ and $H$ are the foci, meets the axis major in $T$, and $TQR$ bisects $HP$ in $Q$ and %-----File: 185.png----- meets $SP$ in $R$; prove that $PR$ is one-fourth of the chord of curvature at $P$ through $S$. \item[24.] An ellipse, a parabola, and an hyperbola, have the same vertex and the same focus; shew that the curvature, at the vertex, of the parabola is greater than that of the hyperbola, and less than that of the ellipse. \item[25.] The circle of curvature at a point of an ellipse cuts the curve in $Q$; the tangent at P is met by the other common tangent, which touches the curves at $E$ and $F$, in $T$; if $PQ$ meet $TEF$ in $O$, $TEOF$ is cut harmonically. \item[26.] If $E$ is the centre of curvature at the point $P$ of a parabola, \[ SE^2 + 3 \ctrdot SP^2 = PE^2. \] \item[27.] Find the locus of the foci of the parabolas which have a given circle as circle of curvature, at a given point of that circle. \item[28.] Two parabolas, whose latera recta have a constant ratio, and whose foci are two given points $A$, $B$, have a contact of the second order at $P$. Shew that the locus of $P$ is a circle. \item[29.] If the fixed straight line $PQ$ is the chord of an ellipse, and is also the diameter of curvature at $P$, prove that the locus of the centre of the ellipse is a rectangular hyperbola, the transverse axis of which is coincident in direction with $PQ$, and equal in length to one-half of $PQ$. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 186.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER VIII} \csectiontoc{Orthogonal Projections} \cheader{PROJECTIONS} \carticleplus{170.}{Def.} The projection of a point on a plane is the foot of the perpendicular let fall from the point on the plane. If from all points of a given curve perpendiculars be let fall on a plane, the curve formed by the feet of the perpendiculars is the projection of the given curve. The projection of a straight line is also a straight line, for it is the line of intersection with the given plane of a plane through the line perpendicular to the given plane. Parallel straight lines project into parallel lines, for the projections are the lines of intersection of parallel planes with the given plane. \carticleplus{171.}{Prop.~I.} \textit{Parallel straight lines, of finite lengths, are projected in the same ratio.} That is, if $ab$, $pq$ be the projections of the parallel lines $AB$, $PQ$, \[ ab: AB:: pq: PQ. \] For, drawing $AC$ parallel to $ab$ and meeting $Bb$ in $C$, and $PR$ parallel to $pq$ and meeting $Qq$ in $R$, $ABC$ and $PQR$ are similar triangles; therefore \begin{flalign*} &&AC: AB&:: PR: PQ,&&\\ &\text{and }&AC = ab&, \: PR=pq.&&\phantom{and } \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{172.}{Prop.~II.} \textit{The projection of the tangent to a curve at any point is the tangent to the projection of the curve at the projection of the point.} %-----File: 187.png----- For if $p$, $q$ be the projections of the two points $P$, $Q$ of a curve, the line $pq$ is the projection of the line $PQ$, and when the line $PQ$ turns round $P$ until $Q$ coincides with $P$, $pq$ turns round $p$ until $q$ coincides with $p$, and the ultimate position of $pq$ is the tangent at $p$. \carticleplus{173.}{Prop.~III.} \textit{The projection of a circle is an ellipse.} Let $aba'$ be the projection of a circle $ABA'$. \includegraphicsmid{173a} Take a chord $PQ$ parallel to the plane of projection, then its projection $pq = PQ$. Let the diameter $ANA'$ perpendicular to $PQ$ meet in $F$ the plane of projection, and let $aa'F$ be the projection of $AA'F$. Then $aa'$ bisects $pq$ at right angles in the point $n$, and \begin{flalign*} && an : AN &:: aF : AF,&&\\ &&a'n : A'N &:: aF : AF;&&\\ &&\therefore AN \ctrdot NA': an \ctrdot na' &:: AF^2 : aF^2; \phantom{an \ctrdot na'}&&\\ &\text{but} &AN \ctrdot NA' &= PN^2 = pn^2,&\phantom{but}&\\ &&\therefore pn2 : an \ctrdot na' &:: AF^2 : aF^2,&& \end{flalign*} and the curve $apa'$ is an ellipse, having its axes in the ratio of \[ aF : AF, \;\text{ or of }\; aa' : AA'. \] %-----File: 188.png----- Moreover, since we can place the circle so as to make the ratio of $aa'$ to $AA'$ whatever we please, an ellipse of any eccentricity can be obtained. In this demonstration we have assumed only the property of the principal diameters of an ellipse. Properties of other diameters can be obtained by help of the preceding theorems, as in the following instances. \carticleplus{174.}{Prop.~IV.} \textit{The locus of the middle points of parallel chords of an ellipse is a straight line.} For, projecting a circle, the parallel chords of the ellipse are the projections of parallel chords of the circle, and as the middle points of these latter lie in a diameter of the circle, the middle points of the chords of the ellipse lie in the projection of the diameter, which is a straight line, and is a diameter of the ellipse. Moreover, the diameter of the circle is perpendicular to the chords it bisects; hence \textit{Perpendicular diameters of a circle project into conjugate diameters of an ellipse.} \carticleplus{175.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{If two intersecting chords of an ellipse be parallel to fixed lines, the ratio of the rectangles contained by their segments is constant.} Let $OPQ$, $ORS$ be two chords of a circle, parallel to fixed lines, and $opq, ors$ their projections. Then $OP \ctrdot OQ$ is to $op \ctrdot oq$ in a constant ratio, and $OR \ctrdot OS$ is to $or \ctrdot os$ in a constant ratio; but \[ OP \ctrdot OQ=OR \ctrdot OS. \] Therefore $op \ctrdot oq$ is to $or \ctrdot os$ in a constant ratio; and $opq$, $ors$ are parallel to fixed lines. \carticleplus{176.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{If $qvq'$ be a double ordinate of a diameter $cp$, and if the tangent at $q$ meet $cp$ produced in $t$,} \[ cv \ctrdot ct = cp^2. \] The lines $qvq'$ and $cp$ are the projections of a chord $QVQ'$ of a circle which is bisected by a diameter $CP$, and $t$ is the %-----File: 189.png----- projection of $T$ the point in which the tangent at $Q$ meets $CP$ produced. But, in the circle, \begin{flalign*} &&CV \ctrdot CT &=CP^2, &&\\ &\text{or }&CV:CP &::CP:CT; &\phantom{or }& \end{flalign*} and, these lines being projected in the same ratio, it follows that \begin{flalign*} &&cv:cp&::cp:ct, &&\\ &\text{or }&cv \ctrdot ct&=cp^2. &\phantom{or }& \end{flalign*} Hence it follows that tangents to an ellipse at the ends of any chord meet in the diameter conjugate to the chord. The preceding articles will shew the utility of the method in dealing with many of the properties of an ellipse. The student will find it useful to prove, by orthogonal projections, the theorems of Arts.~\cartref{58}, \cartref{69}, \cartref{74}, \cartref{75}, \cartref{78}, \cartref{79}, \cartref{80}, \cartref{82}, \cartref{83}, \cartref{89}, \cartref{90}, and~\cartref{92}. \includegraphicsright[12]{177a} \carticleplus{177.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{An ellipse can be projected into a circle.} This is really the converse of Art.~\cartref{173}, but we give a construction for the purpose. Draw a plane through $AA'$, the transverse axis, perpendicular to the plane of the ellipse, and in this plane describe a circle on $AA'$ as diameter. Also take the chord $AD$, equal to the conjugate axis, and join $A'D$, which is perpendicular to $AD$. Through $AD$ draw a plane perpendicular to $A'D$, and project a principal chord $PNP'$ on this plane. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then }&PN^2 : AN & \ctrdot NA' :: BC^2 : AC^2. &&\\ &\text{But } &&PN=pn,&&\\ %-----File: 190.png----- &&An : AN &:: AD : AA'&&\\ && &:: BC : AC,&&\\ &\text{and } &Dn : A'N &:: BC : AC.&&\\ &\text{Hence } &An \ctrdot nD : AN \ctrdot &NA' :: BC^2 : AC^2,&&\\ &\text{and therefore } &pn^2 = &An \ctrdot nD,&\phantom{and therefore }& \end{flalign*} and the projection $ApD$ is a circle. This theorem, in the same manner as that of Art.~\cartref{173}, may be employed in deducing properties of oblique diameters and oblique chords of an ellipse. \carticle{178.} \textit{If any figures in one plane be projected on another plane, the areas of the projections will all be in the same ratio to the areas of the figures themselves.} Let $BAD$ be the plane of the figures, and let them be projected on the plane $CAD, C$ being the projection of the point $B$, and $BAD$ being a right angle. Taking a rectangle $EFGH$, the sides of which are parallel and perpendicular to $AD$, the projection is $efgh$, and it is clear that the ratio of the areas of these rectangles is that of $AC$ to $AB$. \includegraphicsmid{178a} Now the area of any curvilinear figure in the plane $BAD$ is the sum of the areas of parallelograms such as $EFGH$, which are inscribed in the figure, if we take the widths, such as $EF$, infinitesimally small. %-----File: 191.png----- It follows that the area of the projection of the figure is to the area of the figure itself in the ratio of $AC$ to $AB$. As an illustration, let a square be drawn circumscribing a circle, and project the figure on any plane. The square projects into tangents parallel to conjugate diameters of the ellipse which is the projection of the circle. The area of the parallelogram thus formed is the same whatever be the position of the square, and we thus obtain the theorem of Art.~\cartref{87}. \carticle{179.} It follows that maxima and minima areas project into maxima and minima areas. For example, the greatest triangle which can be inscribed in a circle is an equilateral triangle. Projecting this figure we find that the triangle of maximum area inscribed in an ellipse is such that the tangent at each angular point is parallel to the opposite side, and that the centre of the ellipse is the point of intersection of the lines joining the vertices of the triangle with the middle points of the opposite sides. \carticleplus{180.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{The projection of a parabola is a parabola.} For if $PNP'$ be a principal chord, bisected by the axis $AN$, the projection $pnp'$ will be bisected by the projection $an$. Moreover $pn : PN$ will be a constant ratio, as also will be $an : AN$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{And} &PN^2 = 4AS \ctrdot AN.&&\phantom{\indent\text{And}} \end{flalign*} Hence $pn^2$ will be to $4AS \ctrdot an$ in a constant ratio, and the projection is a parabola, the tangent at $a$ being parallel to $pn$. \carticleplus{181.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{An hyperbola can be always projected into a rectangular hyperbola.} For the asymptotes can be projected into two straight lines $cl$, $cl'$ at right angles, and if $PM$, $PN$ be parallels to the asymptotes from a point $P$ of the curve, $PM \ctrdot PN$ is constant. %-----File: 192.png----- But $pm : PM$ and $pn : PN$ are constant ratios; \[ \therefore pm \ctrdot pn \text{ is constant.} \] And since $pm$ and $pn$ are perpendicular respectively to $cl$ and $cl'$, it follows that the projection is a rectangular hyperbola. The same proof evidently shews that any projection of an hyperbola is also an hyperbola. \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] A parallelogram is inscribed in a given ellipse; shew that its sides are parallel to conjugate diameters, and find its greatest area. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] {\stretchyspace $TP$, $TQ$ are tangents to an ellipse, and $CP'$, $CQ'$ are parallel semi-diameters; $PQ$ is parallel to $P'Q'$.} \item[3.] If a straight line meet two concentric similar and similarly situated ellipses, the portions intercepted between the curves are equal. \item[4.] Find the locus of the point of intersection of the tangents at the extremities of pairs of conjugate diameters of an ellipse. \item[5.] Find the locus of the middle points of the lines joining the extremities of conjugate diameters. \item[6.] If a tangent be drawn at the extremity of the major axis meeting two equal conjugate diameters $CP$, $CD$ produced in $T$ and $t$; then $PD^2 = 2AT^2$. \item[7.] If a chord $AQ$ drawn from the vertex be produced to meet the minor axis in $O$, and $CP$ be a semi-diameter parallel to it, then $AQ \ctrdot AO=2CP^2$. \item[8.] $OQ$, $OQ'$ are tangents to an ellipse from an external point $O$, and $OR$ is a diagonal of the parallelogram of which $OQ$, $OQ'$ are adjacent sides; prove that if $R$ be on the ellipse, $O$ will lie on a similar and similarly situated concentric ellipse. \item[9.] $AB$ is a given chord of an ellipse, and $C$ any point in the ellipse; shew that the locus of the point of intersection of lines drawn from $A$, $B$, $C$ to the middle points of the opposite sides of the triangle $ABC$ is a similar ellipse. \item[10.] $CP$, $CD$ are conjugate semi-diameters of an ellipse; if an ellipse, similar and similarly situated to the given ellipse, be described on $PD$ as diameter, it will pass through the centre of the given ellipse. %-----File: 193.png----- \item[11.] Parallelograms are inscribed in an ellipse and one pair of opposite sides constantly touch a similar, similarly situated and concentric ellipse; shew that the remaining pair of sides are tangents to a third ellipse and the square on a principal semi-axis of the original ellipse is equal to the sum of the squares on the corresponding semi-axes of the other two ellipses. \item[12.] Find the locus of the middle point of a chord of an ellipse which cuts off a constant area from the curve. \item[13.] Find the locus of the middle point of a chord of a parabola which cuts off a constant area from the curve. \item[14.] A parallelogram circumscribes an ellipse, touching the curve at the extremities of conjugate diameters, and another parallelogram is formed by joining the points where its diagonals meet the ellipse: prove that the area of the inner parallelogram is half that of the outer one. If four similar and similarly situated ellipses be inscribed in the spaces between the outer parallelogram and the curve, prove that their centres lie in a similar and similarly situated ellipse. \item[15.] About a given triangle $PQR$ is circumscribed an ellipse, having for centre the point of intersection ($C$) of the lines from $P$, $Q$, $R$ bisecting the opposite sides, and $PC$, $QC$, $RC$ are produced to meet the curve in $P'$, $Q'$, $R'$; shew that, if tangents be drawn at these points, the triangle so formed will be similar to $PQR$, and four times as great. \item[16.] The locus of the middle points of all chords of an ellipse which pass through a fixed point in an ellipse similar and similarly situated to the given ellipse, and with its centre in the middle point of the line joining the given point and the centre of the given ellipse. \item[17.] $PT$, $pt$ are tangents at the extremities of any diameter $Pp$ of an ellipse; any other diameter meets $PT$ in $T$ and its conjugate meets $pt$ in $t$; also any tangent meets $PT$ in $T'$ and $pt$ in $t'$; shew that $PT : PT' :: pt' : pt$. \item[18.] From the ends $P$, $D$ of conjugate diameters of an ellipse lines are drawn parallel to any tangent line; from the centre $C$ any line is drawn cutting these lines and the tangent in $p$, $d$, $t$, respectively; prove that $Cp^2 + Cd^2 = Ct^2$. \item[19.] If $CP$, $CD$ be conjugate diameters of an ellipse, and if $BP$, $BD$ be joined, and also $AD$, $A'P$, these latter intersecting in $O$, the figure $BDOP$ will be a parallelogram. \item[20.] $T$ is a point on the tangent at a point $P$ of an ellipse, so that a perpendicular from $T$ on the focal distance $SP$ is of constant length; shew that the locus of $T$ is a similar, similarly situated and concentric ellipse. %-----File: 194.png----- \item[21.] $Q$ is a point in one asymptote, and $q$ in the other. If $Qq$ move parallel to itself, find the locus of intersection of tangents to the hyperbola from $Q$ and $q$. \item[22.] Tangents are drawn to an ellipse from an external point $T$. The chord of contact and the major axis, or these produced, intersect in $K$, and $TN$ is drawn perpendicular to the major axis. Prove that \[ CN \ctrdot CK = CA^2. \] \item[23.] $Q$ is a variable point on the tangent at a fixed point $P$ of an ellipse and $R$ is taken so that $PQ=QR$. If the other tangent from $Q$ meet the ellipse in $K$, prove that $RK$ passes through a fixed point. \item[24.] If through any point on an ellipse there be drawn lines conjugate to the sides of an inscribed triangle they will meet the sides in three points in a straight line. \item[25.] $PCP'$ is a diameter of an ellipse, and a chord $PQ$ meets the tangent at $P'$ in $R$. Prove that $PQ$, $PR$ have the parallel diameter for a mean proportional. \item[26.] If $AOA'$, $BOB'$ are conjugate diameters of an ellipse, and if $AP$ and $BQ$ are parallel chords, $A'Q$ and $B'P$ are parallel to conjugate diameters. \item[27.] If the tangents at the ends of a chord of an hyperbola meet in $T$, and $TM$, $TM'$ be drawn parallel to the asymptotes to meet them in $M$, $M'$, then $MM'$ is parallel to the chord. \item[28.] If a windmill in a level field is working uniformly on a sunny day, the speed of the end of the shadow of one sail varies as the length of the shadow of the next sail. \item[29.] Spheres are drawn passing through a fixed point and touching two fixed planes. Prove that the points of contact lie on two circles, and that the locus of the centre of the sphere is an ellipse. If the angle between the planes is the angle of an equilateral triangle, prove that the distance between the foci of the ellipse is half the major axis. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 195.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER IX} \csectiontoc{Of Conics in General} \cheader{OF CONICS IN GENERAL} \cisubsection{The Construction of a Conic} \carticle{182.} The method of construction, given in Chapter~\cchapref{I.}, can be extended in the following manner. Let $fSn$ be any straight line drawn through the focus $S$, and draw $Ax$ from the vertex parallel to $fS$, and meeting the directrix in $x$. \includegraphicsmid{182a} Divide the line $fSn$ in $a$ and $a'$ so that \[ Sa : af :: Sa' : a'f :: SA : Ax; \] then $a$ and $a'$ are points on the curve, for, if $ak$ be the perpendicular on the directrix, \begin{flalign*} && ak : af &:: AX : Ax, &&\\ &\text{and therefore}& Sa : ak &:: SA : AX. &\phantom{and therefore}& \end{flalign*} %-----File: 196.png----- Take any point $e$ in the directrix, draw the lines $eSl$, $ea$ through $S$ and $a$, and draw $SP$ making the angle $PSl$ equal to $lSn$. Through $P$ draw $FPl$ parallel to $fS$, and meeting $eS$ produced in $l$, \begin{flalign*} &\text{then} &Pl&=SP,&\phantom{then}&\\ &\text{and} &Pl : PF &:: Sa : af;&&\\ &&\therefore SP : PF &:: Sa : af,&&\\ &\text{and} &SP : PK &:: Sa : ak;&& \end{flalign*} therefore $P$ is a point in the curve. \carticle{183.} The construction for the point $a$ gives a simple proof that the tangent at the vertex is perpendicular to the axis. For when the angle $ASa$ is diminished, $Sa$ approaches to equality with $SA$, and therefore the angle $aAS$ is ultimately a right angle. \carticleplus{184.}{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{To find the points in which a given straight line is intersected by a conic of which the focus, the directrix, and the eccentricity are given.} \includegraphicsmid{184a} %-----File: 197.png----- Let $FPP'$ be the straight line, and draw $Ax$ parallel to it. Join $FS$, and find the points $D$ and $E$ such that \[ SD : DF :: SE : EF :: SA : Ax. \] Describe the circle on $DE$ as diameter, and let it intersect the given line in $P$ and $P'$. Join $DP$, $EP$ and draw $SG$, $FH$ at right angles to $EP$. Then $DPE$, being the angle in a semicircle, is a right angle, and $DP$ is parallel to $SG$ and $FH$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{Hence} &SG : FH &:: SE : EF&\phantom{Hence}&\\ &&&:: SD : DF&&\\ &&&:: PG : PH;&& \end{flalign*} therefore the angles $SPG$, $FPH$ are equal, and therefore $PD$ bisects the angle $SPF$. Hence $SP : PF :: SD : DF :: SA : Ax$,\\ and $P$ is a point in the curve. Similarly $P'$ is also a point in the curve, and the perpendicular from $O$, the centre of the circle, on $FPP'$ meets it in $V$, the middle point of the chord $PP'$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Since} &SE : EF &:: SA : Ax&\phantom{\indent Since}&\\ &\text{and} &SD : DF &:: SA : Ax;&&\\ &&\therefore SE-SD : DE &:: SA : Ax,&&\\ &\text{or} &SO : OD &:: SA : Ax,&&\\ &\rlap{\text{a relation analogous to}}&&&&\\ &&SC : AC &:: SA : AX.&& \end{flalign*} We have already shewn, for each conic, that the middle points of parallel chords lie in a straight line; the following article contains a proof of the theorem which includes all the three cases. \carticleplus{185.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{To find the locus of the middle points of a system of parallel chords.} %-----File: 198.png----- Let $P'P$ one of the chords be produced to meet the directrix in $F$, draw $Ax$ parallel to $FP$, and divide $FS$ so that \[ SD : DF :: SE : EF :: SA : Ax; \] then, as in the preceding article, the perpendicular $OV$ upon $PP'$ from $O$, the middle point of $DE$, bisects $PP'$. Draw the parallel focal chord $aSa'$; then $Oc$ parallel to the directrix bisects $aa'$ in $c$. Also draw $SG$ perpendicular to the chords, and meeting the directrix in $G$. \includegraphicsmid{185a} Then, if $OV$ meet $aa'$ in $n$, \begin{align*} Vn : nO &:: SF : SO,\\ &:: Sf : Sc, \end{align*} and, since $ncO$, $SGf$ are similar triangles, \begin{align*} nO : nc &:: SG : Sf;\\ \therefore Vn: nc &:: SG: Sc, \end{align*} and the line $Vc$ passes through $G$. The straight line $Gc$ is therefore the locus of the middle points of all chords parallel to $aSa'$. The ends of the diameter $GC$ may be found by the construction of the preceding article. %-----File: 199.png----- \carticle{186.} When the conic is a parabola, $SA = AX$, {\allowdisplaybreaks \begin{flalign*} &\noindent\text{and} &Sa : af &:: AX : Ax&&\\ &&&:: SX : Sf.&&\\ &\indent\text{So } &Sa' : a'f &:: SX : Sf;&&\\ &&\therefore Sc : ac &:: SX: Sf,&&\\ &\noindent\text{and} &ac : cf &:: SX : Sf.&&\\ &\indent\text{Hence} &Sc : cf &:: SX^2 : Sf^2&\phantom{\indent Hence}&&\\ &&\phantom{GX \ctrdot Xf : Gf \ctrdot fX}&:: GX \ctrdot Xf : Gf \ctrdot fX&\\ &&&:: GX : Gf;&& \end{flalign*}} and therefore $Gc$ is parallel to $SX$, that is, the middle points of parallel chords of a parabola lie in a straight line parallel to the axis. \carticleplus{187.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{To find the locus of the middle points of all focal chords of a conic.} Taking the case of a central conic, and referring to the figure of the preceding article, let $Oc$ meet $SC$ in $N$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then} &cN : NS &:: fX : SX,&\phantom{then}&\\ &\text{and} &cN : NC &:: GX : CX;&&\\ &&\therefore cN^2 : SN \ctrdot NC &:: fX \ctrdot GX : SX \ctrdot CX&&\\ &&&:: SX^2 : SX \ctrdot CX.&& \end{flalign*} Hence it follows that the locus of $c$ is an ellipse of which $SC$ is the transverse axis, and such that the squares of its axes are as $SX : CX$, or (Cor.~Art.~\cartref{63}) as $BC^2 : AC^2$. Hence the locus of $c$ is similar to the conic itself. %-----File: 200.png----- \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[1.] If an ordinate, $PNP'$, to the transverse axis meet the tangent at the end of the latus rectum in $T$, \[ SP=TN, \text{ and }TP \ctrdot TP'=SN^2. \] \item[2.] A focal chord $PSQ$ of a conic section is produced to meet the directrix in $K$, and $KM$, $KN$ are drawn through the feet of the ordinates $PM$, $QN$ of $P$ and $Q$. If $KN$ produced meet $PN$ produced in $R$, prove that \[ PR=PM. \] \item[3.] The tangents at $P$ and $Q$, two points in a conic, intersect in $T$; if through $P$, $Q$, chords be drawn parallel to the tangents at $Q$ and $P$, and intersecting the conic in $p$ and $q$ respectively, and if tangents at $p$ and $q$ meet in $T$, shew that $Tt$ is a diameter. \item[4.] Two tangents $TP$, $TP'$ are drawn to a conic intersecting the directrix in $F$,~$F'$. If the chord $PQ$ cut the directrix in $R$, prove that \[ SF : SF' :: RF : RF'. \] \item[5.] The chord of a conic $PP'$ meets the directrix in $K$, and the tangents at $P$ and $P'$ meet in $T$; if $RKR'$, parallel to $ST$, meet the tangents in $R$ and $R'$, \[ KR=KR'. \] \item[6.] The tangents at $P$ and $P'$, intersecting in $T$, meet the latus rectum in $D$ and $D'$; prove that the lines through $D$ and $D'$, respectively perpendicular to $SP$ and $SP'$, intersect in $ST$. \item[7.] If $P$, $Q$ be two points on a conic, and $p$, $q$ two points on the directrix such that $pq$ subtends at the focus half the angle subtended by $PQ$, either $Pp$ and $Qq$ or $Pq$ and $Qp$ meet on the curve. \item[8.] A chord $PP'$ of a conic meets the directrix in $F$, and from any point $T$ in $PP'$, $TLL'$ is drawn parallel to $SF$ and meeting $SP$, $SP'$ in $L$ and $L'$; prove that the ratio of $SL$ or $SL'$ to the distance of $T$ from the directrix is equal to the ratio of $SA : AX$. \item[9.] If an ellipse and an hyperbola have their axes coincident and proportional, points on them equidistant from one axis have the sum of the squares on their distances from the other axis constant. \item[10.] If $Q$ be any point in the normal $PG$, $QR$ the perpendicular on $SP$, and $QM$ the perpendicular on $PN$, \[ QR : PM :: SA : AX. \] %-----File: 201.png----- \item[11.] Given a focus of a conic section inscribed in a triangle, find the points where it touches the sides. \item[12.] $PSQ$ is any focal chord of a conic section; the normals at $P$ and $Q$ intersect in $K$, and $KN$ is drawn perpendicular to $PQ$; prove that $PN$ is equal to $SQ$, and hence deduce the locus of $N$. \item[13.] Through the extremity $P$, of the diameter $PQ$ of an ellipse, the tangent $TPT'$ is drawn meeting two conjugate diameters in $T$, $T'$. From $P$, $Q$ the lines $PR$, $QR$ are drawn parallel to the same conjugate diameters. Prove that the rectangle under the semi-axes of the ellipse is a mean proportional between the triangles $PQR$ and $CTT'$. \item[14.] Shew that a conic may be drawn touching the sides of a triangle, having one focus at the centre of the circumscribing circle, and the other at the orthocentre. \item[15.] The perpendicular from the focus of a conic on any tangent, and the central radius to the point of contact, intersect on the directrix. \item[16.] $AB$, $AC$ are tangents to a conic at $B$, and $C$, and $DEGF$ is drawn from a point $D$ in $AC$, parallel to $AB$ and cutting the curve in $E$ and $F$, and $BC$ in $G$; shew that \[ DG^2 = DE \ctrdot DF. \] \item[17.] A diameter of a parabola, vertex $F$, meets two tangents in $D$ and $E$ and their chord of contact is $G$, shew that \[ FG^2 = ED \ctrdot FE. \] \item[18.] $P$ and $Q$ are two fixed points in a parabola, and from any other point $R$ in the curve, $RP$, $RQ$ are drawn cutting a fixed diameter, vertex $E$, in $B$ and $C$; prove that the ratio of $EB$ to $EC$ is constant. \item[19.] If the normal at $P$ meet the conjugate axis in $g$, and $gk$ be perpendicular to $SP$, $Pk$ is constant; and if $kl$, parallel to the transverse axis, meet the normal at $P$ in $l$, $kl$ is constant. \item[20.] A system of conics is drawn having a common focus $S$ and a common latus rectum $LSL'$. A fixed straight line through $S$ intersects the conics, and at the points of intersection normals are drawn. Prove that the envelope of each of these normals is a parabola whose focus lies on $LSL'$, and which has the given line as tangent at the vertex. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 202.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER X} \csectiontoc{Ellipses as Roulettes and Glissettes} \cheader{ELLIPSES AS ROULETTES AND GLISSETTES} \carticle{188.} \textit{If a circle rolls on the inside of the circumference of a circle of double its radius, any point in the area of the rolling circle traces out an ellipse.} Let $C$ be the centre of the rolling circle, $E$ the point of contact. \includegraphicsmid{188a} Then, if the circle meet in $Q$ a fixed radius $OA$ of the fixed circle, the angle $ECQ$ is twice the angle $EOA$, and therefore the arcs $EQ$, $EA$ are equal. Hence, when the circles touch at $A$, the point $Q$ of the rolling circle coincides with $A$, and the subsequent path of $Q$ is the diameter through $A$. Let $P$ be a given point in the given radius $CQ$, and draw $RPN$ perpendicular to $OA$, and $PR'$ parallel to $OA$. Then, $OQE$ being a right angle, $EQ$ is parallel to $RP$ and therefore $CR=CP=CR'$, so that $OR$ and $OR'$ are constant. %-----File: 203.png----- \begin{flalign*} &Also &PN : RN :: PQ : OR;&& \end{flalign*} therefore, the locus of $R$ being a circle, the locus of $P$ is an ellipse, whose axes are as $PQ : OR$. But $OR$ is clearly the length of one semi-axis, and $PQ$ or $OR'$ is therefore the length of the other, $OR$, $OR'$ being equal to $OC+CP$ and $OC-CP$. \carticle{189.} Properties of the ellipse are deducible from this construction. Thus, as the circle rolls, the point $E$ is instantaneously at rest, and the motion of $P$ is therefore at right angles to $EP$, \textit{i.e.} producing $EP$ to $F$, in the direction $FO$. Therefore, drawing $PT$ parallel to $OF$, $PT$ is the tangent, and $PF$ the normal. \includegraphicsmid{189a} The angles $EPT$, $EQT$ being right angles, the points $E$, $P$, $Q$, $T$ are concyclic; but the circle through $QPE$ clearly passes through $R$; therefore the angle $ERT$ and consequently the angle $ORT$ is a right angle, \begin{flalign*} &\text{and}& ON : OR &:: OR : OT,&&\phantom{\text{and}}\\ &\text{or}& ON \ctrdot OT &= OR^2,&& \end{flalign*} which is the theorem of Art.~\cartref{74}. Again, since $EQ't$ and $EPt$ are right angles, $E$, $Q'$, $t$, $P$ are concyclic; but the circle through $EQ'P$ clearly passes %-----File: 204.png----- through $R'$; therefore the angle $ER't$ and consequently the angle $OR't$ is a right angle, and \begin{flalign*} && PN : OR' &:: OR' : Ot,\\ &\text{or}& PN \ctrdot Ot &= OR'^2, &&\phantom{\text{or}} \end{flalign*} which is the theorem of Art.~\cartref{75}. \includegraphicsmid{189a} %repeated figure Further, if $PF$ meet $OQ$ in $G$, the angles $PQG$, $PFQ$ are equal, being on equal bases $EQ$, $OQ'$; \begin{flalign*} && \therefore PG : PQ &:: PQ : PF,\\ &\text{or}& PG \ctrdot PF &= PQ^2 = OR'^2, &&\phantom{\text{or}} \end{flalign*} which is the first of theorems of Art.~\cartref{77}. And again, if $PGF$ produced meet $Q'O$ produced in $g$, the angles $PQ'g$, $PFQ'$ are equal, being on equal bases $QO$, $EQ'$; and the angle $Q'Pg$ is common to the two triangles $PQ'g$, $PFQ'$. Therefore these triangles are similar, and \begin{flalign*} && Pg : PQ' &:: PQ' : PF,\\ &\text{or}& Pg \ctrdot PF &= PQ'^2.\\ &\indent\text{But}& PQ' = ER'&=OR; && \phantom{\indent\text{But}}\\ && \therefore Pg \ctrdot PF &= OR^2, \end{flalign*} which is the second theorem of Art.~\cartref{77}. %-----File: 205.png----- \carticle{190.} If the carried point $P$ is outside the circle the line $PNR$, perpendicular to $OA$, will meet $OE$ produced in $R$, and $CR$ will be equal to $CP$, so that $OR$ will be constant and the locus of $R$ will be a circle. Also, the triangles $PQN$, $RON$ being similar, we shall have \[ PN : RN :: PQ : OR, \] so that the locus of $P$ will be an ellipse, the semi-axes of which will be $CP + OC$ and $CP-OC$. \begin{small} \carticle{191.} The fact that a point on the circumference of the rolling circle oscillates in a straight line is utilized in the construction of Wheatstone's Photometer. By help of machinery a metallic circle, about an inch in diameter, is made to roll rapidly round the inside of a circle of double this diameter, and carries a small bright bead which is fastened to its circumference. If this machine is held between two candles or other sources of light, so that the line of oscillation of the bead is equidistant from the candles, two bright lines will be seen in close contiguity, and it is easy to form an estimate of their comparative brightnesses. If bright beads are fastened to points in the area of the rolling circle not on the circumference, and the machine be held near sources of light, the appearance, when the circle is made to rotate rapidly, will be that of a number of bright concentric ellipses. \end{small} \carticle{192.} \textit{A given straight line has its ends moveable on two straight lines at right angles to each other; the path of any given point in the moving line is an ellipse.} \includegraphicsmid{192a} %-----File: 206.png----- Let $P$ be the point in the moving line $AB$, and $C$ the middle point of $AB$. Let the ordinate $NP$, produced if necessary, meet $OC$ in $Q$; then $CQ=CP$ and $OQ=AP$, so that the locus of $Q$ is a circle. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Also}& PN : QN &:: PB : OQ &\phantom{\indent\text{Also}}\\ && &:: PB : PA; \end{flalign*} therefore the locus of $P$ is an ellipse, and its semi-axes are equal to $AP$ and $BP$. \carticle{193.} The theorem of Art.~\cartref{188} is at once reducible to this case, for, taking the figure of Art.~\cartref{189}, $QPQ'$ is a diameter of the rolling circle and is therefore of constant length, and the points $Q$ and $Q'$ move along fixed straight lines at right angles to each other; the locus of $P$ is therefore an ellipse of which $Q'P$ and $PQ$ are the semi-axes. \carticle{194.} From this construction also properties of the tangent and normal are deducible. Complete the rectangle $OAEB$; then, since the directions of motion of $A$ and $B$ are respectively perpendicular to $EA$ and $EB$, the state of motion of the line $AB$ may be represented by supposing that the triangle $EAB$ is turning round the point $E$. Hence it follows that $EP$ is the normal to the locus of $P$, and that $PT$ perpendicular to $EP$ is the tangent. Let $OF$, parallel to $PT$, meet $EP$ in $F$; then $O$, $F$, $B$, $E$ are concyclic; \[ \therefore \text{ the angle } PFB = EOB = PBG, \] and the triangles $PGB$, $PFB$ are similar. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence}& PG : PB &:: PB : PF, &\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}\\ &\text{or}& PG \ctrdot P&F = PB^2, \end{flalign*} where $PB$ is equal to the semi-conjugate axis. \includegraphicsmid{192a} %repeated figure Similarly, by joining $AF$, it can be shewn that \[ Pg \ctrdot PF=PA^2, \] $g$ being the point of intersection of $PG$ and $AO$. %-----File: 207.png----- Again, since $EPT$, $EBT$ are right angles, $B$, $T$, $P$, $E$ are concyclic, and $Q$ is clearly concyclic with $B$, $P$, $E$; so that $TQE$ is a right angle. Hence $OQN$ and $OQT$ are similar triangles, and \begin{flalign*} &&ON : OQ &:: OQ : OT,&&&\\ &\text{or } &ON \ctrdot O&T=PA^2,&&& \end{flalign*} where $PA$ is equal to the semi-transverse axis. \carticle{195.} Observing that $F$, $O$, $A$, $E$, $B$ are concyclic, we have \[ PF \ctrdot PE=PA \ctrdot PB; \] $\therefore PE$ is equal to the semi-diameter conjugate to $OP$. This suggests a construction for the solution of the problem, \textit{Having given a pair of conjugate diameters of an ellipse, it is required to determine the position and magnitudes of the principal axes.} Taking $OP$ and $OD$ as the given semi-conjugate diameters, draw $PF$ perpendicular to $OD$, and, in $FP$ produced, take $PE$ equal to $OD$. Join $OE$, bisect it in $C$, and in $CE$ take $CQ$ equal to $CP$. Then $OB$, $OA$, drawn perpendicular and parallel to $PQ$, and meeting $CP$ in $B$ and $A$, will be the directions of the axes, and their lengths will be $AP$ and $PB$. %-----File: 208.png----- \carticle{196.} \textit{If a given triangle $AQB$ move in its own plane so that the extremities $A$, $B$, of its base $AB$ move on two fixed straight lines at right angles to each other, the path of the point $Q$ is an ellipse.} \includegraphicsleft[9]{196a} If $O$ be the point of intersection of the fixed lines, and $C$ the middle point of $AB$, the angles $COB$, $CBO$ are equal, so that, as $AB$ slides, the line $CB$, and therefore also the line $CQ$, turns round as fast as $CO$, but in the contrary direction. Produce $OC$ to $P$, making $CP=CQ$; then the locus of $P$ is a circle the radius of which is equal to $OC+CQ$. There is clearly one position of $AB$ for which the points $O$, $C$, and $Q$ are in one straight line. \includegraphicsleft[7]{196b} Let $OX$ be this straight line, and let $OC$, $CQ$, be any other corresponding positions of the lines; \noindent then, if $CE$ is parallel to $OX$, $CE$ bisects the angle $PCQ$, and, drawing $PQN$ and $CL$ perpendicular to $OX$, \begin{flalign*} &&QN=CL&-PE, \quad PN=CL + PE,&&\\ &\text{hence} &QN : PN &:: OC-CP : OC+CP&\phantom{hence}&\\ &&&:: OC-CQ:OC+CQ,&& \end{flalign*} and $\therefore$ the locus of $Q$ is an ellipse of which the semi-axes are $OC+CQ$ and $OC-CQ$. If the straight lines through $A$ and $B$ perpendicular to $OA$ and $OB$ meet in $K$, the point $K$ is the instantaneous centre of rotation. The normal to the path of $Q$ is therefore $QK$ and the tangent is the straight line through $Q$ perpendicular to $QK$. \begin{small} \carticle{197.} \textit{Elliptic Compasses.} If two fine grooves, at right angles to each other, be made on the plane surface of a plate of wood or metal, and if two pegs, fastened to a straight rod, be made to move in these %-----File: 209.png----- grooves, then a pencil attached to any point of the rod will trace out an ellipse. By fixing the pencil at different points of the rod, we can obtain ellipses of any eccentricity, but of dimensions limited by the lengths of the rod and the grooves. \cisubsection{Burstow's Elliptograph} $OE$ is a groove in a stand which can be fixed to the paper or drawing board, and $OA$, $OB$ are rods jointed at $A$, so that the end $B$ can slip along the groove, while $AO$ turns round the fixed end $O$. \includegraphicsmid{197a} $C$ is the middle point of $AB$, $CD$ is a rod, the length of which is half that of $AB$, and the end $D$ can slide along the groove. It follows that the angle $ADB$ is always a right angle. A rod $DP$ is taken of any convenient length, and, by means of a chain round the triangle $ADC$, is made to move so as to be always parallel to $OA$. If the end $B$ be moved along the groove, the end $P$ will trace out an ellipse of which $O$ is the centre, and the lengths of its semi-axes will be the length of $DP$ and of the difference between the lengths of $OA$ and $DP$. This can be seen by drawing a line $OF$ perpendicular to $OE$, and producing $DP$ to meet it in $F$. The motion will be that of a rod of length $OA$ sliding between $OE$ and $OF$. See Dyck, \textit{Katalog der mathematischen Instrumente}, München, 1892. \end{small} %-----File: 210.png----- \clearpage \addtocontents{toc}{\vspace{\baselineskip}} \csectionuppertoc{\texorpdfstring{Miscellaneous Problems.\quad I}{Miscellaneous Problems. I}} \cheader{MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEMS} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] On a plane field the crack of the rifle and the thud of the ball striking the target are heard at the same instant; find the locus of the hearer. \item[2.] $PQ$, $P'Q'$ are two focal chords of a parabola, and $PR$, parallel to $P'Q'$, meets in $R$ the diameter through $Q$; prove that \[ PQ \ctrdot P'Q'=PR^2. \] \item[3.] $CP$ and $CD$ are conjugate semi-diameters of an ellipse; $PQ$ is a chord parallel to one of the axes; shew that $DQ$ is parallel to one of the straight lines which join the ends of the axes. \item[4.] A line cuts two concentric, similar and similarly situated ellipses in $P$, $Q$, $q$, $p$. If the line move parallel to itself, $PQ \ctrdot Qp$ is constant. \item[5.] The portion of a tangent to an hyperbola intersected between the asymptotes subtends a constant angle at the focus. \item[6.] If a circle be described passing through any point $P$ of a given hyperbola and the extremities of the transverse axis, and the ordinate $NP$ be produced to meet the circle in $Q$, the locus of $Q$ is an hyperbola. \item[7.] $PQ$ is one of a series of chords inclined at a constant angle to the diameter $AB$ of a circle; find the locus of the intersection of $AP$, $BQ$. \item[8.] If from a point $T$ in the director circle of an ellipse tangents $TP$, $TP'$ be drawn, the line joining $T$ with the intersection of the normals at $P$ and $P'$ passes through the centre. \item[9.] The points, in which the tangents at the extremities of the transverse axis of an ellipse are cut by the tangent at any point of the curve, are joined, one with each focus; prove that the point of intersection of the joining lines lies in the normal at the point. \item[10.] Having given a focus, the eccentricity, a point of the curve, and the tangent at the point, shew that in general two conics can be described. \item[11.] A parabola is described with its focus at one focus of a given central conic, and touches the conic; prove that its directrix will touch a fixed circle. \item[12.] The extremities of the latera recta of all conics which have a common transverse axis lie on two parabolas. \item[13.] The tangent at a moveable point $P$ of a conic intersects a fixed tangent in $Q$, and from $S$ a straight line is drawn perpendicular to $SQ$ and meeting in $R$ the tangent at $P$; prove that the locus of $R$ is a straight line. %-----File: 211.png----- \item[14.] On all parallel chords of a circle a series of isosceles triangles are described, having the same vertical angle, and having their planes perpendicular to the plane of the circle. Find the locus of their vertices; and find what the vertical angle must be in order that the locus may be a circle. \item[15.] A series of similar ellipses whose major axes are in the same straight line pass through two given points. Prove that the major axes subtend right angles at four fixed points. \item[16.] From the centre of two concentric circles a straight line is drawn to cut them in $P$ and $Q$; through $P$ and $Q$ straight lines are drawn parallel to two given lines at right angles to each other. Shew that the locus of their point of intersection is an ellipse. \item[17.] A circle always passes through a fixed point, and cuts a given straight line at a constant angle, prove that the locus of its centre is an hyperbola. \item[18.] The area of the triangle formed by three tangents to a parabola is equal to one half that of the triangle formed by joining the points of contact. \item[19.] If a parabola be described with any point on an hyperbola for focus and passing through the foci of the hyperbola, shew that its axis will be parallel to one of the asymptotes. \item[20.] $S$ and $H$ being the foci, $P$ a point in the ellipse, if $HP$ be bisected in $L$, and $AL$ be drawn from the vertex cutting $SP$ in $Q$, the locus of $Q$ is an ellipse whose focus is $S$. \item[21.] If the diagonals of a quadrilateral circumscribing an ellipse meet in the centre the quadrilateral is a parallelogram. \item[22.] A series of ellipses pass through the same point, and have a common focus, and their major axes of the same length; prove that the locus of their centres is a circle. What are the limits of the eccentricities of the ellipses, and what does the ellipse become at the higher limit? \item[23.] If $S$, $H$ be the foci of an hyperbola, $LL'$ any tangent intercepted between the asymptotes, $SL \ctrdot HL=CL \ctrdot LL'$. \item[24.] Tangents are drawn to an ellipse from a point on a similar and similarly situated concentric ellipse; shew that if $P$, $Q$ be the points of contact, $A$, $A'$ the ends of the axis of the first ellipse, the loci of the intersections of $AP$, $A'Q$, and of $AQ$, $A'P$ are two ellipses similar to the given ellipses. \item[25.] Draw a parabola which shall touch four given straight lines. Under what condition is it possible to describe a parabola touching five given straight lines? \item[26.] A fixed hyperbola is touched by a concentric ellipse. If the curvatures at the point of contact are equal the area of the ellipse is constant. %-----File: 212.png----- \item[27.] A circle passes through a fixed point, and cuts off equal chords $AB$, $CD$ from two given parallel straight lines; prove that the envelope of each of the chords $AD$, $BC$ is a central conic having the fixed point for one focus. \item[28.] A straight line is drawn through the focus parallel to one asymptote and meeting the other; prove that the part intercepted between the curve and the asymptote is one-fourth the transverse axis, and the part between the curve and the focus one-fourth the latus rectum. \item[29.] $PQ$ is any chord of a parabola, cutting the axis in $L$; $R$, $R'$ are the two points in the parabola at which this chord subtends a right angle: if $RR'$ be joined, meeting the axis in $L'$, $LL'$ will be equal to the latus rectum. \item[30.] If two equal parabolas have the same focus, tangents at points angularly equidistant from the vertices meet on the common tangent. \item[31.] A parabola has its focus at $S$, and $PSQ$ is any focal chord, while $PP'$, $QQ'$ are two chords drawn at right angles to $PSQ$ at its extremities; shew that the focal chord drawn parallel to $PP'$ is a mean proportional between $PP'$ and $QQ'$. \item[32.] With the orthocentre of a triangle as centre are described two ellipses, one circumscribing the triangle and the other touching its sides; prove that these ellipses are similar, and their homologous axes at right angles. \item[33.] $ABCD$ is a quadrilateral, the angles at $A$ and $C$ being equal; a conic is described about $ABCD$ so as to touch the circumscribing circle of $ABC$ at the point $B$; shew that $BD$ is a diameter of the conic. \item[34.] The volume of a cone cut off by a plane bears a constant ratio to the cube, the edge of which is equal to the minor axis of the section. \item[35.] A tangent to an ellipse at $P$ meets the minor axis in $t$, and $tQ$ is perpendicular to $SP$; prove that $SQ$ is of constant length, and that if $PM$ be the perpendicular on the minor axis, $QM$ will meet the major axis in a fixed point. \item[36.] Describe an ellipse with a given focus touching three given straight lines, no two of which are parallel and on the same side of the focus. \item[37.] Prove that the conic which touches the sides of a triangle, and has its centre at the centre of the nine-point circle, has one focus at the orthocentre, and the other at the centre of the circumscribing circle. \item[38.] From $Q$, the middle point of a chord $PP'$ of an ellipse whose focus is $S$, $QG$ is drawn perpendicular to $PP'$ to meet the major axis in $G$; prove that \[ 2 \ctrdot SG:SP+SP'::SA:AX. \] %-----File: 213.png----- \item[39.] A straight rod moves in any manner in a plane; prove that, at any instant, the directions of motion of all its particles are tangents to a parabola. \item[40.] If from a point $T$ on the auxiliary circle, two tangents be drawn to an ellipse touching it in $P$ and $Q$, and when produced meeting the circle again in $p$, $q$; shew that the angles $PSp$ and $QSq$ are together equal to the supplement of $PTQ$. \item[41.] Tangents at the extremities of a pair of conjugate diameters of an ellipse meet in $T$; prove that $ST$, $S'T$ meet the conjugate diameters in four concyclic points. \item[42.] From the point of intersection of an asymptote and a directrix of an hyperbola a tangent is drawn to the curve; prove that the line joining the point of contact with the focus is parallel to the asymptote. \item[43.] If a string longer than the circumference of an ellipse be always drawn tight by a pencil, the straight portions being tangents to the ellipse, the pencil will trace out a confocal ellipse. \item[44.] $D$ is any point in a rectangular hyperbola from which chords are drawn at right angles to each other to meet the curve. If $P$, $Q$ be the middle points of these chords, prove that $P$, $Q$, $D$ and the centre of the hyperbola are concyclic. \item[45.] From a point $T$ in the auxiliary circle tangents are drawn to an ellipse, touching it in $P$ and $Q$, and meeting the auxiliary circle again in $p$ and $q$; shew that the angle $pCq$ is equal to the sum of the angles $PSQ$ and $PS'Q$. \item[46.] The angle between the focal distance and tangent at any point of an ellipse is half the angle subtended at the focus by the diameter through the point. \item[47.] $H$ is a fixed point on the bisector of the exterior angle $A$ of the triangle $ABC$; a circle is described upon $HA$ as chord cutting the lines $AB$, $AC$ in $P$ and $Q$; prove that $PQ$ envelopes a parabola which has $H$ for focus, and for tangent at the vertex the straight line joining the feet of the perpendiculars from $H$ on $AB$ and $AC$. \item[48.] Tangents to an ellipse, foci $S$ and $H$, at the ends of a focal chord $PHP'$ meet the further directrix in $Q$, $Q'$. The parabola, whose focus is $S$, and directrix $PP'$, touches $PQ$, $P'Q'$, in $Q$, $Q'$; it also touches the normals at $P$, $P'$, and the minor axis, and has for the tangent at its vertex the diameter parallel to $PP'$. \item[49.] $S$ is a fixed point, and $E$ a point moving on the arc of a given circle; prove that the envelope of the straight line through $E$ at right angles to $SE$ is a conic. \item[50.] A circle passing through a fixed point $S$ cuts a fixed circle in $P$, and has its centre at $O$; the lines which bisect the angle $SOP$ all touch a conic of which $S$ is a focus. %-----File: 214.png----- \item[51.] The tangent to an ellipse at $P$ meets the directrix, corresponding to $S$, in $Z$: through $Z$ a straight line $ZQR$ is drawn cutting the ellipse in $Q$, $R$; and the tangents at $Q$, $R$ intersect (on $SP$) in $T$. Shew that a conic can be described with focus $S$, and directrix $PZ$, to pass through $Q$, $R$ and $T$; and that $TZ$ will be the tangent at $T$. \item[52.] $TP$, $TQ$ are tangents to an ellipse at $P$ and $Q$; one circle touches $TP$ at $P$ and meets $TQ$ in $Q$ and $Q'$; another touches $TQ$ at $Q$ and meets $TP$ in $P$ and $P'$; prove that $PQ'$ and $QP'$ are divided in the same ratio by the ellipse. \item[53.] If a chord $RPQV$ meet the directrices of an ellipse in $R$ and $V$, and the circumference in $P$ and $Q$, then $RP$ and $QV$ subtend, each at the focus nearer to it, angles of which the sum is equal to the angle between the tangents at $P$ and $Q$. \item[54.] Two tangents are drawn to the same branch of a rectangular hyperbola from an external point; prove that the angles which these tangents subtend at the centre are respectively equal to the angles which they make with the chord of contact. \item[55.] If the normal at a point $P$ of an hyperbola meet the minor axis in $g$, $Pg$ will be to $Sg$ in a constant ratio. \item[56.] An ordinate $NP$ of an ellipse is produced to meet the auxiliary circle in $Q$, and normals to the ellipse and circle at $P$ and $Q$ meet in $R$; $RK$, $RL$ are drawn perpendicular to the axes; prove that $KPL$ is a straight line, and also that $KP=BC$ and $LP=AC$. \item[57.] If the tangent at any point $P$ cut the axes of a conic, produced if necessary, in $T$ and $T'$, and if $C$ be the centre of the curve, prove that the area of the triangle $TCT'$ varies inversely as the area of the triangle $PCN$, where $PN$ is the ordinate of $P$. \item[58.] The circle of curvature of an ellipse at $P$ passes through the focus $S$, $SM$ is drawn parallel to the tangent at $P$ to meet the diameter $PCP'$ in $M$; shew that it divides this diameter in the ratio of $3:1$. \item[59.] Prove the following construction for a pair of tangents from any external point $T$ to an ellipse of which the centre is $C$: join $CT$, let $TPCP'T$ a similar and similarly situated ellipse be drawn, of which $CT$ is a diameter, and $P$, $P'$ are its points of intersection with the given ellipse; $TP$, $TP'$ will be tangents to the given ellipse. \item[60.] Through a fixed point a pair of chords of a circle are drawn at right angles: prove that each side of the quadrilateral formed by joining their extremities envelopes a conic of which the fixed point and the centre of the circle are foci. \item[61.] Any conic passing through the four points of intersection of two rectangular hyperbolas will be itself a rectangular hyperbola. \item[62.] $R$ is the middle point of a chord $PQ$ of a rectangular hyperbola whose centre is $C$. Through $R$, $RQ'$, $RP'$ are drawn parallel to the tangents at $P$ and $Q$ respectively, meeting $CQ$, $CP$ in $Q'$, $P'$. Prove that $C$, $P'$, $R$, $Q'$ are concyclic. %-----File: 215.png----- \item[63.] The tangents at two points $Q$, $Q'$ of a parabola meet the tangent at $P$ in $R$, $R'$ respectively, and the diameter through their point of intersection $T$ meets it in $K$; prove that $PR=KR'$, and that, if $QM$, $Q'M'$, $TN$ be the ordinates of $Q$, $Q'$, $T$ respectively to the diameter through $P$, $PN$ is a mean proportional between $PM$ and $PM'$. \item[64.] Common tangents are drawn to two parabolas, which have a common directrix, and intersect in $P$, $Q$: prove that the chords joining the points of contact in each parabola are parallel to $PQ$, and the part of each tangent between its points of contact with the two curves is bisected by $PQ$ produced. \item[65.] An ellipse has its centre on a given hyperbola and touches the asymptotes. The area of the ellipse being always a maximum, prove that its chord of contact with the asymptotes always touches a similar hyperbola. \item[66.] A circle and parabola have the same vertex $A$ and a common axis. $BA'C$ is the double ordinate of the parabola which touches the circle at $A'$, the other extremity of the diameter which passes through $A$; $PP'$ is any other ordinate of the parabola parallel to this, meeting the axis in $N$ and the chord $AB$ produced in $R$: shew that the rectangle between $RP$ and $RP'$ is proportional to the square on the tangent drawn from $N$ to the circle. \item[67.] Tangents are drawn at two points, $P$, $P'$ on an ellipse. If any tangent be drawn meeting those at $P$, $P'$ in $R$, $R'$, shew that the line bisecting the angle $RSR'$ intersects $RR'$ on a fixed tangent to the ellipse. Find the point of contact of this tangent. \item[68.] Having given a pair of conjugate diameters of an ellipse, $PCP'$, $DCD'$, let $PF$ be the perpendicular from $P$ on $CD$, in $PF$ take $PE$ equal to $CD$, bisect $CE$ in $O$, and on $CE$ as diameter describe a circle; prove that $PO$ will meet the circle in two points $Q$ and $R$ such that $CQ$, $CR$ are the directions of the semi-axes, and $PQ$, $PR$ their lengths. \item[69.] A straight line is drawn through the angular point $A$ of a triangle $ABC$ to meet the opposite side in $a$; two points $O$, $O'$ are taken on $Aa$, and $CO$, $CO'$ meet $AB$ in $c$ and $c'$, and $BO$, $BO'$ meet $CA$ in $b$, $b'$; shew that a conic passing through $abb'cc'$ will be touched by $BC$. \item[70.] If $TP$, $TQ$ are two tangents to a parabola, and any other tangent meets them in $Q$ and $R$, the middle point of $QR$ describes a straight line. \item[71.] Lines from the centre to the points of contact of two parallel tangents to a rectangular hyperbola and concentric circle make equal angles with either axis of the hyperbola. \item[72.] A line moves between two lines at right angles so as to subtend a right angle and a half at a fixed point on the bisector of the right angle; prove that it touches a rectangular hyperbola. %-----File: 216.png----- \item[73.] Two cones, whose vertical angles are supplementary, are placed with their vertices coincident and their axes at right angles, and are cut by a plane perpendicular to a common generating line; prove that the directrices of the section of one cone pass through the foci of the section of the other. \item[74.] The normal at a point $P$ of an ellipse meets the curve again in $P'$, and through $O$, the centre of curvature at $P$, the chord $QOQ'$ is drawn at right angles to $PP'$; prove that \[ QO \ctrdot OQ' : PO \ctrdot OP' :: 2 \ctrdot PO : PP'. \] \item[75.] From an external point $T$, tangents are drawn to an ellipse, the points of contact being on the same side of the major axis. If the focal distances of these points intersect in $M$ and $N$, $TM$, $TN$ are tangents to a confocal hyperbola, which passes through $M$ and $N$. \item[76.] Two tangents to an hyperbola from $T$ meet the directrix in $F$ and $F'$; prove that the circle, centre $T$, which touches $SF$, $SF'$, meets the directrix in two points the radii to which from the point $T$ are parallel to the asymptotes. \item[77.] $QR$, touching the ellipse at $P$, is one side of the parallelogram formed by tangents at the ends of conjugate diameters; if the normal at $P$ meet the axes in $G$ and $g$, prove that $QG$ and $Rg$ are at right angles. \item[78.] If $PP'$ be a double ordinate of an ellipse, and if the normal at $P$ meet $CP'$ in $O$, prove that the locus of $O$ is a similar ellipse, and that its axis is to the axis of the given ellipse in the ratio \[ AC^2 - BC^2 : AC^2 + BC^2. \] \item[79.] A chord of a conic whose pole is $T$ meets the directrices in $R$ and $R'$; if $SR$ and $S'R'$ meet in $Q$, prove that the minor axis bisects $TQ$. \item[80.] On a parabola, whose focus is $S$, three points $Q$, $P$, $Q'$ are taken such that the angles $PSQ$, $PSQ'$ are equal; the tangent at $P$ meets the tangents at $Q$, $Q'$ in $T$, $T'$: shew that \[ TQ : T'Q' :: SQ : SQ'. \] \item[81.] If from any point P of a parabola perpendiculars $PN$, $PL$ are let fall on the axis and the tangent at the vertex, the line $LN$ always touches another parabola. \item[82.] $PQ$ is any diameter of a section of a cone whose vertex is $V$; prove that $VP + VQ$ is constant. \item[83.] If $SY$, $SK$ are the perpendiculars from a focus on the tangent and normal at any point of a conic, the straight line $YK$ passes through the centre of the conic. \item[84.] If the axes of two parabolas are in the same direction, their common chord bisects their common tangents. %-----File: 217.png----- \item[85.] Find the position of the normal chord which cuts off from a parabola the least segment. \item[86.] From the point in which the tangent at any point $P$ of an hyperbola meets either asymptote perpendiculars $PM$, $PN$ are let fall upon the axes. Prove that $MN$ passes through $P$. \item[87.] If two parabolas whose latera recta have a constant ratio, and whose foci are two given points $S$, $S'$, have a contact of the second order at $P$, the locus of $P$ is a circle. \item[88.] Find the class of plane curves such that, if from a fixed point in the plane, perpendiculars are let fall on the tangent and normal at any point of any one of the curves, the join of the feet of the perpendiculars will pass through another fixed point. \item[89.] If two ellipses have one common focus $S$ and equal major axes, and if one ellipse revolves in its own plane about $S$, the chord of intersection envelopes a conic confocal with the fixed ellipse. \item[90.] The tangent at any point $P$ of an ellipse meets the axis minor in $T$ and the focal distances $SP$, $HP$ meet it in $R$, $r$. Also $ST$, $HT$, produced if necessary, meet the normal at $P$ in $Q$, $q$, respectively. Prove that $Qr$ and $qR$ are parallel to the axis major. \item[91.] Two points describe the circumference of an ellipse, with velocities which are to one another in the ratio of the squares on the diameters parallel to their respective directions of motion. Prove that the locus of the point of intersection of their directions of motion will be an ellipse, confocal with the given one. \item[92.] If $AA'$ be the axis major of an elliptic section of a cone, vertex $O$, and if $AG$, $A'G'$ perpendicular to $AV$, $A'V$ meet the axis of the cone in $G$ and $G'$, and $GU$, $G'U'$ be the perpendiculars let fall on $AA'$, prove that $U$ and $U'$ are the centres of curvature at $A$ and $A'$. \item[93.] By help of the geometry of the cone, or otherwise, prove that the sum of the tangents from any point of an ellipse to the circles of curvature at the vertices is constant. \item[94.] If two tangents be drawn to a section of a cone, and from their intersection two straight lines be drawn to the points where the tangent plane to the cone through one of the tangents touches the focal spheres, prove that the angle contained by these lines is equal to the angle between the tangents. \item[95.] If $CP$, $CD$ are conjugate semi-diameters and if through $C$ is drawn a line parallel to either focal distance of $P$, the perpendicular from $D$ upon this line will be equal to half the minor axis. \item[96.] The area of the parallelogram formed by the tangents at the ends of any pair of diameters of a central conic varies inversely as the area of the parallelogram formed by joining the points of contact. %-----File: 218.png----- \item[97.] Shew how to draw through a given point a plane which will have the given point for (1) focus, (2) centre, of the section it makes of a given right circular cone: noticing any limitations in the position of the point which may be necessary. \item[98.] In the first figure of Art.~\cartref{148}, if a plane be drawn intersecting the focal spheres in two circles and the cone in an ellipse, the sum or difference of the tangents from any point of the ellipse to the circles is constant. \item[99.] If sections of a right cone be made, perpendicular to a given plane, such that the distance between a focus of a section and that vertex which lies on one of the generating lines in the given plane be constant, prove that the transverse axes, produced if necessary, of all sections will touch one of two fixed circles. \item[100.] A sphere rolls in contact with two intersecting straight wires; prove that its centre describes an ellipse. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 219.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER XI} \csectiontoc{Harmonic Properties, Poles and Polars} \cheader{HARMONIC PROPERTIES} \carticleplus{198.}{Def.} \textit{A straight line is harmonically divided in two points when the whole line is to one of the extreme parts as the other extreme part is to the middle part.} Thus $AD$ is harmonically divided in $C$ and $B$, when \[ AD : AC :: BD : BC. \] \includegraphicsmid{198a} This definition may also be presented in the following form. \textit{The straight line $AB$ is harmonically divided in $C$ and $D$, when it is divided internally in $C$, and externally in $D$, in the same ratio.} Under these circumstances the four points $A$, $C$, $B$, $D$ constitute \textit{an Harmonic Range}, and if through any point $O$ four straight lines $OA$, $OC$, $OB$, $OD$ be drawn, these four lines constitute an \textit{Harmonic Pencil}. \subparagraph{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{If a straight line be drawn parallel to one of the rays of an harmonic pencil, its segments made by the other three will be equal, and any straight line is divided harmonically by the four rays.} Let $ACBD$ be the given harmonic range, and draw $ECF$ through $C$ parallel to $OD$, and meeting $OA$, $OB$ in $E$ and $F$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then } &AD : AC &:: OD : EC,&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}&\\ &\text{and } &BD : BC &:: OD : CF;&& \end{flalign*} %-----File: 220.png----- but from the definition \begin{flalign*} &&AD : AC &:: BD : BC;&&\\ &&\therefore EC &= CF,&& \end{flalign*} and any other line parallel to $ECF$ is obviously bisected by $OC$. Next, let $acbd$ be any straight line cutting the pencil, and draw $ecf$ parallel to $Od$; so that $ec = cf$. \includegraphicsmid{198b} \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& ad : ac &:: Od : ec, &\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ &\text{and}& bd : bc &:: Od : cf;\\ && \therefore ad : ac &:: bd : bc; \end{flalign*} that is, $acbd$ is harmonically divided. If the line $c\beta\delta\alpha$ be drawn cutting $AO$ produced, \begin{flalign*} &\text{then}& \alpha\delta : \alpha c &:: O\delta : ec, &\phantom{\text{then}}\\ &\text{and}& \beta\delta : \beta c &:: O\delta : cf;\\ && \therefore\alpha\delta : \alpha c &:: \beta\delta : \beta c,\\ &\text{or}& \alpha c : \alpha\delta &:: \beta c : \beta\delta, \end{flalign*} and similarly it may be shewn in all other cases that the line is harmonically divided. %-----File: 221.png----- \carticleplus{199.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{The pencil formed by two straight lines and the bisectors of the angles between them is an harmonic pencil.} For, if $OA$, $OB$ be the lines, and $OC$, $OD$ the bisectors, draw $KPL$ parallel to $OC$ and meeting $OA$, $OD$, $OB$. Then the angles $OKL$, $OLK$ are obviously equal, and the angles at $P$ are right angles; therefore $KP = PL$, and the pencil is harmonic. \includegraphicsmid{199a} \carticleplus{200.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{If $ACBD$, $Acbd$ be harmonic ranges, the straight lines $Cc$, $Bb$, $Dd$ will meet in a point, as also $Cd$, $cD$, $Bb$.} \includegraphicsmid{200a} %-----File: 222.png----- For, if $Cc$, $Dd$ meet in $F$, join $Fb$; then the pencil $F (Acbd)$ is harmonic, and will be cut harmonically by $AD$. Hence $Fb$ produced will pass through $B$. Similarly, if $Cd$, $cD$ meet in $E$, \\ $E (Acbd)$ is harmonic, and therefore $bE$ produced will pass through $B$. \cisubsection{Harmonic Properties of a Quadrilateral} In the preceding figure, let $CcdD$ be any quadrilateral; and let $dc$, $DC$ meet in $A$, $Cd$, $cD$ in $E$, and $Cc$, $Dd$ in $F$. Then taking $b$ and $B$ so as to divide $Acd$ and $ACD$ harmonically, the ranges $Acbd$ and $ACBD$ are harmonic, and therefore $Bb$ passes through both $E$ and $F$. Similarly it can be shewn that $AF$ is divided harmonically in $L$ and $M$, by $Dc$ and $dC$. For $E (Acbd)$ is harmonic and therefore the transversal $ALFM$ is harmonically divided. \carticleplus{201.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{If $ACBD$ be an harmonic range, and $E$ the middle point of $CD$,} \[ EA \ctrdot EB = EC^2. \] \includegraphicsmid{201a} \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{For}& AD : AC &:: BD : BC, & \phantom{\indent\text{For}}\\ &\text{or}& AE + EC : AE-EC &:: EC + EB : EC-EB;\\ && \therefore AE : EC &:: EC : EB,\\ &\text{or}& AE \ctrdot EB &= EC^2 = ED^2. \end{flalign*} Hence also, conversely, if $EC^2 = ED^2 = AE \ctrdot EB$, the range $ACBD$ is harmonic, $C$ and $D$ being on opposite sides of $E$. Hence, if a series of points $A$, $a$, $B$, $b$,~\ldots\ on a straight line be such that \begin{align*} EA \ctrdot Ea = EB \ctrdot Eb &= EC \ctrdot Ec \ldots\\ &= EP^2, \end{align*} %-----File: 223.png----- and if $EQ = EP$, then the several ranges $(APaQ)$, $(BPbQ)$, \&c.\ are harmonic. \carticleplus{202.}{Def.} A system of pairs of points on a straight line such that \[ EA \ctrdot Ea = EB \ctrdot EB \ctrdot Eb = \ldots\quad = EP^2 = EQ^2 \] is called a system in \textit{Involution}, the point $E$ being called the centre and $P$, $Q$ the foci of the system. Any two corresponding points $A$, $a$, are called \textit{conjugate} points, and it appears from above that any two conjugate points form, with the foci of the system, an harmonic range. It will be noticed that a focus is a point at which conjugate points coincide, and that the existence of a focus is only possible when the points $A$ and $a$ are both on the same side of the centre. \carticleplus{203.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{Having given two pairs of points, $A$ and $a$, $B$ and $b$, it is required to find the centre and foci of the involution.} If E be the centre, \begin{flalign*} &&EA : EB &:: Eb : Ea;&&\\ &&\therefore EA : AB &:: Eb : ab,&&\\ &\text{or}& EA : Eb &:: AB : ab.&\phantom{or} \end{flalign*} \includegraphicsmid{203a} This determines $E$, and the foci $P$ and $Q$ are given by the relations \[ EP^2 = EQ^2 = EA \ctrdot EA. \] We shall however find the following relation useful. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Since} & EA : Eb &:: EB : Ea;&\phantom{\indent\text{Since}}\\ &&\therefore EA : Ab &:: EB : aB,&&\\ &\text{or }& EA : EB &:: Ab : aB;&&\\ &\text{but }& Eb : EA &:: ab : AB;&&\\ &&\therefore Eb : EB &:: Ab \ctrdot ba : AB \ctrdot Ba.&&\\ &\indent\text{Again, }& Qb : Pb &:: QB : PB;&&\\ &&\therefore Qb - Pb : Pb &:: QB - PB : PB,&&\\ %-----File: 224.png----- && 2 \ctrdot EP : Pb &:: 2 \ctrdot EB : BP;&&\\ && \therefore Pb^2 : PB^2 &:: EP^2 : EB^2,&&\\ && &:: Eb : EB&&\\ && &:: Ab \ctrdot ba : AB \ctrdot Ba.&& \end{flalign*} This determines the ratio in which $Bb$ is divided by $P$. \carticle{204.} If $QAPa$ be an harmonic range and $E$ the middle point of $PQ$, and if a circle be described on $PQ$ as diameter, the lines joining any point $R$ on this circle with $P$ and $Q$ will bisect the angles between $AR$ and $aR$. \includegraphicsmid{204a} \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{For}& EA \ctrdot Ea &= EP^2 = ER^2;&\phantom{\indent\text{For}}\\ && \therefore EA : ER &:: ER : Ea, \end{flalign*} and the triangles $ARE$, $aRE$ are similar. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Hence}& AR:aR&::EA:ER&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}\\ && &::EA : EP. \\ &\indent\text{But}& Ea : EP &:: EP : EA;\\ && \therefore aP : EP &:: AP : EA.\\ &\indent\text{Hence}& AR : aR &:: AP : aP, \end{flalign*} and $ARa$ is bisected by $RP$. Hence, if $A$ and $a$, $B$ and $b$ be conjugate points of a system in involution of which $P$ and $Q$ are the foci, it follows that $AB$ and $ab$ subtend equal angles at any point of the circle on $PQ$ as diameter. This fact also affords a means of obtaining the relations of Art.~\cartref{203}. %-----File: 225.png----- We must observe that if the points $A$, $a$ are on one side of the centre and $B$, $b$ on the other, the angles subtended by $AB$, $ab$ are supplementary to each other. \carticleplus{205.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{If four points form an harmonic range, their conjugates also form an harmonic range.} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$ be the four points, $a$, $b$, $c$, $d$ their conjugates. \includegraphicsmid{205a} Then, as in the eighth line of Art.~\cartref{203}, \begin{flalign*} & & EA : Ed &:: AD: ad,&&\\ &\text{or} & ED : Ea &:: AD: ad;&&\\ & & \therefore AD \ctrdot Ea &= ED \ctrdot ad.&& \end{flalign*} % to allow page break \begin{flalign*} &\text{Similarly} & AC \ctrdot Ea &= EC \ctrdot ac,&\phantom{Similarly}&\\ & & BD \ctrdot Eb &= ED \ctrdot bd,&&\\ & & BC \ctrdot Eb &= EC \ctrdot bc.&& \end{flalign*} But, $ABCD$ being harmonic, \begin{flalign*} &&AD : AC &:: BD : BC;&&\\ &&\therefore ED \ctrdot ad:EC \ctrdot ac&::ED \ctrdot bd:EC \ctrdot bc.&&\\ &\text{\indent Hence} &ad:ac&::bd:bc,&\phantom{\indent Hence}& \end{flalign*} or the range of the conjugates is harmonic. \carticleplus{206.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{If a system of conics pass through four given points, any straight line will be cut by the system in a series of points in involution.} The four fixed points being $C$, $D$, $E$, $F$, let the line meet one of the conics in $A$ and $a$, and the straight lines $CF$, $ED$, in $B$ and $b$. Then the rectangles $AB \ctrdot Ba$, $CB \ctrdot BF$ are in the ratio of the squares on parallel diameters, as also are $Ab \ctrdot ba$ and $Db \ctrdot bE$. But the squares on the diameters parallel to $CF$, $ED$ are in the constant ratio $KF \ctrdot KC:KE \ctrdot KD$; and, the %-----File: 226.png----- line $Bb$ being given in position, the rectangles $CB \ctrdot BF$ and $Db \ctrdot bE$ are given; therefore the rectangles $AB \ctrdot Ba$, $Ab \ctrdot ba$ are in a constant ratio. \includegraphicsmid{206a} But (Art.~\cartref{203}) this ratio is the same as that of $PB^2$ to $Pb^2$, if $P$ be a focus of the involution $A$, $a$, $B$, $b$. Hence $P$ is determined, and all the conics cut the line $Bb$ in points which form with $B$, $b$ a system in involution. We may observe that the foci are the points of contact of the two conics which can be drawn through the four points touching the line, and that the centre is the intersection of the line with the conic which has one of its asymptotes parallel to the line. \carticleplus{207.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{If through any point two tangents be drawn to a conic, any other straight line through the point will be divided harmonically by the curve and the chord of contact.} Let $AB$, $AC$ be the tangents, $ADFE$ the straight line. Through $D$ and $E$ draw $GDHK$, $LEMN$ parallel to $BC$. Then the diameter through $A$ bisects $DH$, and $BC$, and therefore bisects $GK$; hence $GD = HK$, and similarly $LE = MN$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Also} & LE : EN &:: GD : DK;&&&\\ &&\therefore LE \ctrdot EN : LE^2 &:: GD \ctrdot DK : GD^2,&&&\\ &\text{or} & LE \ctrdot LM : GD \ctrdot GH &:: LE^2 : GD^2&&&\\ &&&:: LA^2 : GA^2.&&& \end{flalign*} %-----File: 227.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\text{But }& LE \ctrdot LM : GD \ctrdot GH &:: LB^2 : BG^2;&&&\\ &\text{hence }& AL : AG &:: BL : BG,&&& \end{flalign*} \begin{flalign*} &\text{and therefore }& AE : AD &:: FE : FD,&&& \end{flalign*} that is, $ADFE$ is harmonically divided. \includegraphicsmid{207a} \carticleplus{208.}{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{If two tangents be drawn to a conic, any third tangent is harmonically divided by the two tangents, the curve, and the chord of contact.} \includegraphicsmid{208a} %-----File: 228.png----- Let $DEFG$ be the third tangent, and through $G$, the point in which it meets $AC$, draw $GHKL$ parallel to $AB$, cutting the curve and the chord of contact in $H$, $K$, $L$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& GH \ctrdot GL : GC^2 &:: AB^2 : AC^2&&&\\ &&&:: GK^2 : GC^2;&&&\\ &&\therefore GH \ctrdot GL &= GK^2.&&&\\ &\indent\text{Hence}&DG^2 : DE^2 ::G&K^2 : EB^2&&&\phantom{\indent\text{Hence}}\\ &&:: G&H \ctrdot GL : EB^2&&&\\ &&:: F&G^2 : FE^2;&&& \end{flalign*} that is, $DEFG$ is an harmonic range. \carticleplus{209.}{Prop.~X\@.} \textit{If any straight line meet two tangents to a conic in $P$ and $Q$, the chord of contact in $T$ and the conic in $R$ and $V$,} \[ PR \ctrdot PV : QR \ctrdot QV :: PT^2 : QT^2. \] Taking the preceding figure, draw the tangent $DEFG$ parallel to $PQ$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& PR \ctrdot PV : EF^2 &:: PB^2 : BE^2&&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ &&&:: PT^2 : DE^2;&&&\\ &\text{and } &QR \ctrdot QV : GF^2 &:: QC^2 : GC^2 &&&\\ &&&:: QT^2 : DG^2;&&&\\ &\text{but }& EF : DE &:: GF : DG;&&&\\ &&\therefore PR \ctrdot PV : PT^2 &:: QR \ctrdot QV : QT^2.&&& \end{flalign*} \carticleplus{210.}{Prop.~XI\@.} \textit{If chords of a conic be drawn through a fixed point the pairs of tangents at their extremities will intersect in a fixed line.} Let $B$ be the fixed point and $C$ the centre, and let $CB$ meet the curve in~$P$. Take $A$ in $CP$ such that \[ CA : CP :: CP : CB; \] then $B$ is the middle point of the chord of contact of the tangents $AQ$, $AR$. %-----File: 229.png----- Draw any chord $EBF$, and let the tangents at $E$ and $F$ meet in $G$: also join $CG$ and draw $PN$ parallel to $EF$. \includegraphicsmid{210a} Then if $CG$ meet $EF$ in $K$ and the tangent at $P$ in $T$, \begin{align*} CK \ctrdot CG &= CN \ctrdot CT;\\ \therefore CG : CT &:: CN : CK\\ &:: CP : CB\\ &:: CA : CP; \end{align*} hence $AG$ is parallel to $PT$, and the point $G$ therefore lies on a fixed line. If the conic be a parabola, we must take $AP$ equal to $BP$: then, remembering that $KG$ and $NT$ are bisected by the curve, the proof is the same as before. \carticle{211.} If $A$ be the fixed point, let $CA$ meet the curve in $P$, and take $B$ in $CP$ such that \[ CB : CP :: CP : CA; \] then $B$ is the middle point of the chord of contact of the tangents $AQ$, $AR$. %-----File: 230.png----- Draw any chord $AEF$, and let the tangents at $E$ and $F$ meet in $G$; also join $CG$ and draw $PN$ parallel to $EF$. \includegraphicsmid{211a} \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& CK \ctrdot CG&= CN \ctrdot CT;&\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ &&\therefore CG : CT &:: CN : CK \\ && &:: CP : CA\\ && &:: CB : CP; \end{flalign*} $\therefore BG$ is parallel to $PT$ and coincides with the chord of contact $QR$. Hence, conversely, if from points on a straight line pairs of tangents be drawn to a conic, the chords of contact will pass through a fixed point. \cisubsection{Poles and Polars} \cheader{POLES AND POLARS} \carticleplus{212.}{Def.} The straight line which is the locus of the points of intersection of tangents at the extremities of chords through a fixed point is called the \textit{polar} of the point. Also, if from points in a straight line pairs of tangents be drawn to a conic, the point in which all the chords of contact intersect is called the \textit{pole} of the line. If the pole be without the curve the polar is the chord of contact of tangents from the pole. %-----File: 231.png----- If the pole be on the curve the polar is the tangent at the point. It follows at once from these definitions that the focus of a conic is the pole of the directrix, and that the foot of the directrix is the pole of the latus rectum. \carticleplus{213.}{Prop.~XII\@.} \textit{A straight line drawn through any point is divided harmonically by the point, the curve, and the polar of the point.} If the point be without the conic this is already proved in Art.~\cartref{207}. If it be within the conic, as $B$ in the figure of Art.~\cartref{210}, then, drawing any chord $FBEV$ meeting in $V$ the polar of $B$, which is $AG$, the chord of contact of tangents from $V$ passes through $B$, by Art.~\cartref{211}, and the line $VEBF$ is therefore harmonically divided. Hence the polar may be constructed by drawing two chords through the pole and dividing them harmonically; the line joining the points of division is the polar. Or, in the figure of Art.~\cartref{210}, \[ CB \ctrdot CA = CP^2, \] so that the polar of $B$ is obtained by taking the point $A$ on the diameter through $B$, at the distance from $C$ given by the above relation, and then drawing AG parallel to the diameter which is conjugate to $CP$. \subparagraph{Cor.} Hence it follows that \textit{the centre of a conic is the pole of a line at an infinite distance.} For, if $CB$ is diminished indefinitely, $CA$ is increased indefinitely. \carticleplus{214.}{Prop.~XIII\@.} \textit{The polars of two points intersect in the pole of the line joining the two points.} For, if $A$, $B$ be the two points and $O$ the pole of $AB$, the line $AO$ is divided harmonically by the curve, and therefore the polar of $A$ passes through the point $O$. %-----File: 232.png----- Similarly the polar of $B$ passes through $O$; That is, the polars of $A$ and $B$ intersect in the pole of $AB$. \carticleplus{215.}{Prop.~XIV\@.} \textit{If a quadrilateral be inscribed in a conic, its opposite sides and diagonals will intersect in three points such that each is the pole of the line joining the other two.} Let $ABCD$ be the quadrilateral, $F$ and $G$ the points of intersection of $AD$, $BC$, and of $DC$, $AB$. \includegraphicsmid{215a} Let $EG$ meet $FA$, $FB$, in $L$ and $M$. Then (Art.~\cartref{200}) $FDLA$ and $FCMB$ are harmonic ranges; Therefore $L$ and $M$ are both on the polar of $F$ (Art.~\cartref{213}), and $EG$ is the polar of $F$. Similarly, $EF$ is the polar of $G$, and therefore $E$ is the pole of $FG$ (Art.~\cartref{214}). \carticleplus{216.}{Def.} If each of the sides of a triangle be the polar, with regard to a conic, of the opposite angular point, the triangle is said to be \textit{self-conjugate} with regard to the conic. Thus the triangle $EGF$ in the above figure is self-conjugate. %-----File: 233.png----- To construct a self-conjugate triangle, take a straight line $AB$ and find its pole $C$. Draw through $C$ any straight line $CD$ cutting $AB$ in $D$, and find the pole $E$ of $CD$, which lies on $AB$: then $CDE$ is self-conjugate. \carticleplus{217.}{Prop.~XV\@.} \textit{If a quadrilateral circumscribe a conic, its three diagonals form a self-conjugate triangle.} Let the polar of $F$ (that is, the chord of contact $P'P$), meet $FG$ in $R$; then, since $R$ is on the polar of $F$, it follows that $F$ is on the polar of $R$. Now $F (AEBG)$ is harmonic (Art.~\cartref{200}), and, if $FE$ meet $P'P$ in $T$, $P'TPR$ is an harmonic range; hence, by the theorem of Art.~\cartref{213}, $FT$, \textit{i.e.}\ $FE$, is the polar of $R$. \includegraphicsmid{217a} Similarly, if the other chord of contact $QQ'$ meet $FG$ in $R'$, $GE$ is the polar of $R'$; \[ \therefore E \text{ is the pole of }RR', \text{ that is, of } LK. \] Again, $DEBK$ is harmonic, and therefore the pencil $C (QEPK)$ is harmonic. Hence, if $QP$ meet $AC$ in $S$ and $CK$ in $V$, $QSPV$ is harmonic, and therefore $S$ is on the polar of $V$. %-----File: 234.png----- But $S$ is on the polar of $C$; therefore $CV$, that is, $CK$, is the polar of $S$. Similarly, if $P'Q'$ meet $AC$ in $S'$, $AK$ is the polar of $S'$. Hence it follows that $K$ is the pole of $SS'$, that is, of $EL$; $ELK$ is therefore a self-conjugate triangle. \carticleplus{218.}{Prop.~XVI\@.} \textit{If a system of conics have a common self-conjugate triangle, any straight line passing through one of the angular points of the triangle is cut in a series of points in involution.} For, if $ABC$ be the triangle, and a line $APDQ$ meet $BC$ in $D$, and the conic in $P$ and $Q$, $APDQ$ is an harmonic range, and all the pairs of points $P$,~$Q$ form with $A$ and $D$ an harmonic range. Hence the pairs of points form a system in involution, of which $A$ and $D$ are the foci. \carticleplus{219.}{Prop.~XVII\@.} \textit{The pencil formed by the polars of the four points of an harmonic range is an harmonic pencil.} Let $ABCD$ be the range, $O$ the pole of $AD$. Let the polars $Oa$, $Ob$, $Oc$, $Od$ meet $AD$ in $a$, $b$, $c$, $d$, and let $AD$ meet the conic in $P$ and $Q$. \includegraphicsmid{219a} Then $APaQ$, $CPcQ$, \&c.\ are harmonic ranges; and therefore (Arts.~\cartref{201}, \cartref{202}) $a$, $c$, $b$, $d$ are the conjugates of $A$, $C$, $B$, $D$. Hence (Art.~\cartref{205}) the range $acbd$ is harmonic, and therefore the pencil $O$ $(acbd)$ is harmonic. %-----File: 235.png----- \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] If $PSP'$ is a focal chord of a conic, any other chord through $S$ is divided harmonically by the directrix and the tangents at $P$ and $P'$. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] If two sections of a right cone be taken, having the same directrix, the straight line joining the corresponding foci will pass through the vertex. \item[3.] If a series of circles pass through the same two points, any transversal will be cut by the circles in a series of points in involution. \item[4.] If $O$ be the centre of the circle circumscribing a triangle $ABC$, and $B'C'$, $C'A'$, $A'B'$, the respective polars with regard to a concentric circle of the points $A$, $B$, $C$, prove that $O$ is the centre of the circle inscribed in the triangle $A'B'C'$. \item[5.] $OA$, $OB$, $OC$ being three straight lines given in position, shew that there are three other straight lines each of which forms with $OA$, $OB$, $OC$ an harmonic pencil; and that each of the three $OA$, $OB$, $OC$ forms with the second three an harmonic pencil. \item[6.] The straight line $ACBD$ is divided harmonically in the points $C$, $B$; prove that if a circle be described on $CD$ as diameter, any circle passing through $A$ and $B$ will cut it at right angles. \item[7.] Three straight lines $AD$, $AE$, $AF$ are drawn through a fixed point $A$, and fixed points $C$, $B$, $D$ are taken in $AD$, such that $ACBD$ is an harmonic range. Any straight line through $B$ intersects $AE$ and $AF$ in $E$ and $F$, and $CE$, $DF$ intersect in $P$; $DE$, $CF$ in $Q$. Shew that $P$ and $Q$ always lie in a straight line through $A$, forming with $AD$, $AE$, $AF$ an harmonic pencil. \item[8.] $CA$, $CB$ are two tangents to a conic section, $O$ a fixed point in $AB$, $POQ$ any chord of the conic; prove that the intersections of $AP$, $BQ$, and also of $AQ$, $BP$ lie in a fixed straight line which forms with $CA$, $CO$, $CB$ an harmonic pencil. \item[9.] If three conics pass through the same four points, the common tangent to two of them is divided harmonically by the third. \item[10.] Two conics intersect in four points, and through the intersection of two of their common chords a tangent is drawn to one of them; prove that it is divided harmonically by the other. \item[11.] Prove that the two tangents through any point to a conic, any line through the point and the line to the pole of the last line, form an harmonic pencil. %-----File: 236.png----- \item[12.] The locus of the poles, with regard to the auxiliary circle, of the tangents to an ellipse, is a similar ellipse. \item[13.] The asymptotes of an hyperbola and any pair of conjugate diameters form an harmonic pencil. \item[14.] $PSQ$ and $PS'R$ are two focal chords of an ellipse; two other ellipses are described having $P$ for a common focus, and touching the first ellipse at $Q$ and $R$ respectively. The three ellipses have equal major axes. Prove that the directrices of the last two ellipses pass through the pole of $QR$. \item[15.] Tangents from $T$ touch an ellipse in $P$ and $Q$, and $PQ$ meets the directrices in $R$ and $R'$; shew that $PR$ and $QR'$ subtend equal angles at $T$. \item[16.] The poles of a given straight line, with respect to sections through it of a given cone, all lie upon a straight line passing through the vertex of the cone. \item[17.] If from a given point in the axis of a conic a chord be drawn, the perpendicular from the pole of the chord upon the chord will meet the axis in a fixed point. \item[18.] $Q$ is any point in the tangent at a point $P$ of a conic; $QG$ perpendicular to $CP$ meets the normal at $P$ in $G$, and $QE$ perpendicular to the polar of $Q$ meets the normal at $P$ in $E$; prove that $EG$ is constant and equal to the radius of curvature at $P$. \item[19.] The line joining two fixed points $A$ and $B$ meets the two fixed lines $OP$, $OQ$ in $P$ and $Q$. A conic is described so that $OP$ and $OQ$ are the polars of $A$ and $B$ with respect to it. Prove that the locus of its centre is the line $OR$, where $R$ divides $AB$ so that \[ AR : RB :: QR: RP. \] \item[20.] If from a point $O$ in the normal at a point $R$ of an ellipse tangents $OP$, $OQ$ are drawn, the angles $PRO$, $QRO$ are equal. \item[21.] The focal distances of a point on a conic meet the curve again in $Q$, $R$; shew that the pole of $QR$ will lie upon the normal at the first point. \item[22.] The tangent at any point $A$ of a conic is cut by two other tangents and their chord of contact in $B$, $C$, $D$; shew that ($ABDC$) is harmonic. \item[23.] A rectangular hyperbola circumscribes a triangle $ABC$; if $D$, $E$, $F$ be the feet of the perpendiculars from $A$, $B$, $C$ on the opposite sides, the loci of the poles of the sides of the triangle $ABC$ are the lines $EF$, $FD$, $DE$. %-----File: 237.png----- \item[24.] Two common chords of a given ellipse and a circle pass through a given point; shew that the locus of the centres of all such circles is a straight line through the given point. \item[25.] If $ABCD$ is a quadrilateral inscribed in a conic, and if $AD$, $BC$ meet in $P$, and $AC$, $BD$ in $Q$, $PQ$ passes through the pole of $AB$. \item[26.] $PCP'$ is any diameter of an ellipse. The tangents at the points $D$, $E$ intersect in $F$, and $PE$, $P'D$ intersect in $G$. Shew that $FG$ is parallel to $DCD'$. \item[27.] $PP'$ is a chord of a conic, $QQ'$ any chord through its pole. Prove that lines drawn from $P$ parallel to the tangents at $Q$ and $Q'$ to meet $P'Q$, and $P'Q'$ respectively are bisected by $QQ'$. \item[28.] If the pencil joining four fixed points on a conic to any one point on the conic is harmonic, the pencil joining the fixed points to any point on the conic is harmonic. \item[29.] If $PQ$ is the chord of a conic having its pole on the chord $AB$ or $AB$ produced, and if $Qq$ is the chord parallel to $AB$, then $Pq$ bisects $AB$. \item[30.] If a quadrilateral circumscribe a conic, the intersection of the lines joining opposite points of contact is the same as the intersection of the diagonals. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 238.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER XII} \csectiontoc{Reciprocal Polars} \cheader{RECIPROCAL POLARS} \carticle{220.} The pole of a line with regard to any conic being a point and the polar of a point a line, it follows that any system of points and lines can be transformed into a system of lines and points. This process is called \textit{reciprocation}, and it is clear that any theorem relating to the original system will have its analogue in the system formed by reciprocation. Thus, if a series of lines be concurrent, the corresponding points are collinear; and the theorem of Art.~\cartref{219} is an instance of the effect of reciprocation. \carticleplus{221.}{Def.} If a point move in a curve ($C$), its polar will always touch some other curve ($C'$); this latter curve is called the reciprocal polar of ($C$) with regard to the auxiliary conic. \subparagraph{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{If a curve $C'$ be the polar of $C$, then will $C$ be the polar of $C'$.} For, if $P$, $P'$ be two consecutive points of $C$, the intersection of the polars of $P$ and $P'$ is a point $Q$, which is the pole of the line $PP'$. But the point $Q$ is ultimately, when $P$ and $P'$ coincide, the point of contact of the curve which is touched by the polar of $P$. Hence the polar of any point $Q$ of $C'$ is a tangent to the curve $C$. %-----File: 239.png----- \carticle{222.} So far we have considered poles and polars generally with regard to any conic; we shall now consider the case in which a circle is the auxiliary curve. In this case, if $AB$ be a line, $P$ its pole, and $CY$ the perpendicular from the centre of the circle on $AB$, the rectangle $CP$. $CY$ is equal to the square on the radius of the circle. A simple construction is thus given for the pole of a line, or the polar of the point. As an illustration take the theorem of the existence of the orthocentre in a triangle. Let $AOD$, $BOE$, $COF$ be the perpendiculars, $O$ being the orthocentre. The polar reciprocal of the line $BC$ is a point $A'$, and of the point $A$ a line $B'C'$. To the line $AD$ corresponds a point $P$ on $B'C'$, and since $ADB$ is a right angle, it follows that $PSA'$ is a right angle, $S$ being the centre of the auxiliary circle. And, similarly, if $SQ$, $SR$, perpendiculars to $SB'$, $SC'$, meet $C'A'$ and $A'B'$ in $Q$ and $R$, these points correspond to $BE$ and $CF$. But $AD$, $BE$, $CF$ are concurrent; \[ \therefore P, Q, R \text{ are collinear.} \] Hence the reciprocal theorem, \textit{If from any point $S$ lines be drawn perpendicular respectively to $SA'$, $SB'$, $SC'$, and meeting $B'C'$, $C'A'$, $A'B'$ in $P$, $Q$, and $R$, these points are collinear.} As a second illustration take the theorem, \textit{If $A$, $B$ be two fixed points, and $AC$, $BC$ at right angles to each other, the locus of $C$ is a circle.} Taking $O$, the middle point of $AB$, as the centre of the auxiliary circle, the reciprocals of $A$ and $B$ are two parallel straight lines, $PE$, $QF$, perpendicular to $AB$; the reciprocals of $AC$, $BC$ are points $P$, $Q$ on these lines such that $POQ$ is a right angle, and $PQ$ is the reciprocal of $C$. %-----File: 240.png----- Hence, the locus of $C$ being a circle, it follows that $PQ$ always touches a circle. The reciprocal theorem therefore is, \textit{If a straight line $PQ$, bounded by two parallel straight lines, subtend a right angle at a point $O$, halfway between the lines, the line $PQ$ always touches a circle, having $O$ for its centre.} \carticleplus{223.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{The reciprocal polar of a circle with regard to another circle, called the auxiliary circle, is a conic, a focus of which is the centre of the auxiliary circle, and the corresponding directrix the polar of the centre of the reciprocated circle.} Let $S$ be the centre of the auxiliary circle, and $KX$ the polar of $C$, the centre of the reciprocated circle. \includegraphicsmid{223a} Then, if $P$ be the pole of a tangent $QY$ to the circle $C$, $SP$ meeting this tangent in $Y$, \begin{flalign*} &&SP \ctrdot SY &= SX \ctrdot SC.\\ \intertext{\indent Therefore, drawing $SL$ parallel to $QY$,} &&SP : SC &:: SX : QL.\\ %-----File: 241.png----- \intertext{\indent But, by similar triangles,} &&SP : SC &:: SN : CL;\\ &&\therefore SP : SC &:: NX: CQ,\\ &\text{or}&SP : PK &:: SC : CQ.&\phantom{\text{or}} \end{flalign*} Hence the locus of $P$ is a conic, focus $S$, directrix $KX$ and having for its eccentricity the ratio of $SC$ to $CQ$. The reciprocal polar of a circle is therefore an ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola, as the point S is within, upon, or without the circumference of the circle. \carticleplus{224.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{To find the latus rectum and axes of the reciprocal conic.} The ends of the latus rectum are the poles of the tangents parallel to $SC$. Hence, if $SR$ be the semi-latus rectum, \[ SR \ctrdot CQ=SE^2, \] $SE$ being the radius of the auxiliary circle. \includegraphicsmid{224a} The ends of the transverse axis $A$, $A'$ are the poles of the tangents at $F$ and $G$; \begin{flalign*} &&\therefore SA \ctrdot SG&=SE^2&\\\ &\text{and}& SA' \ctrdot SF&=SE^2.&\phantom{and} \end{flalign*} %-----File: 242.png----- Let $SU$, $SU'$ be the tangents from $S$, then \begin{flalign*} &&SG \ctrdot SF &= SU^2,&\\ &&\therefore SA' : SG &:: SE^2 : SU^2&\\ \tag*{\raisetwoline{($\alpha$).}} &\text{and} &SA : SF &:: SE^2 : SU^2\;\raisetwoline{$\biggr\}$}&\\ &\text{\indent Hence} &AA' : FG &:: SE^2 : SU^2,& \phantom{Hence\indent}\\ \intertext{or, if $O$ be the centre of the reciprocal,} &&AO : CQ &:: SE^2 : SU^2.& \end{flalign*} Again, if $BOB'$ be the conjugate axis, \begin{flalign*} && BO^2 &= SR \ctrdot AO;\\ &\text{therefore, since}& SE^2 &= SR \ctrdot CQ, &\phantom{\text{therefore, since}}\\ &&BO^2 : SE^2 &:: AO : CQ\\ && &:: SE^2 : SU^2\\ &\text{and}& BO \ctrdot SU &= SE^2. \end{flalign*} The centre $O$, it may be remarked, is the pole of $UU'$. For, from the relations ($\alpha$), \begin{align*} SE^2 : SU^2 &:: SA + SA' : SF + SG\\ &:: SO : SC\\ &:: SO \ctrdot SM : SC \ctrdot SM; \end{align*} \[ \therefore SO \ctrdot SM=SE^2. \] \carticle{225.} In the figures drawn in the two preceding articles, the reciprocal conic is an hyperbola; the asymptotes are therefore the lines through $O$ perpendicular to $SU$ and $SU'$, the poles of these lines being at an infinite distance. The semi-conjugate axis is equal to the perpendicular from the focus on the asymptote (Art.~\cartref{103}), \textit{i.e.}\ if $OD$ be the asymptote, $SD$ is equal to the semi-conjugate axis. Further, since $OD$ is perpendicular to $SU$, and $O$ is the pole of $UU'$, it follows that $D$ is the pole of $CU$, and that \[ SD \ctrdot SU = SE^2, \] as we have already shewn. %-----File: 243.png----- Again, $D$, being the intersection of the polars of $C$ and $U$, is the intersection of $SU$ and the directrix. \carticle{226.} If the point $S$ be within the circle, so that the reciprocal is an ellipse, the axes are given by similar relations. Through $S$ draw $SV$ perpendicular to $FG$, and let $UMU'$ be the polar of $S$ with regard to the circle. \includegraphicsmid{226a} Then $SM \ctrdot SC = SC \ctrdot CM - SC^2 = CF^2 - SC^2 = SV^2$; also, $SE$ being the radius of the auxiliary circle, \begin{flalign*} && SA \ctrdot SF = SE^2 &= SA' \ctrdot SG,&&\\ &\text{and} &SF \ctrdot SG &= SV^2;&&\\ && \therefore SA : SG &:: SE^2 : SV^2&&\\ && SA' : SF &:: SE^2 : SV^2\;\raisetwoline{$\biggr\}$.}&&\\ &\text{Hence} &SO : SC &:: SE^2 : SV^2,&&\\ &\text{and} &SO \ctrdot SM : SC \ctrdot SM &:: SE^2 : SV^2;&&\\ &&\therefore SO \ctrdot SM &= SE^2,&& \intertext{so that $O$ is the pole of $UU'$.} &\text{\indent Again} &SA + SA' : SF + SG &:: SE^2 : SV^2,&\phantom{SA + SA' Again \indent}&\\ &&\therefore AO : CQ &:: SE^2 : SV^2.&& \end{flalign*} If $RSR'$ is the latus rectum, \[ SR \ctrdot CQ = SE^2, \] %-----File: 244.png----- and if $BOB'$ is the minor axis \begin{flalign*} &&SR \ctrdot AO &= BO^2;&& \\ &&\therefore BO^2 : SE^2 &:: SE^2 : SV^2,&& \\ &\text{and} &BO \ctrdot SV &= SE^2. &\phantom{and}& \end{flalign*} \carticle{227.} The important Theorem we have just considered enables us to deduce from any property of a circle a corresponding property of a conic, and we are thus furnished with a method, which may serve to give easy proofs of known properties, or to reveal new properties of conics. In the process of reciprocation we observe that points become lines and lines points; that a tangent to a curve reciprocates into a point on the reciprocal, that a curve inscribed in a triangle becomes a curve circumscribing a triangle, and that when the auxiliary curve is a circle, the reciprocal of a circle is a conic, the latus rectum of which varies inversely as the radius of the circle. Also, conversely, the reciprocal of a conic with regard to a circle having its centre at a focus of the conic is a circle the centre of which is the reciprocal of the directrix of the conic. For an ellipse the centre of reciprocation is within the circle, for a parabola it is upon the circle, and for an hyperbola it is outside the circle. \carticle{228.} We give some transformations of theorems as illustrations of the preceding articles. {\small \newcommand{\tableindent}{\hspace{1em}} \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} \begin{longtable}[c]{p{0.45\textwidth}@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{0.45\textwidth}} \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Theorem.}}& \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Reciprocal.}\vspace{6pt}}\endhead \tableindent The line joining the points of contact of parallel tangents of a circle passes through the centre.& \tableindent The tangents at the ends of a focal chord intersect in the directrix.\\ \tableindent The angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.& \tableindent If a moveable tangent of a conic meet two fixed tangents, the intercepted portion subtends a constant angle at the focus.\\ \tableindent Two of the common tangents of two equal circles are parallel.& \tableindent If two conics have the same focus, and equal latera recta, the straight line joining two of their common points passes through the focus.\\ %-----File: 245.png----- \tableindent The tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the diameter through the point.& \tableindent The portion of the tangent to a conic between the point of contact and the directrix subtends a right angle at the focus.\\ \tableindent A chord of a circle is equally inclined to the tangents at its ends.& \tableindent \stretchyspace The tangents drawn from any point to a conic subtend equal angles at a focus.\\ \tableindent If a chord of a circle subtend a constant angle at a fixed point on the curve, the chord always touches a circle.& \tableindent If two tangents of a conic move so that the intercepted portion of a fixed tangent subtends a constant angle at the focus, the locus of the intersection of the moving tangents is a conic having the same focus and directrix.\\ \tableindent If a chord of a circle pass through a fixed point, the rectangle contained by the segments is constant.& \tableindent The rectangle contained by the perpendiculars from the focus on two parallel tangents is constant.\\ \tableindent If two chords be drawn from a fixed point on a circle at right angles to each other, the line joining their ends passes through the centre.& \tableindent If two tangents of a conic move so that the intercepted portion of a fixed tangent subtends a right angle at the focus, the two moveable tangents meet in the directrix.\\ \tableindent If a circle be inscribed in a triangle, the lines joining the vertices with the points of contact meet in a point.& \tableindent If a triangle be inscribed in a conic the tangents at the vertices meet the opposite sides in three points lying in a straight line.\\ \tableindent The sum of the reciprocals of the radii of the escribed circles of a triangle is equal to the reciprocal of the radius of the inscribed circle.& \tableindent With a given point as focus, four conics can be drawn circumscribing a triangle, and the latus rectum of one is equal to the sum of the latera recta of the other three.\\ \tableindent The common chord of two intersecting circles is perpendicular to the line joining their centres.& \tableindent If two parabolas have a common focus, the line joining it to the intersection of the directrices is perpendicular to the common tangent.\\ \tableindent If circles pass through two fixed points, the locus of their centres is a straight line.& \tableindent If conics have a fixed focus and a pair of fixed tangents in common, the corresponding directrices all pass through a fixed point.\\ \tableindent Two tangents to a conic at right angles to each other intersect on a fixed circle.& \tableindent Chords of a circle which subtend a right angle at a fixed point all touch a conic of which that point is a focus.\\ \end{longtable} } %end \small %-----File: 246.png----- \carticleplus{229.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{A system of coaxal circles can be reciprocated into a system of confocal conics.} Let $X$ be the point at which the radical axis crosses the line of centres, and let $E$ and $S$ be the limiting points of the system. Then $XE$ is equal to the length of the tangent $XD$ to any one of the circles, and, therefore, if $A$ is the centre of this circle, $AD$ is the tangent at $D$ to the circle whose centre is $X$ and radius $XE$. Hence it follows that $AE \ctrdot AS = AD^2$, shewing that $UU'$, the polar of $S$ with regard to the circle $A$, passes through $E$. Reciprocating with regard to $S$, the centre of the reciprocal curve is the pole of $UU'$, and is consequently fixed; and the conics are therefore confocal. Hence, if we reciprocate with regard to either limiting point, we obtain confocal conics. In the particular case in which the circles all touch the radical axis, we obtain confocal and co-axial parabolas. \carticleplus{230.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{The reciprocal polar of a conic with regard to a circle, or with regard to any conic, is a conic.} Taking any two tangents of the conic, their reciprocal polars are points on the reciprocal curve, and the reciprocal polar of their point of intersection is the chord joining the points. Since only two tangents can be drawn from a point to a conic, it follows that the reciprocal curve is always intersected by a straight line in two points only. It follows therefore that the reciprocal curve is a conic. In reciprocating a conic with regard to a circle, the reciprocal polar is an ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola, according as the centre $S$ of the circle is inside, upon, or outside the conic. In the second case the axis of the parabola is parallel to the normal at the point $S$, and in the third case the asymptotes are perpendicular to the tangents which can be drawn from the point $S$ to the conic. %-----File: 247.png----- When the auxiliary curve is a conic, centre $S$, the first of the preceding statements holds good. When the point $S$ is on the conic, the axis of the parabola is parallel to the diameter of the auxiliary conic, which is conjugate to the tangent at $S$. When the point $S$ is outside the conic, the asymptotes of the hyperbola are parallel to those diameters of the auxiliary conic which are conjugate to the straight lines through $S$ touching the conic to be reciprocated. The following cases will serve to illustrate the theorem of this article. \carticle{231.} \textit{The reciprocal polar of a parabola with regard to a point on the directrix is a rectangular hyperbola.} For the two tangents from the point are at right angles to each other, and therefore the asymptotes are at right angles to each other. \carticle{232.} \textit{The reciprocal polar of an ellipse or hyperbola, with regard to its centre, is a similar curve turned through a right angle about the centre.} If $CY$ is the perpendicular on the tangent at $P$, and $Q$ the reciprocal of the tangent, $CQ \ctrdot CY$ is constant. But $CY \ctrdot CD$ is constant; \[ \therefore CQ \text{ varies as } CD, \] and the reciprocal curve is the same as the original curve, or similar to it. \carticle{233.} \textit{The chords of a conic which subtend a right angle at a fixed point $P$ of a conic all pass through a fixed point in the normal at $P$.} Reciprocating with regard to $P$, the reciprocal curve is a parabola, the axis of which is parallel to the normal to the conic, and the reciprocal of the chord is the point of intersection of tangents at right angles to each other. The locus of this point is the directrix of the parabola, and, being at right angles to the normal, it follows, on %-----File: 248.png----- reciprocating backwards, that the chord passes through a fixed point $E$ in the normal. \textit{To find the position of the point $E$},\\ let $C$ be the centre of the conic, $CA$, $CB$ its semi-axes, and $PNP'$ the double ordinate, and let the normal meet the axes in $G$ and $g$. Since $CA$ and $CB$ bisect the angle $PCP'$ and its supplement, \[ C (BPAP') \text{ is an harmonic pencil}; \] $\therefore PGEg$ is an harmonic range, so that $PE$ is the harmonic mean between $PG$ and $Pg$. In the case of an hyperbola $EGPg$ is an harmonic range. In the case of a parabola, $E$ is the point of intersection of the normal with the diameter through $P'$. \carticle{234.} \textit{The chords of a conic which subtend a right angle at a fixed point $O$ not on the conic all touch a conic of which that point is a focus.} Reciprocating with regard to $O$, the reciprocal of the envelope of the chords is the director circle of a conic, and therefore, reciprocating backwards, it follows that the envelope of the chords is a conic of which $O$ is a focus. This of course includes the preceding theorem as a particular case, the fact being that when $O$ is on the conic the envelope of the chords is a conic, with a vertex and focus at $E$, flattened into a straight line. \carticle{235.} \textit{If the sides of a triangle are tangents to a parabola, the orthocentre of the triangle is on the directrix of the parabola.} This theorem is at once obtained by reciprocating, with regard to the orthocentre of the triangle, the theorem, proved in Art.~\cartref{143}, that, if a rectangular hyperbola passes through the angular points of a triangle, it also passes through the orthocentre of the triangle. %-----File: 249.png----- \csubsection{EXAMPLES} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] If any triangle be reciprocated with regard to its orthocentre, the reciprocal triangle will be similar and similarly situated to the original one and will have the same orthocentre. \cheader{EXAMPLES} \item[2.] If two conics have the same focus and directrix, and a focal chord be drawn, the four tangents at the points where it meets the conics intersect in the same point of the directrix. \item[3.] An ellipse and a parabola have a common focus; prove that the ellipse either intersects the parabola in two points, and has two common tangents with it, or else does not cut it. \item[4.] Prove that the reciprocal polar of the circumscribed circle of a triangle with regard to the inscribed circle is an ellipse, the major axis of which is equal in length to the radius of the inscribed circle. \item[5.] Reciprocate with respect to any point $S$ the theorem that, if two points on a circle be given, the pole of $PQ$ with respect to that circle lies on the line bisecting $PQ$ at right angles. \item[6.] If two parabolas whose axes are at right angles have a common focus, prove that the part of the common tangent intercepted between the points of contact subtends a right angle at the focus. \item[7.] The tangent at a moving point $P$ of a conic intersects a fixed tangent in $Q$, and from $S$ a straight line is drawn perpendicular to $SQ$ and meeting in $R$ the tangent at $P$; prove that the locus of $R$ is a straight line. \item[8.] Four parabolas having a common focus can be described touching respectively the sides of the triangles formed by four given points. \item[9.] A triangle $ABC$ circumscribes a parabola, focus $S$; through $ABC$ lines are drawn respectively perpendicular to $SA$, $SB$, $SC$; shew that these lines are concurrent. \item[10.] Prove that the distances, from the centre of a circle, of any two poles are to one another as their distances from the alternate polars. \item[11.] Reciprocate the theorems, \begin{enumerate} \item[]\vspace{-0.5em} %to get second level of indentation without excess vertical space \begin{enumerate} \item[(1)] The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in a circle are equal to two right angles. \item[(2)] If a line be drawn from the focus of an ellipse making a constant angle with the tangent, the locus of its intersection with the tangent is a circle. \end{enumerate} \end{enumerate} %-----File: 250.png----- \item[12.] The locus of the intersection of two tangents to a parabola which include a constant angle is an hyperbola, having the same focus and directrix. \item[13.] Two ellipses having a common focus cannot intersect in more than two real points, but two hyperbolas, or an ellipse and hyperbola, may do so. \item[14.] $ABC$ is any triangle and $P$ any point: four conic sections are described with a given focus touching the sides of the triangles $ABC$, $PBC$, $PCA$, $PAB$ respectively; shew that they all have a common tangent. \item[15.] $TP$, $TQ$ are tangents to a parabola cutting the directrix respectively in $X$ and $Y$; $ESF$ is a straight line drawn through the focus $S$ perpendicular to $ST$, cutting $TP$, $TQ$ respectively in $E$, $F$; prove that the lines $EY$, $XF$ are tangents to the parabola. \item[16.] With the orthocentre of a triangle as focus, two conics are described touching a side of the triangle and having the other two sides as directrices respectively; shew that their minor axes are equal. \item[17.] Two parabolas have a common focus $S$; parallel tangents are drawn to them at $P$ and $Q$ intersecting the common tangent in $P'$ and $Q'$; prove that the angle $PSQ$ is equal to the angle between the axes, and the angle $P'SQ'$ is supplementary. \item[18.] $ABC$ is a given triangle, $S$ a given point; on $BC$, $CA$, $AB$ respectively, points $A'$, $B'$, $C'$ are taken, such that each of the angles $ASA'$, $BSB'$, $CSC'$, is a right angle. Prove that $A'$, $B'$, $C'$ lie in the same straight line, and that the latera recta of the four conics, which have $S$ for a common focus, and respectively touch the three sides of the triangles $ABC$, $AB'C'$, $A'BC'$, $A'B'C$ are equal to one another. \item[19.] A parabola and hyperbola have the same focus and directrix, and $SPQ$ is a line drawn through the focus $S$ to meet the parabola in $P$, and the nearer branch of the hyperbola in $Q$; prove that $PQ$ varies as the rectangle contained by $SP$ and $SQ$. \item[20.] If two equal parabolas have the same focus, the tangents at points angularly equidistant from the vertices meet on the common tangent. \item[21.] If an ellipse and a parabola have the same focus and directrix, and if tangents are drawn to the ellipse at the ends of its major axis, the diagonals of the quadrilateral formed by the four points where these tangents cut the parabola intersect in the focus. \item[22.] Find the reciprocals of the theorems of Arts.~\cartref{215} and~\cartref{217}. \item[23.] If a conic be reciprocated with regard to a point, shew that there are only two positions of the point, such that the conic may be similar and similarly situated to the reciprocal. %-----File: 251.png----- \item[24.] Conics are described having a common focus and equal latera recta. Also the corresponding directrices envelope a fixed confocal conic. Prove that these conics all touch two fixed conics, and that the reciprocals of the latera recta of these fixed conics are equal to the sum and difference of the latera recta of the variable conics and of the fixed confocal. \item[25.] Given a point, a tangent, and a focus of a conic, prove that the envelope of the directrix is a conic passing through the given focus. \item[26.] Two conics have a common focus: their corresponding directrices will intersect on their common chord, at a point whose focal distance is at right angles to that of the intersection of their common tangents. If the conics are parabolas, the inclination of their axes will be the angle subtended by the common tangent at the common focus. \item[27.] If the intercept on a given straight line between two variable tangents to a conic subtends a right angle at the focus of the conic, the tangents intersect on a conic. \item[28.] The tangent at $P$ to an hyperbola meets the directrix in $Q$; another point $R$ is taken on the directrix such that $QR$ subtends at the focus an angle equal to that between the transverse axis and an asymptote; prove that $RP$ envelopes a parabola. \item[29.] $S$ is the focus of a conic; $P$, $Q$ two points on it such that the angle $PSQ$ is constant; through $S$, $SR$, $ST$ are drawn meeting the tangents at $P$, $Q$ in $R$, $T$ respectively, and so that the angles $PSR$, $QST$ are constant; shew that $RT$ always touches a conic having the same focus and directrix as the original conic. \item[30.] $OA$, $OB$ are common tangents to two conics having a common focus $S$, $CA$, $CB$ are tangents at one of their points of intersection, $BD$, $AE$ tangents intersecting $CA$, $CB$, in $D$, $E$. Prove that $SDE$ is a straight line. \item[31.] An hyperbola, of which $S$ is one focus, touches the sides of a triangle $ABC$; the lines $SA$, $SB$, $SC$ are drawn, and also lines $SD$, $SE$, $SF$ respectively perpendicular to the former three lines, and meeting any tangent to the curve in $D$, $E$, $F$; shew that the lines $AD$, $BE$, $CF$ are concurrent. \item[32.] If a conic inscribed in a triangle has one focus at the centre of the circumscribed circle of the triangle, its transverse axis is equal to the radius of that circle. \item[33.] If any two diameters of an ellipse at right angles to each other meet the tangent at a fixed point $P$ in $Q$ and $R$, the other two tangents through $Q$ and $R$ intersect on a fixed straight line which passes through a point $T$ on the tangent at $P$, such that $PCT$ is a right angle. \end{exampleslist} %-----File: 252.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER XIII} \csectiontoc{The Construction of a Conic from Given Conditions} \cheader{CONSTRUCTION OF A CONIC FROM GIVEN CONDITIONS} \carticle{236.} It will be found that, in general, five conditions are sufficient to determine a conic, but it sometimes happens that two or more conics can be constructed which will satisfy the given conditions. We may have, as given conditions, points and tangents of the curve, the directions of axes or conjugate diameters, the position of the centre, or any characteristic or especial property of the curve. \subparagraph{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{To construct a parabola, passing through three given points, and having the direction of its axis given.} In this case the fact that the conic is a parabola is one of the conditions. \includegraphicsmid{236a} Let $P$, $Q$, $R$ be the given points, and let $RE$ parallel to the given direction meet $PQ$ in $E$. %-----File: 253.png----- If $E$ be the middle point of $PQ$, $R$ is the vertex of the diameter $RE$; but, if not, bisecting $PQ$ in $V$, draw the diameter through $V$ and take $A$ such that \[ AV : RE :: QV^2 : QE \ctrdot EP. \] Then $A$ is the vertex of the diameter $AV$. If the point $E$ do not fall between $P$ and $Q$, $A$ must be taken on the side of $PQ$ which is opposite to $R$. The focus may then be found by taking $AU$ such that \[ QV^2 = 4AV \ctrdot AU, \] and by then drawing $US$ parallel to $QV$ and taking $AS$ equal to $AU$. \carticleplus{237.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{To describe a parabola through four given points.} First, let $ABCD$ be four points in a given parabola, and let the diameter $CF$ meet $AD$ in $F$. \includegraphicsmid{237a} Draw the tangents $PT$, $QT$ parallel to $AD$, $BC$, and the diameter $QV$ meeting $PT$ in $V$. %-----File: 254.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& ED \ctrdot EA : EC \ctrdot EB &:: TP^2 : TQ^2 & \phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ && &:: TV^2 : TQ^2\\ && &:: EF^2 : EC^2. \end{flalign*} Hence the construction; in $EA$ take $EF$ such that \[ EF^2 : EC^2 :: ED \ctrdot EA : EC \ctrdot EB, \] then $CF$ is the direction of the axis, and the problem is reduced to the preceding. If the point $F$ be taken in $AE$ produced, another parabola can be drawn, so that, in general, two parabolas can be drawn through four points. \carticle{238.} This problem may be treated differently by help of the theorem of Art.~\cartref{52}, viz.; \textit{If from a point $O$, outside a parabola, a tangent $OM$, and a chord $OAB$ be drawn, and if the diameter $ME$ meet the chord in $E$,} \[ OE^2 = OA \ctrdot OB. \] \includegraphicsmid{238a} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$ be the given points, and let $E$, $E'$, $F$, $F'$, be so taken that \begin{flalign*} && OE^2 &= OE'^2 = OA \ctrdot OB,\\ &\text{and}& OF^2 &= OF'^2 = OC \ctrdot OD. & \phantom{\text{and}} \end{flalign*} %-----File: 255.png----- Then $EF$ and $E'F'$ are diameters, and $KL$, the polar of $O$, will meet $EF$ and $E'F'$ in $M$, $N$, the points of contact of tangents from $O$. The second parabola is obtained by taking for diameters $EF'$ and $E'F$. \carticleplus{239.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{Any conic passing through four points has a pair of conjugate diameters parallel to the axes of the two parabolas which can be drawn through the four points.} \includegraphicsmid{239a} Let $TP$, $TQ$ be the tangents parallel to $OAB$ and $OCD$, and such that the angle $PTQ$ is equal to $AOC$. Then, if $OE^2 = OA \ctrdot OB$, and $OF^2 = OC \ctrdot OD$, \begin{align*} OE^2 : OF^2 &:: OA \ctrdot OB : OC \ctrdot OD\\ &:: TP^2 : TQ^2; \end{align*} $\therefore EF$ is parallel to $PQ$. Hence, if $R$ and $V$ be the middle points of $EF$ and $PQ$, $OR$ is parallel to $TV$; But, taking $OF'$ equal to $OF$, $OR$ is parallel to $EF'$,\\ $\therefore TV$ and $PQ$ are parallel to $EF'$ and $EF$; \textit{i.e.}\ the conjugate diameters parallel to $TV$ and $PQ$ are parallel to the axes of the two parabolas. %-----File: 256.png----- \carticleplus{240.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{Having given a pair of conjugate diameters, $PCP'$, $DCD'$, it is required to construct the ellipse.} In $CP$ take $E$ such that $PE \ctrdot PC = CD^2$, draw $PF$ perpendicular to $CD$, and take $FC'$ equal to $FC$. About $CEC'$ describe a circle, cutting $PF$ in $G$ and $G'$; then \[ PG \ctrdot PG' = PE \ctrdot PC = CD^2, \] and $GCG'$ is a right angle; therefore $CG$ and $CG'$ are the directions of the axes and their lengths are given by the relations, \begin{align*} PG \ctrdot PF &= BC^2,\\ PG' \ctrdot PF &= AC^2. \end{align*} \includegraphicsmid{240a} We may observe that, $O$ being the centre of the circle, \begin{align*} AC^2 + BC^2 &= PF \ctrdot PG + PF \ctrdot PG'\\ &= 2 \ctrdot PF \ctrdot PO\\ &= 2 \ctrdot PC \ctrdot PN,\\ \intertext{if $N$ be the middle point of $CE$,} &= PC^2 + PC \ctrdot PE\\ &= CP^2 + CD^2. \end{align*} %-----File: 257.png----- If $PE'$ be taken equal to $PE$ in $CP$ produced, and the same construction be made, we shall obtain the axes of an hyperbola having $CP$, $CD$ for a pair of conjugate semi-diameters. \carticle{241.} This problem may be treated also as follows. In $PF$, the perpendicular on $CD$, take \begin{flalign*} && PK &= PK' = CD;\\ &\text{then}& PK^2&=PG \ctrdot PG', & \phantom{\text{then}} \end{flalign*} and therefore $K'GKG'$ is an harmonic range; and $GCG'$ being a right angle, it follows (Art.~\cartref{199}), that $CG$ and $CG'$ are the bisectors of the angles between $CK$ and $CK'$. Hence, knowing $CP$ and $CD$, $G$ and $G'$ are determined. \carticleplus{242.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{Having given the focus and three points of a conic, to find the directrix.} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $S$ be the three points and the focus. Produce $BA$ to $D$ so that \begin{align*} BD : AD &:: SB : SA, \intertext{and $CB$ to $E$, so that} BE : CE &:: SB : SC; \end{align*} then $DE$ is the directrix. The lines $BA$, $BC$ may be also divided internally in the same ratio, so that four solutions are generally possible. Conversely, if three points $A$, $B$, $C$ and the directrix are given, let $BA$, $BC$ meet the directrix in $D$ and $E$; then $S$ lies on a circle, the locus of a point, the distances of which from $A$ and $B$ are in the ratio of $AD$ to $DB$. $S$ lies also on a circle, similarly constructed with regard to $BCE$; the intersection of these circles gives two points, either of which may be the focus. %-----File: 258.png----- \carticleplus{243.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{Having given the centre, the directions of a pair of conjugate diameters, and two points of an ellipse, to describe the ellipse.} If $C$ be the centre, $CA$, $CB$ the given directions, and $P$, $Q$ the points, draw $QMQ'$, $PLP'$ parallel to $CB$ and $CA$, and make $Q'M = QM$ and $P'L = PL$. \includegraphicsmid{243a} Then the ellipse will evidently pass through $P'$ and $Q'$, and if $CA$, $CB$ be the conjugate radii, their ratio is given by the relation \[ CA^2 : CB^2 :: EP \ctrdot EP' : EQ \ctrdot EQ', \] $E$ being the point of intersection of $P'P$ and $Q'Q$. Set up a straight line $ND$ perpendicular to $CA$ and such that \[ ND^2 : NP^2 :: EP \ctrdot EP' : EQ \ctrdot EQ', \] and describe a circle, radius $CD$ and centre $C$, cutting $CA$ in $A$, and take \[ CB : CA :: NP : ND. \] \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then}& AN \ctrdot NA'& = ND^2, &\phantom{\indent\text{Then}}\\ &\text{and}& PN^2 : AN \ctrdot NA'& :: CB^2 : CA^2. \end{flalign*} Hence $CA$, $CB$ are determined, and the ellipse passes through $P$ and $Q$. %-----File: 259.png----- \carticleplus{244.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{To describe a conic passing through a given point and touching two given straight lines in given points.} Let $OA$, $OB$ be the given tangents, $A$ and $B$ the points of contact, $N$ the middle point of $AB$. \includegraphicsmid{244a} 1st. Let the given point $D$ be in $ON$; then, if $ND = OD$, the curve is a parabola. But if $ND < OD$, the curve is an ellipse, and, taking $C$ such that $OC \ctrdot CN = CD^2$, the point $C$ is the centre. If $ND > OD$, the curve is an hyperbola, and its centre is found in the same manner. 2nd. If the given point be $E$, not in $ON$, draw $GEF$ parallel to $AB$, and make $FL$ equal to $EL$. Take $K$ such that \[ GK^2 = GE \ctrdot GF; \] then $AK$ produced will meet $ON$ in $D$, and the problem is reduced to the first case. To justify this construction, observe that, if $DM$ be the tangent at $D$, \begin{flalign*} && GE \ctrdot GF : GA^2 &:: DM^2 : MA^2\\ && &:: GK^2 : GA^2,\\ &\text{so that}& GE \ctrdot GF &= GK^2. &\phantom{\text{so that}} \end{flalign*} %-----File: 260.png----- \carticleplus{245.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{To draw a conic through five given points.} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$, $E$ be the five points, and $F$ the intersection of $DE$, $AB$. \includegraphicsmid{245a} Draw $CG$, $CH$, parallel respectively to $AB$ and $ED$, and meeting $ED$, $AB$ in $G$ and $H$. If $F$ and $G$ fall between $D$ and $E$, and $F$ and $H$ between $A$ and $B$, take $GP$ in $CG$ produced and $HQ$ in $CH$ produced, such that \begin{flalign*} && CG \ctrdot GP : DG \ctrdot GE &:: AF \ctrdot FB : DF \ctrdot FE,\\ &\text{and}& CH \ctrdot HQ : AH \ctrdot HB &:: DF \ctrdot FE : AF \ctrdot FB; & \phantom{\text{and}} \end{flalign*} Then (Arts.~\cartref{92} and~\cartref{134}) $P$ and $Q$ are points in the conic. Also $PC$, $AB$ being parallel chords, the line joining their middle points is a diameter, and another diameter is obtained from $CQ$ and $DE$. If these diameters are parallel, the conic is a parabola, and we fall upon the case of Prop.~II.; but if they intersect in a point $O$, this point is the centre of the conic, and, having the centre, the direction of a diameter, and two ordinates of that diameter, we fall upon the case of Prop.~VI. %-----File: 261.png----- The figure is drawn for the case in which the pentagon $AEBCD$ is not re-entering, in which case the conic may be an ellipse, a parabola, or an hyperbola. If any one point fall within the quadrilateral formed by the other four, the curve is an hyperbola. In all cases the points $P$, $Q$ must be taken in accordance with the following rule. The points $C$, $P$, or $C$, $Q$ must be on the same or different sides of the points $G$, or $H$, according as the points $D$, $E$, or $B$, $A$ are on the same or different sides of the points $G$ or $H$. Thus, if the point $E$ be between $D$ and $F$, and if $G$ be between $D$ and $E$, and $H$ between $A$ and $B$, the points $P$ and $C$ will be on the same side of $G$, and $C$, $Q$ on the same side of $H$, but if $H$ do not fall between $A$ and $B$, $C$ and $Q$ will be on opposite sides of $H$. Remembering that if a straight line meet only one branch of an hyperbola, any parallel line will meet only one branch, and that if it meet both branches, any parallel will meet both branches, the rule may be established by an examination of the different cases. \carticle{246.} The above construction depends only on the elementary properties of Conics, which are given in Chapters \cchapref{I.}, \cchapref{II.}, \cchapref{III.}, and \cchapref{IV.} For some further constructions we shall adopt another method depending on harmonic properties. \subparagraph{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{Having given two pairs of lines $OA$, $OA'$, and $OB$, $OB'$, to find a pair of lines $OC$, $OC'$, which shall make with each of the given pairs an harmonic pencil.} This is at once effected by help of Art.~\cartref{203}. For, if any transversal cut the lines in the points $c$, $a$, $b$, $c'$, $b'$, $a'$, the points $c$, $c'$ are the foci of the involution, in which $a$, $a'$ are conjugate, and also $b$, $b'$, the centre of the involution being the middle point of $cc'$. %-----File: 262.png----- \carticleplus{247.}{Prop.~X\@.} \textit{If two points and two tangents of a conic be given, the chord of contact intersects the given chord in one of two fixed points\symbolfootnote[1] {I am indebted to Mr Worthington for much valuable assistance in this chapter, and especially for the constructions of Articles \cartref{247}, \cartref{249}, \cartref{250}, and~\cartref{253}.}% .} Let $OP$, $OQ$ be the given tangents, $A$ and $B$ the given points, and $C$ the intersection of $AB$ and the chord of contact. \includegraphicsmid{247a} Let $OC'$ be the polar of $C$, and let $AB$ meet $OC'$ in $D$. Then $C$ is on the polar of $D$, and therefore $DBCA$ is an harmonic range. Also, $C$ being on the polar of $C'$, $C'QCP$ is an harmonic range. Hence if two lines $OC$, $OC'$ be found, which are harmonic with $OA$, $OB$, and also with $OP$, $OQ$, these lines intersect $AB$ in two points $C$ and $D$, through one of which the chord of contact must pass. Or thus, if the tangents meet $AB$ in $a$ and $b$, find the foci $C$ and $D$ of the involution $AB$, $ab$; the chord of contact passes through one of these points. %-----File: 263.png----- \carticleplus{248.}{Prop.~XI\@.} \textit{Having given three points and two tangents, to find the chord of contact.} In the preceding figure let $OP$, $OQ$ be the tangents, and $A$, $B$, $E$ the points. Find $OC$, $OC'$ harmonic with $OA$, $OB$, and $OP$, $OQ$; also find $OF$, $OG$ harmonic with $OA$, $OE$ and $OP$, $OQ$. Then any one of the four lines joining $C$ or $D$ to $F$ or $G$ is a chord of contact, and the chord of contact and points of contact being known, the case reduces to that of Art.~\cartref{244}. Hence four such conics can in general be described. \carticleplus{249.}{Prop.~XII\@.} \textit{To describe a conic, passing through two given points, and touching three given straight lines.} Let $AB$, the line joining the given points, meet the given tangents $QR$, $RP$, $PQ$, in $N$, $M$, $L$. \includegraphicsmid{249a} Find the foci $C$, $D$ of the involution $A$, $B$ and $L$, $M$; Then $YZ$, the polar of $P$, passes through $C$ or $D$, Art.~\cartref{247}. Also find the foci, $E$, $F$, of the involution $A$, $B$, and $M$, $N$; then $XY$, the polar of $R$, passes through $F$ or $E$. Let $ZX$ meet $PR$ in $T$; then $T$ is on the polar of $Q$, and $QY$ is the polar of $T$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{\indent Hence} &TXUZ \text{ is harmonic;}&\phantom{\indent Hence}&\\ &\text{therefore} &MEVC \text{ is harmonic.}&& \end{flalign*} %-----File: 264.png----- This determines $V$, and, joining $QV$, we obtain the point of contact $Y$. Then, joining $YC$ and $YE$, $Z$ and $X$ are obtained, and $X$, $Y$, $Z$ being points of contact, we have five points, and can describe the conic by the construction of Art.~\cartref{245}, or by that of Art.~\cartref{252}. Since either $C$ or $D$ may be taken with $E$ or $F$, there are in general four solutions of the problem. \carticleplus{250.}{Prop.~XIII\@.} \textit{To describe a conic, having given four points and one tangent.} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$ be the given points, and complete the quadrilateral. \includegraphicsmid{250a} Then $E$ is the pole of $FG$, and if the given tangent $KL$ meet $FG$ in $K$, $E$ is on the polar of $K$; therefore the other tangent through $K$ forms an harmonic pencil with $KF$, $KL$, $KE$. Hence two tangents being known, and a point $E$ in the chord of contact, if we find two points $P$, $P'$ in $A$, $B$, such that $KP$, $KP'$ are harmonic with $KA$, $KB$, and also with $KL$, $KL'$, we shall have two chords of contact $EP$, $EP'$, and therefore two points of contact for $KL$ and also for $KL'$. Hence two conics can be described. We observe that if two conics pass through four points, their common tangents meet on one of the sides of the self-conjugate triangle $EFG$. %-----File: 265.png----- \carticleplus{251.}{Prop.~XIV\@.} \textit{Given four tangents and one point, to construct the conic.} Let $ABCD$ be the given circumscribing quadrilateral, and $E$ the given point. Completing the figure, draw $LEF$ through $E$ and $F$, and complete the harmonic range $LEFE'$; then, since $F$ is the pole of $HG$ (Art.~\cartref{217}), $E'$ is a point in the conic. Also, since $K$ is the pole of $FA$ (Art.~\cartref{217}), the chord of contact of the tangents $AB$, $AD$, passes through $K$. Hence the construction is the same as that of Art.~\cartref{250}, and there are two solutions of the problem. \includegraphicsmid{251a} \carticleplus{252.}{Prop.~XV\@.} \textit{Given five points, to construct the conic.} Let $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$, $E$ be the five points, and complete the quadrilateral $ABCD$. Then $H$ is the pole of $FG$, and $FG$ passes through the points of contact $P$, $Q$ of the tangents from $H$. Join $HE$, cutting $FG$ in $K$, and complete the harmonic range $HEKE'$; then $E'$ is a point in the conic. Also $AE$, $BE'$ will intersect $FG$ in the same point $F'$, and $E'A$, $EB$ will also intersect $FG$ in the same point $G'$. %-----File: 266.png----- \includegraphicsmid{252a} But $GPFQ$ and $G'PF'Q$ are both harmonic ranges, therefore $P$ and $Q$ are the foci of an involution of which $F$, $G$ and $F'$, $G'$ are pairs of conjugate points. Hence, finding these foci, $P$ and $Q$, the tangents $HP$, $HQ$ are known, and the case is reduced to that of Prop.~VII. Hence only one conic can be drawn through five points. \carticleplus{253.}{Prop.~XVI\@.} \textit{Given five tangents, to find the points of contact.} \includegraphicsmid{253a} Let $ABCDE$ be the circumscribing pentagon. Considering the quadrilateral $FBCD$, join $FC$, $BD$, meeting in $K$. %-----File: 267.png----- Then (Art.~\cartref{217}) $K$ is the pole of the line joining the intersections of $FB$, $CD$, and of $FD$, $BC$; that is, the chords of contact of $BF$, $CD$, and of $BC$, $FD$ meet in $K$. Similarly if $BG$, $AC$ meet in $L$, the chords of contact of $AB$, $CG$, and of $BC$, $AG$ meet in $L$. Hence $KL$ is the chord of contact of $AB$, $CD$, and therefore determines $M$, $N$ the points of contact. Hence it will be seen that only one conic can be drawn touching five lines. %-----File: 268.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER XIV} \csectiontoc{The Oblique Cylinder, the Oblique Cone, and the Conoids} \cheader{OBLIQUE CYLINDER} \carticleplus{254.}{Def.} If a straight line, which is not perpendicular to the plane of a given circle, move parallel to itself, and always pass through the circumference of the circle, the surface generated is called an oblique cylinder. The line through the centre of the circular base, parallel to the generating lines, is the axis of the cylinder. It is evident that any section by a plane parallel to the axis consists of two parallel lines, and that any section by a plane parallel to the base is a circle. The plane through the axis perpendicular to the base is the principal section. The section of the cylinder by a plane perpendicular to the principal section, and inclined to the axis at the same angle as the base, is called a subcontrary section. \carticleplus{255.}{Prop.~I\@.} \textit{The subcontrary section of an oblique cylinder is a circle.} The plane of the paper being the principal plane and $APB$ the circular base, a subcontrary section is $DPE$, the angles $BAE$, $DEA$ being equal. \includegraphicsmid{255a} Let $PQ$ be the line of intersection of the two sections; then \[ PN \ctrdot NQ \text{ or } PN^2 = BN \ctrdot NA. \] %-----File: 269.png----- But $\qquad NB = ND$, and $NA = NE$; \[ \therefore PN \ctrdot NQ = DN \ctrdot NE, \] and $DPE$ is a circle. \carticleplus{256.}{Prop.~II\@.} \textit{The section of an oblique cylinder by a plane which is not parallel to the base or to a subcontrary section is an ellipse.} \includegraphicsmid{256a} Let the plane of the section, $DPE$, meet any circular section in the line $PQ$, and let $AB$ be that diameter of the circular section which is perpendicular to $PQ$, and bisect $PQ$ in the point $F$. Let the plane through the axis and the line $AB$ cut the section $DPE$ in the line $DPE$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then } &PF^2 = AF \ctrdot FB.&& \end{flalign*} %-----File: 270.png----- But if $DE$ be bisected in $C$, and $GKC$ be the circular section through $C$ parallel to $APB$, \begin{flalign*} &&AF : FD &:: CG : CD,&&&\\ &\text{and } &FB : FE &:: CG: CD;&&&\\ &&\therefore AF \ctrdot FB : DF & \ctrdot FE :: CG2 : CD2;&&& \end{flalign*} hence, observing that $CG = CK$, \[ PF^2 : DF \ctrdot FE :: CK^2 : CD^2. \] But, if a series of parallel circular sections be drawn, $PQ$ is always parallel to itself and bisected by $DE$; \includegraphicsmid{256a} %repeated figure Therefore the curve $DPE$ is an ellipse, of which $CD$, $CK$ are conjugate semi-diameters. \carticleplus{257.}{Def.} If a straight line pass always through a fixed point and the circumference of a fixed circle, and if the fixed point be not in the straight line through the centre of the circle at right angles to its plane, the surface generated is called an oblique cone. The plane containing the vertex and the centre of the base, and also perpendicular to the base, is called the principal section. The section made by a plane not parallel to the base, but perpendicular to the principal section, and inclined to the %-----File: 271.png----- generating lines in that section at the same angle as the base, is called a subcontrary section. \carticleplus{258.}{Prop.~III\@.} \textit{The subcontrary section of an oblique cone is a circle.} \cheader{OBLIQUE CONE} \includegraphicsmid{258a} The plane of the paper being the principal section, let $APB$ be parallel to the base and $DPE$ a subcontrary section, so that the angle \begin{flalign*} & &ODE &=OAB,&&\\ &\text{and}&OED &= OBA.&\phantom{and}& \end{flalign*} The angles $DBA$, $DEA$ being equal to each other, a circle can be drawn through $BDAE$. Hence, if $PNQ$ be the line of intersection of the two planes $APB$ and $EPD$, \begin{align*} DN \ctrdot NE&=BN \ctrdot NA,\\ &= PN \ctrdot NQ; \end{align*} therefore $DPE$ is a circle. And all sections by planes parallel to $DPE$ are circles. Planes parallel to the base, or to a subcontrary section, are called also \textit{Cyclic Planes}. %-----File: 272.png----- \carticleplus{259.}{Prop.~IV\@.} \textit{The section of a cone by a plane not parallel to a cyclic plane is an Ellipse, Parabola, or Hyperbola.} \subparagraph{(1)} Let the section, $DPE$, meet all the generating lines on one side of the vertex. \includegraphicsmid{259a} Let any circular section cut $DPE$ in $PQ$, and take $AB$ the diameter of the circle which bisects $PQ$. The plane $OAB$ will cut the plane of the section in a line $DNE$. Draw $OK$ parallel to $DE$ and meeting in $K$ the plane of the circular section through $D$ parallel to $APB$, and join $DK$, meeting $OE$ in $F$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Then } &AN : ND &:: KD : OK,&&\\ &\text{and} &BN : NE &:: KF : OK;&&\\ &\text{therefore}&AN \ctrdot NB : DN \ctrdot NE &:: KD \ctrdot KF : OK^2,&\phantom{therefore}&\\ &\text{or}&PN^2 : DN \ctrdot NE &:: KD \ctrdot KF : OK^2.&& \end{flalign*} But if a series of circular sections be drawn the lines $PQ$ will always be parallel, and bisected by $DE$; %-----File: 273.png----- Therefore the curve $DPE$ is an ellipse, having $DE$ for a diameter, and the conjugate diameter parallel to $PQ$, and the squares on these diameters are in the ratio of $KD \ctrdot KF$ to $OK^2$. \subparagraph{(2)} Let the section be parallel to a tangent plane of the cone. \includegraphicsmid{259b} If $OB$ be the generating line along which the tangent plane touches the cone, and $BT$ the tangent line at $B$ to a circular section through $B$, the line of intersection $PQ$ will be parallel to $BT$, and therefore perpendicular to the diameter $BA$ through $B$. Let the plane $BOA$ cut the plane of the section in $DN$. Then, drawing $DK$ parallel to $AB$, \begin{flalign*} &&BN&=KD,&&&\\ &\text{and }&AN : ND &:: KD : OK;&&&\\ &\text{therefore }&AN \ctrdot NB : ND & \ctrdot KD :: KD : OK,&&&\\ &\text{or } &PN^2 : ND & \ctrdot KD :: KD : OK,&&& \end{flalign*} and $KD$, $OK$ being constant, the curve is a parabola having the tangent at $D$ parallel to $PQ$. If the plane of the section meet both branches of the %-----File: 274.png----- cone, make the same construction as before, and we shall obtain, in the same manner as for the ellipse, \[ PN^2 : DN \ctrdot NE :: DK \ctrdot KF : OK^2, \] $OK$ being parallel to $DE$. \includegraphicsmid{259c} Therefore, since the point $N$ is not between the points $D$ and $E$, the curve $DP$ is an hyperbola. \cisubsection{Conoids} \cheader{CONOIDS} \carticleplus{260.}{Def.} \textit{If a conic revolve about one of its principal axes, the surface generated is called a conoid.} If the conic be a circle, the conoid is a sphere. If the conic be an ellipse, the conoid is an oblate or a prolate spheroid according as the revolution takes place about the conjugate or the transverse axis. If it be an hyperbola the surface is an hyperboloid of one or two sheets, according as the revolution takes place about the conjugate or transverse axis, and the surface generated by the asymptotes is called the asymptotic cone. If the conic consist of two intersecting straight lines, the limiting form of an hyperbola, the revolution will be about one of the lines bisecting the angles between them, and the conoid will then be a right circular cone. %-----File: 275.png----- \carticleplus{261.}{Prop.~V\@.} \textit{A section of a paraboloid by a plane parallel to the axis is a parabola equal to the generating parabola, and any other section not perpendicular to the axis is an ellipse.} \includegraphicsmid{261a} Let $PVN$ be a section parallel to the axis, and take the plane of the paper perpendicular to the section and cutting it in $VN$. Take any circular section $DPE$, cutting the section $PVN$ in $PNP'$. Then $PN$ is perpendicular to $DE$, \begin{flalign*} &\text{and }&PN^2 &= DN \ctrdot NE&&&\\ &&&=DC^2 - NC^2&&&\\ &&&= 4AS \ctrdot AC-4AS \ctrdot An&&&\\ &&&=4AS \ctrdot VN;&&& \end{flalign*} therefore the curve $VP$ is a parabola equal to $EAD$. Again, let $BPF$ be a section not parallel or perpendicular to the axis, but perpendicular to the plane of the paper; Then, $BN \ctrdot NF=4SG \ctrdot VN$, $OG$ being the diameter bisecting $BF$ (Art.~\cartref{51}); \begin{flalign*} &\text{therefore }&PN^2 : BN \ctrdot NF :: AS : SG,&& \end{flalign*} and the curve $BPN$ is an ellipse. %-----File: 276.png----- Moreover if the plane $BF$ move parallel to itself, $SG$ is unaltered, and the \textit{sections by parallel planes are similar ellipses.} In exactly the same manner, it may be shewn that the oblique sections of spheroids are ellipses, and those of hyperboloids either ellipses or hyperbolas. \carticleplus{262.}{Prop.~VI\@.} \textit{The sections of an hyperboloid and its asymptotic cone by a plane are similar curves.} Taking the case of an hyperboloid of two sheets, let $DPF$, $dP'f$, be the sections of the hyperboloid and cone, $P'PN$ the line in which their plane is cut by a circular section $GPK$ or $gP'k$. \includegraphicsmid{262a} Through $D$ draw $LDl$ perpendicular to the axis; then, since \begin{flalign*} && PN^2 = GN \ctrdot NK, &\text{ and } P'N^2 = gN \ctrdot Nk,&&&\\ && P'N^2 : dN \ctrdot Nf &:: gN \ctrdot Nk : dN \ctrdot Nf,&&&\\ && &:: LD \ctrdot lD : Dd \ctrdot Df,&&&\\ && &:: BC^2 : CE^2&&& \end{flalign*} if $CE$ be the semi-diameter parallel to $DF$; %-----File: 277.png----- \begin{flalign*} &\text{and }&PN^2 : DN \ctrdot NF &:: GN \ctrdot NK : DN \ctrdot NF&\phantom{and}&&\\ &\hfill\ &&:: BC^2 : CE^2 \hfill\text{(Art.~\cartref{134});}&&& \end{flalign*} therefore the curves $DPF$, $dP'f$ have their axes in the same ratio, and are similar ellipses. In the same manner the theorem can be established if the sections be hyperbolic, or if the hyperboloid be of one sheet. \carticleplus{263.}{Prop.~VII\@.} \textit{If an hyperboloid of one sheet be cut by a tangent plane of the asymptotic cone, the section will consist of two parallel straight lines.} \includegraphicsmid{263a} Let $AQ$, $A'Q'$ be a section through the axis, $CN$ the generating line, in the plane $CAQ$, along which the tangent plane touches the cone; and $PNP'$ the section with this tangent plane of a circular section $QPQ'$. \begin{flalign*} &\text{Then} &PN^2&= QN \ctrdot NQ'&\phantom{Then}&\\ &&&= AC^2 \text{(Art.~\cartref{106})}=BC^2,&& \end{flalign*} therefore, if $BCB'$ be the diameter, perpendicular to the plane $CAQ$, of the principal circular section, \[ PN = BC \text{ and } P'N = B'C; \] therefore $PB$ and $P'B'$ are each parallel to $CN$; that is, the section consists of two parallel straight lines. %-----File: 278.png----- \carticleplus{264.}{Prop.~VIII\@.} \textit{The section of an hyperboloid of one sheet by a plane parallel to its axis, and touching the central circular section, consists of two straight lines.} Let the plane pass through $A$, and be perpendicular to the radius $CA$ of the central section (fig.~Art.~\cartref{263}). The plane will cut the circular section $QPQ'$ in a line $RLR'$, and \[ RL^2 = QL \ctrdot LQ' = QM^2 - AC^2, \] if $M$ be the middle point of $QQ'$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{But} &QM^2 - AC^2 : CM^2 &:: AC^2 : BC^2;&\\ &\text{therefore} &RL : AL &:: AC : BC;& \end{flalign*} hence it follows that $AR$ is a fixed line; and similarly $AR'$ is also a fixed line. It will be seen that these lines are parallel to the section of the cone by the plane through the axis perpendicular to $CA$. \carticleplus{265.}{Prop.~IX\@.} \textit{If a conoid be cut by a plane, and if spheres be inscribed in the conoid touching the plane, the points of contact of the spheres with the plane will be the foci of the section, and the lines of intersection of the planes of contact with the plane of section will be the directrices.} In order to establish this statement, we shall first demonstrate the following theorem; \textit{If a circle touch a conic in two points, the tangent from any point of the conic to the circle bears a constant ratio to its distance from the chord of contact.} Take the case of an ellipse, the chord of contact being perpendicular to the transverse axis. If $EME'$ be this chord, the normal $EG$ is the radius of %-----File: 279.png----- the circle, and if $PT$ be a tangent from a point $P$ of the ellipse, \begin{flalign*} &&PT^2 = P&G^2 - GE^2&&&\\ && = P&N^2 + NG^2 - EM^2 - MG^2.&&&\\ &\indent\text{But }&EM^2 - PN^2 &: CN^2 - CM^2 :: BC^2 : AC^2,&&&\\ &\text{and} &CN^2 - &CM^2 = MN(CM + CN).&&& \end{flalign*} Let the normal at $P$ meet the axis in $G'$; \begin{flalign*} &\text{then} &NG' : CN &:: BC^2 : AC^2,&&\\ &\text{and} &MG : CM &:: BC^2 : AC^2;&&\\ &\text{therefore} &NG' + MG : CN &+ CM :: BC^2 : AC^2.&&\\ &\indent \text{Hence} &EM^2 - PN^2 &= MN(NG' + MG).&&\\ &\indent \text{Also} &NG^2 - MG^2 &= MN(NG + MG);&&\\ &\text{therefore} &PT^2 = MN &(NG + MG)-MN (NG' + MG)&&\\ & &= MN & \ctrdot GG'.&&\\ &\indent\text{But} &CG : CM &:: SC^2 : AC^2,&&\\ &\text{and} &CG' : CN &:: SC^2 : AC^2;&&\\ &\text{therefore} &GG' : MN &:: SC^2 : AC^2.&&\\ &\indent\text{Hence} &PT^2 : PL^2 &:: SC^2 : AC^2, & \phantom{\indent Hence}&\\ & &PL \text{ being } &\text{equal to } MN. \end{flalign*} \includegraphicsmid{265a} %-----File: 280.png----- This being established let the figure revolve round the axis $AC$, and let a plane section $ap$ of the conoid, perpendicular to the plane of the paper, touch the sphere at $S$ and cut the plane of contact $EE'$ in $lk$. From a point $p$ of the section let fall the perpendicular $pm$ on the plane $EE'$, draw $mk$ perpendicular to $lk$, and join $pk$. Then $pm : pk$ is a constant ratio. Also taking the meridian section through $p$, $pS$ is equal to the tangent from $p$ to the circular section of the sphere, and is therefore in a constant ratio to $pm$; Hence $Sp$ is to $pk$ in a constant ratio,\\ and therefore $S$ is the focus and $kl$ the directrix of the section $ap$. \carticle{266.} If the curve be a parabola focus $S'$, the proof is as follows: \begin{align*} PT^2&=PG^2 - EG^2\\ &=PN^2 + NG^2 - EM^2 - MG^2\\ &=MN(NG+MG)-4AS' \ctrdot MN\\ &=MN(NG + MG)-2MG \ctrdot MN\\ &=MN^2. \end{align*} It will be found that the theorem is also true for an hyperboloid of two sheets, and for an hyperboloid of one sheet, but that in the latter case the constant ratio of $PT$ to $PL$ is not that of $SC$ to $AC$. \carticle{267.} The geometrical enunciation of the theorem also requires modification in several cases. To illustrate the difficulty, take the paraboloid, and observe that if the normal %-----File: 281.png----- at $E$ cuts the axis in $G$, and if $O$ be the centre of curvature at $A$, \[ AG>AO, \] and the radius of the circle is never less than $AO$. This shews that a circle the radius of which is less than $AO$ cannot be drawn so as to touch the conic in two points. We may mention one exceptional case in which the theorem takes a simple form. In general \begin{align*} EG^2 &= EM^2 + MG^2 = 4AS' (AM+ AS')\\ &= 4AS' \ctrdot S'G. \end{align*} Taking the point $g$ between $S'$ and $O$, describe a circle centre $g$ and such that the square on its radius $= 4AS' \ctrdot S'g$. Also take a point $F$ in the axis produced such that \[ AF=Og; \] it will then be found that the tangent from $P$ to the circle will be equal to $NF$. When $g$ coincides with $S'$, the circle becomes a point, \begin{flalign*} &\text{and}& AF&=AS'; &\phantom{\text{and}} \end{flalign*} we thus fall back on the fundamental definition of a parabola. It will be found that if the plane section of the conoid pass through $S'$, the point $S'$ is a focus of the section. %-----File: 282.png----- \cchapter{CHAPTER XV} \csectiontoc{Conical Projection} \cheader{CONICAL PROJECTION} \carticle{268.} If from any fixed point straight lines are drawn to all the points of a figure, the section by any plane of the lines thus drawn is the conical projection of the figure upon that plane. The fixed point is called the vertex of projection, and the plane is called the plane of projection. Taking the eye as the vertex of projection, the conical projection of any figure upon a plane is a perspective drawing of that figure as seen by the eye. \textit{A straight line is projected into a straight line}, for the plane through the vertex and the straight line intersects the plane of projection in a straight line. \textit{A tangent to a curve is projected into a tangent to the projection of the curve}, for two consecutive points of a curve project into two consecutive points. Hence it follows that \textit{a pole and polar project into a pole and polar}. Again, \textit{the degree of a curve is unaltered by projection}, for any number of collinear points project into the same number of collinear points. In particular, the projection of a conic on any plane is a conic. \carticle{269.} \textit{Any straight line in a figure can be projected to an infinite distance.} This is effected by taking the plane of projection parallel to the plane through the vertex of projection and the straight line. %-----File: 283.png----- \carticle{270.} \textit{A system of concurrent straight lines in a plane can be projected into a system of parallel straight lines, and a system of parallel straight lines can be projected into a system of concurrent straight lines.} The first of these is effected by taking for plane of projection any plane parallel to the straight line joining the vertex of projection and the point of concurrence. The second is effected by taking for plane of projection any plane not parallel to the direction of the parallel straight lines. \carticle{271.} \textit{Any angle in a plane can be projected, on any other plane, into any other angle.} Let $ACB$ be the angle to be projected, and let $DEF$ be the plane upon which it is to be projected. Take any plane parallel to $DEF$, intersecting in $A$ and $B$ the lines forming the angle $ACB$, and take any point $O$ in the plane. \includegraphicsmid{271a} Then, if $CA$, $CB$, $CO$, meet the plane of projection in $a$, $b$, $c$, the angle $acb$ is the projection of the angle $ACB$ from the vertex $O$ upon the plane $DEF$. %-----File: 284.png----- Now $OA$, $OB$ are parallel to $ca$, $cb$; therefore the angle $acb$ is equal to the angle $AOB$. If then we describe on $AB$ an arc of a circle containing an angle equal to any given angle, and take any point $O$ on the arc as vertex of projection, the angle $ACB$ will be projected into the given angle. It will be seen that the arc of a circle may be described on the other side of the plane $CAB$, so that the locus of $O$ on the plane $OAB$ consists of two equal arcs on the same base. If the plane of projection be assigned, it follows, since the plane $OAB$ may be taken at any distance from $C$, that the locus of $O$ consists of portions of two oblique cones having their common vertex at $C$. If the plane of projection be not assigned, but if the line $AB$ be assigned, the locus of $O$ will be the surface generated by the revolution, about $AB$, of the arc of the circle. If the angle $ACB$ is to be projected into a right angle, the locus of $O$ will be the sphere described upon $AB$ as diameter. If the assigned plane, $DEF$, be parallel to $CA$, the locus of $O$ on the plane $OBA$ will be the straight line $BO$ making with $BA$ the angle $OBA$ equal to the supplement of the angle into which $ACB$ is to be projected. In the particular case in which this angle is a right angle the locus of $O$ will be the straight line $BO$ perpendicular to $BA$. If it be required to project two given angles in a plane into two other given angles in any other plane, we can construct two arcs of circles in a plane parallel to this other plane, and, if these arcs intersect, the position of $O$ is determined. \carticle{272.} \textit{To project a given quadrilateral into a square.} Let $ABCD$ the quadrilateral, and let $AC$, $BD$ intersect in $E$, $AD$, $BC$ in $F$, and $BA$, $CD$ in $G$. %-----File: 285.png----- Then if $O$ is the vertex of projection, taken anywhere, the quadrilateral will be projected into a parallelogram on any plane parallel to $OFG$. If $O$ be taken on the sphere of which $FG$ is diameter, the projection on any plane parallel to $OFG$ will be a rectangle, for the angles subtended by $FG$ at $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$ project into right angles. If $AC$ and $BD$ meet $FG$ in $L$ and $M$, and if $O$ be taken on the circle which is the intersection of the spheres on $FG$ and $LM$ as diameters, the angle $LEM$ will be projected into a right angle, so that the projection of $ABCD$ will be a rectangle, the diagonals of which are at right angles, and therefore will be a square. \carticle{273.} \textit{The projection of an harmonic range is an harmonic range.} This is proved in Art.~\cartref{198}. \textit{The projection of a circle is a conic.} This is proved in Art.~\cartref{259}. As an illustration it is easily shown for a circle that, if a diameter $pP$ passes through an external point $T$ and intersects in $V$ the polar of $T$, $pVPT$ is an harmonic range. By projection we at once obtain the theorems of Art.~\cartref{78} and of Art.~\cartref{117}. \carticle{274.} \textit{To project a conic into a circle, so that the projection of a given point inside the conic shall be the centre of the projection.} Let $E$ be the given point, $AEB$ the chord bisected at $E$ and $PEp$ the diameter passing through $E$. Then, if we project the polar of $E$ to an infinite distance, and the angles $AEP$, $APB$ into right angles, the projection of the conic will be a circle, the centre of which is the projection of the point $E$. For the centre is the pole of a line at an infinite distance, and, the projection of $AEP$ being a right angle, the projections of $AB$ and $Pp$ are the principal axes of the projection. %-----File: 286.png----- Also, the projection of $APB$ being a right angle, it follows that the projection of the conic is a circle. Another method will be to take points $C$, $C'$, $D$, $D'$ on the polar of $E$, such that $CED$, $C'ED'$ are self-conjugate triangles, and then to project $CD$ to an infinite distance and the angles $CED$, $C'ED'$ into right angles. The projection will be a conic, having the projection of $E$ for its centre, and also having two pairs of conjugate diameters at right angles to each other; that is, it will be a circle. In a subsequent article this question will be treated in a different manner. If the point $E$ is outside the conic, we can project the conic into a rectangular hyperbola, of which the projection of $E$ is the centre. For, if $PQ$ is the chord of contact of tangents from $E$, all we have to do is to project $PQ$ to an infinite distance, and $PEQ$ into a right angle. We can also project the conic into an hyperbola of any given eccentricity. For, if the eccentricity is given, the angle between the asymptotes is given, and we can project $PQ$ to an infinite distance and $PEQ$ into the given angle. \carticle{275.} \textit{To project a conic on a given plane so that the projection of a point $S$ inside the conic shall be a focus of the projection.} Let the tangent at any point $P$ and any straight line through $S$ meet the polar of $S$ in $F$ and $X$. Then, if we project the angles $SXF$, $FSP$ into right angles, the projections of $S$ and $FX$ are the focus and directrix of the projection. If at the same time we project to an infinite distance the polar of any point $E$ on $XS$, the projection of $E$ will be the centre of the projection of the conic. %-----File: 287.png----- \carticle{276.} \textit{If two conics in different planes have two points in common, two cones of the second order can be drawn passing through them, or, in other words, each can be projected into the other.} Let $AB$ be the common chord, $F$ and $D$ its poles with regard to the conics. Take any point $E$ in $AB$, and let the plane $FED$ meet the conics in the points $P$, $p$, $Q$, $q$, and let $pq$ intersect $DF$ in $O$. \includegraphicsmid{276a} If from $O$ the conic $BPAp$ be projected on to the plane of the other conic, the projection will be a conic touching the conic $BQAq$ at $A$ and $B$, so that it will have four points in common with $BQAq$, and will also have the point $q$ in common with $BQAq$. Now it is proved in Art.~\cartref{252}, that only one conic can be drawn through five points. Hence the projection, having five points in common with $BQAq$, coincides with it entirely. It will be observed that $OPQ$ is a straight line, $Pp$ being projected into $Qq$. %-----File: 288.png----- The point $O$ is therefore the vertex of a quadric cone which passes through the two conics. The vertex of another such cone is obtained by producing $qP$ or $pQ$ to meet $DF$.\symbolfootnote[1] {I am indebted to Mr H.~F.~Baker, Fellow and Lecturer of St John's College, for having called my attention to this theorem and to the mode of proof which is here given. The theorem is given in Poncelet's Treatise, and also in the article on Projections in the last edition of the \textit{Encyclopaedia Britannica}.} \carticle{277.} \textit{A conic can be projected into a circle so that the projection of any point inside the conic shall be the centre of the circle.} \includegraphicsmid{277a} Let $E$ be the point inside the conic and let $AB$ be the chord of which $E$ is the middle point. Describe a circle on $AB$ as diameter in any plane passing through $AB$. Observing that the pole of $AEB$ with regard to the circle is at an infinite distance, draw through $F$, the pole of $AB$ with regard to the conic, the line $FL$ parallel to that diameter, $QEq$, of the circle which is perpendicular to $AB$. %-----File: 289.png----- The plane $EFL$ will cut the conic in the diameter $Pp$, and the circle in the diameter $Qq$. If $pq$, $qP$ intersect $FL$ in $O$ and $O'$, these two points will be vertices from which the conic can be projected into a circle, the centre of which is the projection of the point $E$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Since}& FO : Fp &:: Eq : Ep :: EA : Ep, &\phantom{\indent\text{Since}} \end{flalign*} it follows that, for different positions of the plane through $AB$, $FO$ is constant, so that $O$ may be taken anywhere on the circle, centre $F$, in the plane through $F$ perpendicular to the chord $AEB$. \begin{flalign*} &\indent\text{Further,}& FO : FP &:: EQ : EP :: EA : EP, &\phantom{\indent\text{Further,}} \end{flalign*} \[ \therefore FO^2 : FP \ctrdot Fp :: EA^2 : EP \ctrdot Ep :: CD^2 : CP^2, \] $DCd$ being the semi-diameter of the conic which is conjugate to $CP$. The length $FO$ is thus determined when the position of the point $E$, inside the conic, is given, and, if we take as the vertex of projection any point $O$ on the circle, centre $F$, as described above, the projection of the conic on any plane parallel to $AEB$ and $FO$ will be a circle. If the conic is an ellipse, it follows that $FO$ is equal to the ordinate $FR$, conjugate to $Pp$, of the hyperbola in the plane of the ellipse which has the same conjugate diameters $PCp$ and $DCd$. \includegraphicsmid{277b} If the conic is an hyperbola, $FO$ is equal to the ordinate $FR$ of an ellipse in the plane of the hyperbola which has the same conjugate diameters $PCp$ and $DCd$. This hyperbola or this ellipse constructed outside the given conic may be called \textit{the associated conic}. %-----File: 290.png----- If the conic is a parabola, the points $O$ and $O'$ are obtained by drawing lines through $q$ and $Q$ parallel to the axis of the parabola. In this case, \[ FO^2 = Eq^2 = EA^2 = 4SP \ctrdot PE = 4SP \ctrdot PF, \] so that the associated conic is a parabola. If the conic is a circle, the associated conic is a rectangular hyperbola. If the conic is an ellipse, the axes of which are indefinitely small, that is, if it is reduced to a point, the associated conic lapses into two straight lines, which are at right angles to each other if the point is the limit of a circle. \carticle{278.} If the point $E$ be outside the conic, or, in other words, if the polar of $E$ intersect the conic, it is not possible to project the conic into a circle, so that the projection of $E$ shall be the centre of the circle. In this case the conic can be projected into a rectangular hyperbola, having the projection of the point $E$ for its centre. Let $RU$ be the chord of contact of the tangents from $E$, and take any point $O$ on the surface of the sphere of which $RU$ is a diameter. Then the projection of the conic from the vertex $O$ on any plane parallel to $ROU$ will be an hyperbola, and, since $ROU$ is a right angle, it will be a rectangular hyperbola. \carticle{279.} \textit{If two conics in a plane are entirely exterior to each other, they can in general be projected, from the same vertex, into circles on the same plane.} Draw four parallel tangents to the conics, and let $F$ be the point of intersection of the diameters, $PCp$ and $QGq$, joining the points of contact. Also, let $FR$, $FR'$ be the ordinates through $F$, parallel to the tangents, of the associated conics. If $F$ is so situated that these ordinates are equal, the locus of the vertices from which the two conics can be projected %-----File: 291.png----- into circles will be the same, that is, it will be the circle of which $F$ is the centre, and $FR$ the length of the radius, in the plane through $F$ perpendicular to $FR$. In this case, taking any point $O$ on the circle as the vertex, the two conics will be projected into circles on any plane parallel to the plane $OFR$, and the centres of the circles will be the projections of $E$ and $E'$, the respective poles of $FR$ with regard to the conics. \includegraphicsmid{279a} \carticle{280.} For different directions of the tangents, the points, $F$, $R$, $R'$, will take up different positions, and for all directions of the tangents the loci of these points will be continuous curves. The loci of $R$ and $R'$ will, in general, intersect each other; that is to say, there will be, in general, positions of $F$ such that $FR$ and $FR'$ are equal. Taking a particular case, let $F$ be so situated that $FR'$ is greater than $FR$; then taking $F$ at the point where its locus meets the conic $G$, $FR'$ vanishes, and therefore, between these two positions of $F$, there must be some position such that $FR'$ is equal to $FR$. %-----File: 292.png----- We may observe that the locus of $F$ passes through $C$ and $G$, the centres of the two conics. For, if $CG$ is conjugate to the parallel tangents of the conic $G$, the point $F$ is at $C$, and, if $CG$ is conjugate to the parallel tangents of the conic $C$, the point $F$ is at $G$. When $FR'$ is equal to $FR$, the line thus obtained is called by \textit{Poncelet} the \textit{Ideal Secant} of the two conics. \carticle{281.} In a similar manner if one conic is entirely inside another they can, in general, be projected into circles, one of which will be inside the other. Also two conics intersecting in two points may be projected into two intersecting circles. Two conics intersecting in four points, or having contact at two points, cannot be projected into circles, but they can be projected into rectangular hyperbolas. \carticle{282.} The method of projections enables us to extend to conics theorems which have been proved for a circle, and which involve, amongst other ideas, harmonic ranges, poles and polars, systems of collinear points, and systems of concurrent lines. For instance, the theorems of Arts.~\cartref{208} and~\cartref{210} are easily proved for a circle, and by this method are at once extended to conics. Take as another instance Pascal's theorem, that \textit{the opposite sides of any hexagon inscribed in a conic intersect in three collinear points.} If this be proved for a circle, the method of conical projection at once shews that it is true for any conic. The following very elementary proof of the theorem for a circle is given in \textit{Catalan's Théorèmes et Problèmes de Géométrie Elémentaire.} Let $ABCDEF$ be the hexagon, and let $AB$ and $ED$ meet in $G$, $BC$ and $FE$ in $H$, $FA$ and $DC$ in $K$. %-----File: 293.png----- Also let $ED$ meet $BC$ in $M$ and $AF$ in $N$, and let $BC$ meet $AF$ in $L$. Then we have the relations, \begin{gather*} LA \ctrdot LF=LB \ctrdot LC, MC \ctrdot MB=MD \ctrdot ME,\\ NE \ctrdot ND=NF \ctrdot NA. \end{gather*} %-----File: 294.png----- Also, the triangle $LMN$ being cut by the three transversals $AG$, $DK$, $FH$, we have the relations, \begin{align*} LB \ctrdot MG \ctrdot NA&=LA \ctrdot MB \ctrdot NG\\ LC \ctrdot MD \ctrdot NK&=LK \ctrdot MC \ctrdot ND\\ LH \ctrdot ME \ctrdot NF&=LF \ctrdot MH \ctrdot NE. \end{align*} Multiplying together these six equalities, taking account of the relations previously stated, and cutting out the factors common to the two products, we obtain \[ LH \ctrdot MG \ctrdot NK=LK \ctrdot MH \ctrdot NG; \] $\therefore$ $G$, $H$, $K$ are collinear. Brianchon's theorem that, \textit{if a hexagon circumscribe a conic, the three opposite diagonals are concurrent} is proved at once by observing that it is the reciprocal polar of Pascal's theorem. \includegraphicsmid{282a} \carticle{283.} \textit{Stereographic and Gnomonic Projections.} If a point on the surface of a sphere be taken as the vertex of projection, and if the plane of projection be parallel to the tangent plane at the point, the projection of any figure drawn on the surface of the sphere is called its stereographic projection. If however the centre of the sphere be taken as the vertex of projection, and any plane be taken as the plane of projection, the projection of any figure drawn on the surface of the sphere is called its gnomonic projection. The stereographic projection of a circle drawn on the surface of the sphere is a circle; for it can be easily shewn that it is a subcontrary section of the oblique cone formed by the vertex of projection and the circle on the sphere. The gnomonic projection of a circle on the sphere is obviously a conic. These projections are sometimes described in treatises on Astronomy, and in these treatises the vertex for stereographic projection is taken at the south pole of the earth, and, for gnomonic projection, at the centre of the earth; and, in both %-----File: 295.png----- cases, the plane of projection is taken parallel to the plane of the equator. \carticle{284.} It will be seen that the discussions which are given in this chapter are confined entirely to cases of \textit{real} projection. The chapter is intended to be simply an introduction to a large and important subject. The method of conical projections is due to Poncelet, and is worked out with great fulness and elaboration in his work entitled, \textit{Traité des Propriétés Projectives des Figures} (Second edition, 1865, in two quarto volumes). In this work Poncelet extends the domain of pure geometry by the interpretation and use of the law of continuity, and, as one of its applications, by the introduction of the imaginary chord of intersection, or, as it is called by Poncelet, the ideal secant of two conics. Amongst English writers, the student will find valuable chapters on projections in \textit{Salmon's Conics}, and in the large work on the \textit{Geometry of Conics, by Dr C.~Taylor, the Master of St John's College, Cambridge}. There is also an important work by \textit{Cremona, on Projective Geometry}, which has been translated by \textit{Leudesdorf} (Second edition, 1893). %-----File: 296.png----- \clearpage \addtocontents{toc}{\vspace{\baselineskip}} \csectionuppertoc{\texorpdfstring{Miscellaneous Problems.\quad II}{Miscellaneous Problems. II}} \cheader{MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEMS.~II} \begin{exampleslist} \item[1.] If two conics have the same directrix, their common points are concyclic. \item[2.] If a focal chord of a parabola is bisected in $V$ and the line perpendicular to it through $V$ meets the axis in $G$, $SG$ is half the chord. \item[3.] If the perpendicular to $CP$ from a point $P$ of an ellipse meets the auxiliary circle in $Q$, $PQ$ varies as $PN$. \item[4.] $AA'$ and $BB'$ are the axes, and $S$ is one of the foci of an ellipse; if a parabola is described with $S$ as focus and passing through $B$ and $B'$, its vertex bisects $SA$ or $SA'$. \item[5.] Tangents to an ellipse at $P$, $p$ intersect on an axis; if the perpendicular from $p$ on the tangent at $P$ intersects $CP$ in $L$, the locus of $L$ is a similar ellipse. \item[6.] The normal to a hyperbola at $P$ meets the axes in $G$ and $g$ respectively. Prove that the circle circumscribing $SPG$ is touched $Sg$. \item[7.] If a tangent to an ellipse meets a pair of conjugate diameters in points equidistant from the centre, the locus of the points is a circle. \item[8.] If ellipses are described on $AB$ as diameter, touching $BC$, the points of contact of tangents from $C$ are on a straight line. \item[9.] If $Pl$, $Pm$ be drawn perpendicular to $CL$, $CM$ respectively, shew that the centre of the circle $Plm$ lies on a fixed hyperbola. \item[10.] $PSQ$, $PHR$ are focal chords of an ellipse, $QT$, $RT$ the tangents at $Q$ and $R$. Shew that $PT$ is the normal at $P$. \item[11.] $A$, $B$ are two fixed points. Through them a system of circles is drawn. Through $A$ draw any two lines meeting the circles in the points $C_1D_1$, $C_2D_2$, \&c. Shew that the lines $CD$ all touch a parabola, focus $B$, which also touches the lines $AC$, $AD$. %-----File: 297.png----- \item[12.] From any two points $A$, $B$ on an ellipse four lines are drawn to the foci $S$, $H$. Shew that $SA \ctrdot HB$ and $SB \ctrdot HA$ are to one another as the squares of the perpendiculars from a focus on the tangents at $A$ and $B$. \item[13.] If two points of a conic and the angle subtended by these points at the focus are given, the line joining the focus with the intersection of the tangents always passes through a fixed point. \item[14.] If normals to an ellipse are drawn at the extremities of chords parallel to one of the equi-conjugate diameters, pairs of such normals intersect on the line through the centre perpendicular to the other diameter. \item[15.] From the point in which the tangent at any point $P$ of a hyperbola cuts either asymptote perpendiculars are dropped upon the axes. Prove that the line joining the feet of these perpendiculars passes through $P$. \item[16.] Tangents are drawn to an ellipse parallel to conjugate diameters of a second given ellipse. Shew that the locus of their intersection is an ellipse similar and similarly situated to the second ellipse. \item[17.] A focus of a conic inscribed in a triangle being given, find the points of contact. \item[18.] The normals at $P$ and $Q$, the ends of a focal chord $PSQ$, intersect in $K$, and $KN$ is perpendicular to $PQ$; prove that $NP$ and $SQ$ are equal. \item[19.] If $CR$, $SY$, $HZ$ be perpendiculars upon the tangent at a point $P$ such that $CR=CS$, prove that $R$ lies on the tangent at $B$, and that the perpendicular from $R$ on $SH$ will divide it into two parts equal to $SY$, $HZ$ respectively. \item[20.] If a parabola, having its focus coincident with one of the foci of an ellipse, touches the conjugate axis of the ellipse, a common tangent to the ellipse and parabola will subtend a right angle at the focus. \item[21.] Two tangents $TP$ and $TQ$ are drawn to an ellipse, and any chord $TRS$ is drawn, $V$ being the middle point of the intercepted part; $QV$ meets the ellipse in $P'$; prove that $PP'$ is parallel to $ST$. \item[22.] If $S$, $S'$ are the foci of an ellipse and $SY$, $S'Y'$ the perpendiculars on any tangent, $XY$, $X'Y'$ meet on the minor axis, and, if $PN$ is the ordinate of $P$, $NY$ and $NY'$ are perpendicular to $XY$ and $X'Y'$ respectively. \item[23.] A circle through the centre of a rectangular hyperbola cuts the curve in the points $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$. Prove that the circle circumscribing the triangle formed by the tangents at $A$, $B$, $C$ passes through the centre of the hyperbola. %-----File: 298.png----- \item[24.] If the tangent at a point $P$ of an ellipse meets any pair of parallel tangents in $M$, $N$, and if the circle on $MN$ as diameter meets the normal at $P$ in $K$, $L$, then $KL$ is equal to $DCD'$, and $CK$, $CL$ are equal to the sum and difference of the semi-axes. \item[25.] From a point $O$ two tangents $OA$, $OB$ are drawn to a parabola meeting any diameter in $P$, $Q$. Prove that the lines $OP$, $OQ$ are similarly divided by the points of contact, but one internally, the other externally. \item[26.] If $S$, $H$ be the foci of an ellipse, and $SP$, $HQ$ be parallel radii vectores drawn towards the same parts, prove that the tangents to the ellipse at $P$, $Q$ intersect on a fixed circle. \item[27.] If an ellipse be inscribed in a quadrilateral so that one focus $S$ is equidistant from the four vertices, the other focus must be at the intersection $H$ of the diagonals. \item[28.] $P$ is a point on a circle whose centre is $Q$; through $P$ a series of rectangular hyperbolas are described having $Q$ for their centre of curvature at $P$. Prove that the locus of their centres is a circle with diameter of length $PQ$. \item[29.] Two cones which have a common vertex, their axes at right angles, and their vertical angles supplementary, are intersected by a plane at right angles to the plane of their axes. Prove that the distances of either focus of the elliptic section from the foci of the hyperbolic section are equal respectively to the distance from the vertex of the ends of the transverse axis of each, and that the sum of the squares on the semi-conjugate axes is equal to the rectangle contained by those distances. \item[30.] Two plane sections of a cone which are not parallel are such that a focus of each and the vertex of the cone lie on a straight line. Shew that the angle included by any pair of focal chords of one section is equal to that contained by the corresponding focal chords of the other section, corresponding chords being the projections of each other with respect to the vertex. \item[31.] If $PP'$, $QQ'$ be chords normal to a conic at $P$ and $Q$, and also at right angles to each other, then will $PQ$ be parallel to $P'Q'$. \item[32.] A system of conics have a common focus $S$ and a common directrix corresponding to $S$. A fixed straight line through $S$ intersects the conics, and at the points of intersection normals are drawn. Prove that these normals are all tangents to a parabola. \item[33.] If two confocal conics intersect, prove that the centre of curvature of either curve at a point of intersection is the pole of the tangent at that point with regard to the other curve. \item[34.] A chord of a conic whose pole is $O$ meets the directrices in $R$ and $R'$; if $SR$ and $HR'$ meet in $O'$, prove that the minor axis bisects $OO'$. %-----File: 299.png----- \item[35.] $TQ$ and $TR$, tangents to a parabola, meet the tangent at $P$ in $X$ and $Y$, and $TU$ is drawn parallel to the axis, meeting the parabola in $U$. Prove that the tangent at $U$ passes through the middle point of $XY$, and that, if $S$ is the focus, \[ XY^2 = 4SP \ctrdot TU. \] \item[36.] The foot of the directrix which corresponds to $S$ is $X$, and $XY$ meets the minor axis in $T$; $CV$ is the perpendicular from the centre on the tangent at $P$. Prove that, if $CP=CS$, then $CV=VT$. \item[37.] $A$ is a given point in the plane of a given circle, and $ABC$ a given angle. If $B$ moves round the circumference of the circle, prove that, for different values of the angle $ABC$, the envelopes of $BC$ are similar conics, and that all their directrices pass through one or other of two fixed points. \item[38.] If $AA'$ is the transverse axis of an ellipse, and if $Y$, $Y'$ are the feet of the perpendiculars let fall from the foci on the tangent at any point of the curve, prove that the locus of the point of intersection of $AY$ and $A'Y'$ is an ellipse. \item[39.] The tangent at a point $P$ of an hyperbola cuts the asymptotes in $L$ and $L'$, and another hyperbola having the same asymptotes bisects $PL$ and $PL'$. Prove that it intersects $CP$ in a point $p$ such that \[ Cp^2 : CP^2 :: 3 : 4. \] The chord $QR$, joining a point $R$ on an asymptote with a point $Q$ on the corresponding branch of the first hyperbola, intersects the second hyperbola in $E$; if $QR$ move off parallel to itself to infinity, prove that, ultimately $RE:EQ:: 3:1$. \item[40.] Tangents are drawn to a rectangular hyperbola from a point $T$ in the transverse axis, meeting the tangents at the vertices in $Q$ and $Q$'. Prove that $QQ'$ touches the auxiliary circle at a point $R$ such that $RT$ bisects the angle $QTQ'$. \item[41.] Tangents from a point $T$ touch the curve at $P$ and $Q$; if $PQ$ meet the directrices in $R$ and $R'$, $PR$ and $QR'$ subtend equal angles at $T$. \item[42.] The straight lines joining any point to the intersections of its polar with the directrices touch a conic confocal with the given one. \item[43.] If a point moves in a plane so that the sum or difference of its distances from two fixed points, one in the given plane and the other external to it, is constant, it will describe a conic, the section of a right cone whose vertex is the given external point. \item[44.] In the construction of Art.~\cartref{241} prove that $CK'$ and $CK$ are respectively equal to the sum and difference of the semi-axes. \item[45.] Given a tangent to an ellipse, its point of contact, and the director circle, construct the ellipse. %-----File: 300.png----- \item[46.] If the tangent at any point $P$ of an ellipse meet the auxiliary circle in $Q'$, $R'$, and if $Q$, $R$ be the corresponding points on the ellipse, the tangents at $Q$ and $R$ pass through the point $P'$ on the auxiliary circle corresponding to $P$. \item[47.] In the ellipse $PDP'D'$, $P'HCSPX$ and $DCD'$ are conjugate diameters; $CH$ is equal to $CS$, and the polar of $S$ passes through a point $X$ on $P'P$ produced. If $DX$ is drawn cutting the ellipse in $Q$, prove that $HD$ is parallel to $SQ$. \item[48.] If $T$ is the pole of a chord of a conic, and $F$ the intersection of the chord with the directrix, $TSF$ is a right angle. \item[49.] The polar of the middle point of a normal chord of a parabola meets the focal vector to the point of intersection of the chord with the directrix on the normal at the further end of the chord. \item[50.] $OP$, $OQ$ touch a parabola at $P$, $Q$; the tangent at $R$ meets $OP$, $OQ$ in $S$, $T$; if $V$ is the intersection of $PT$, $SQ$, $O$, $R$, $V$ are collinear. \item[51.] If from any point $A$ a straight line $AEK$ be drawn parallel to an asymptote of an hyperbola, and meeting the polar of $A$ in $K$ and the curve in $E$, shew that $AE=EK$. \item[52.] If a chord $PQ$ of a parabola, whose pole is $T$, cut the directrix in $F$, the tangents from $F$ bisect the angle $PFT$ and its supplement. \item[53.] A parabola, focus $S$, touches the three sides of a triangle $ABC$, bisecting the base $BC$ in $D$; prove that $AS$ is a fourth proportional to $AD$, $AB$, and $AC$. \item[54.] A focal chord $PSQ$ is drawn to a conic of which $C$ is the centre; the tangents and normals at $P$ and $Q$ intersect in $T$ and $K$ respectively; shew that $ST$, $SP$, $SK$, $SC$ form an harmonic pencil. \item[55.] $PCP'$ is any diameter of an ellipse. The tangents at any two points $D$ and $E$ intersect in $F$. $PE$, $P'D$ intersect in $G$. Shew that $FG$ is parallel to the diameter conjugate to $PCP'$. \item[56.] A conic section is circumscribed by a quadrilateral $ABCD$: $A$ is joined to the points of contact of $CB$, $CD$; and $C$ to the points of contact of $AB$, $AD$; prove that $BD$ is a diagonal of the interior quadrilateral thus formed. \item[57.] A parabola touches the three lines $CB$, $CA$, $AB$ in $P$, $Q$, $R$, and through $R$ a line parallel to the axis meets $RQ$ in $E$; shew that $ABEC$ is a parallelogram. \item[58.] If a series of conics be inscribed in a given quadrilateral, shew that their centres lie on a fixed straight line. Shew also that this line passes through the middle points of the diagonals. %-----File: 301.png----- \item[59.] Four points $A$, $B$, $C$, $D$ are taken, no three of which lie in a straight line, and joined in every possible way; and with another point as focus four conics are described touching respectively the sides of the triangles $BCD$, $CDA$, $DAB$, $ABC$; prove that the four conics have a common tangent. \item[60.] If the diagonals of a quadrilateral circumscribing a conic intersect in a focus, they are at right angles to one another, and the third diagonal is the corresponding directrix. \item[61.] An ellipse and parabola have the same focus and directrix; tangents are drawn to the ellipse at the extremities of the major axis; shew that the diagonals of the quadrilateral formed by the four points where these tangents cut the parabola intersect in the common focus, and pass through the extremities of the minor axis of the ellipse. \item[62.] Three chords of a circle pass through a point on the circumference; with this point as focus and the chords as axes three parabolas are described whose parameters are inversely proportional to the chords; prove that the common tangents to the parabolas, taken two and two, meet in a point. \item[63.] A circle is described touching the asymptotes of an hyperbola and having its centre at the focus. A tangent to this circle cuts the directrix in $F$, and has its pole with regard to the hyperbola at $T$. Prove that $TF$ touches the circle. \item[64.] Two conics have a common focus: their corresponding directrices will intersect on their common chord, at a point whose focal distance is at right angles to that of the intersection of their common tangents. Also the parts into which either common tangent is divided by their common chord will subtend equal angles at the common focus. If the conics are parabolas, the inclination of their axes will be the angle subtended by the common tangent at the common focus. \item[65.] The tangent at the point $P$ of an hyperbola meets the directrix in $Q$; another point $R$ is taken on the directrix such that $QR$ subtends at the focus an angle equal to that between the transverse axis and an asymptote; prove that the envelope of $RP$ is a parabola. \item[66.] If an hyperbola passes through the angular points of an equilateral triangle and has the centre of the circumscribing circle as focus, its eccentricity is the ratio of 4 to 3, and its latus rectum is one-third of the diameter of the circle. \item[67.] An isosceles triangle is circumscribed to a parabola; prove that the three sides and the three chords of contact intersect the directrix in five points, such that the distance between any two successive points subtends the same angle at the focus. \item[68.] Tangents are drawn at two points $P$, $P'$ on an ellipse. If any tangent be drawn meeting those at P, P' in $R$, $R'$, shew that the line bisecting the angle $RSR'$ intersects $RR'$ on a fixed tangent to the ellipse. %-----File: 302.png----- \item[69.] The chords of a conic which subtend the same angle at the focus all touch another conic having the same focus and directrix. \item[70.] Two conics have a common focus $S$ and a common directrix, and tangents $TP$, $TP'$ are drawn to one from any point on the other and meet the directrix in $F$ and $F'$. Prove that the angles $PSF'$, $P'SF$ are equal and constant. \item[71.] A rectangular hyperbola circumscribes a triangle $ABC$; if $D$, $E$, $F$ are the feet of the perpendiculars from $A$, $B$, $C$ on the opposite sides, the loci of the poles of the sides of the triangle $ABC$ are the lines $EF$, $FD$, $DE$. \item[72.] If two of the sides of a triangle, inscribed in a conic, pass through fixed points, the envelope of the third side is a conic. \item[73.] If two circles be inscribed in a conic, and tangents be drawn to the circles from any point in the conic, the sum or difference of these tangents is constant, according as the point does or does not lie between the two chords of contact. \item[74.] The four common tangents of two conics intersect two and two on the sides of the common self-conjugate triangle of the conics. \item[75.] Prove that a right cylinder, upon a given elliptic base, can be cut in two ways so that the curve of section may be a circle; and that a sphere can always be drawn through any two circular sections of opposite systems. \item[76.] An ellipse revolves about its major axis, and planes are drawn through a focus cutting the surface thus formed. Prove that the locus of the centres of the different sections is a surface formed by the revolution of an ellipse about $CS$ where $C$ or $S$ are respectively the centre and focus of the original ellipse. \item[77.] Given five tangents to a conic, find, by aid of Brianchon's theorem, the points of contact. \item[78.] The alternate angular points of any pentagon $ABCDE$ are joined, thus forming another pentagon whose corresponding angular points are $a$, $b$, $c$, $d$, $e$; $Aa$, $Bb$, $Cc$, $Dd$, $Ee$ are joined and produced to meet the opposite sides of $ABCDE$ in $\alpha$, $\beta$, $\gamma$, $\epsilon$; shew that if $A$ be joined with the middle point of $\gamma\delta$, $B$ with the middle point of $\delta\epsilon$, \&c., these five lines meet in a point. \item[79.] If a conic be inscribed in a triangle, the lines joining the angular points to the points of contact of the opposite sides are concurrent. \item[80.] If a quadrilateral circumscribe a conic, the intersection of the lines joining opposite points of contact is the same as the intersection of the diagonals. %-----File: 303.png----- \item[81.] $ABC$ is a triangle, and $D$, $E$, $F$ the middle points of the sides. Shew that any two similar and similarly situated ellipses one circumscribing $DEF$ and the other inscribed in $ABC$ will touch each other. \item[82.] $AB$ is a chord of a conic. The tangents at $A$ and $B$ meet in $T$. Through $B$ a straight line is drawn meeting the conic in $C$ and $AT$ in $P$. The tangent to the conic at $C$ meets $AT$ in $Q$. Prove that $TPQA$ is a harmonic range. \item[83.] $Pp$, $Qq$, $Rr$, $Ss$ are four concurrent chords of a conic; shew that a conic can be drawn touching $SR$, $RQ$, $QP$, $sr$, $rq$, $qp$. \item[84.] If two sections of a right cone have a common directrix, the latera recta are in the ratio of the eccentricities. \item[85.] $ABCD$ is a parallelogram and a conic is described to touch its four sides. If $S$ is a focus of this conic and if with $S$ as focus a parabola is described to touch $AB$ and $BC$, the axis of the parabola passes through $D$. \item[86.] If from a point $O$ tangents be drawn to two conics $S$ and $S'$, and if the tangents to $S$ be conjugate with respect to $S'$, prove that the tangents to $S'$ are conjugate with respect to $S$. \item[87.] If a triangle is self-conjugate with respect to each of a series of parabolas, the lines joining the middle points of its sides will be tangents; all the directrices will pass through $O$, the centre of the circumscribing circle; and the focal chords, which are the polars of $O$, will all touch an ellipse inscribed in the given triangle which has the nine-point circle for its auxiliary circle. \item[88.] If a triangle can be drawn so as to be inscribed in one given conic and circumscribed about another given conic, an infinite number of such triangles can be drawn. \item[89.] Prove that the stereographic projection of a series of parallel circles on a sphere is a series of coaxal circles, the limiting points of which are the projections of the poles of the circles. \item[90.] Through the six points of intersection of a conic with the sides of a triangle straight lines are drawn to the opposite angular points; if three of these lines are concurrent the other three are also concurrent. \item[91.] Prove that the asymptotes of an hyperbola, and a pair of conjugate diameters form an harmonic range, and that the system of pairs of conjugate diameters is a pencil in involution. \item[92.] If two concentric conics have the directions of two pairs of conjugate diameters the same, then the directions are the same for every pair. \item[93.] If two concentric conics have all pairs of conjugate diameters in the same directions, and have a common point, they coincide entirely. %-----File: 304.png----- \item[94.] If two conics have two common self-conjugate triangles with the same vertex, which is interior to both, they cannot intersect in any point without entirely coinciding. \item[95.] If two conics in space whose planes intersect in a line which does not cut either conic, and if on this line there are four points, $P$, $P'$, $Q$, $Q'$, such that the polars of $P$ with regard to the conics both pass through $P'$, and that the polars of $Q$ both pass through $Q'$, then either conic can be projected into the other in two ways. \end{exampleslist} \vfill \begin{center} \rule{\textwidth}{1pt} \footnotesize CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY J.~AND C.~F. CLAY, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. \end{center} %-----File: 305.png----- %%% %%% Start of George Bell & Sons' Classified Catalogue of Educational Works %%% \cleardoublepage \cheader{\textit{George Bell \& Sons' Educational Catalogue}} \pdfbookmark[0]{George Bell \& Sons' Educational Catalogue}{George Bell & Sons' Educational Catalogue} \setcounter{page}{1} % restart page numbering for the catalogue \thispagestyle{empty} \begin{center} {\large A} \vspace{1cm} {\TitleHuge\CatStretch CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE} \vspace{1cm} OF \vspace{1cm} {\TitleHuge\CatStretch EDUCATIONAL WORKS} \vspace{1cm} PUBLISHED BY \vspace{1cm} {\TitleHuge\CatStretch GEORGE BELL \& SONS} \vspace{\stretch{1}} \includegraphicsmid{catlogo} \vspace{\stretch{1}} {\large LONDON: YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN} NEW YORK: 66, FIFTH AVENUE; AND BOMBAY CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL \& CO. \medskip \textsc{October}, 1894 \end{center} %-----File: 306.png----- \clearpage \tableofcontentscat \addtocontents{\tccext}{% \protect\begin{flushright} \vspace{3ex} \textsc{page} \vspace{-3ex} %First chapter heading doesn't need extra spacing \protect\end{flushright}} %-----File: 307.png----- \clearpage \cchaptercat{GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS} \catsectionuppertoc{Annotated And Critical Editions} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D}, late Classical Examiner to the University of London. 4\textit{th edition, revised}. 8vo, 8\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitem[---] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D.}, 6 vols.\ fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Agamemnon. & Persae. \\ Choephoroe. & Prometheus Vinctus. \\ Eumenides. & Septem contra Thebas.\\ \end{tabulartwocol}% } \mitemspace[ARISTOPHANIS\@.] Comoediae quae supersunt cum perditarum fragmentis tertiis curis, recognovit additis adnotatione critica, summariis, descriptione metrica, onomastico lexico {\smallcapsize HUBERTUS A.~HOLDEN, LL.D.} [late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge]. Demy 8vo. Vol.~I., containing the Text expurgated, with Summaries and Critical Notes, 18\s. The Plays sold separately: \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Acharnenses, 2\s. & Aves, 2\s.\\ Equites, 1\s.~6\d. & Lysistrata, et\\ Nubes, 2\s. & \quad Thesmophoriazusae, 4\s.\\ Vespae, 2\s. & Ranae, 2\s.\\ Pax, 2\s. & Plutus, 2\s.\\ \end{tabulartwocol}% } Vol.~II\@. Onomasticon Aristophaneum continens indicem geographicum et historicum 5\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Peace.] A revised Text with English Notes and a Preface. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The Acharnians.] A revised Text with English Notes and a Preface. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The Frogs.] A revised Text with English Notes and a Preface. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[CAESAR De Bello Gallico.] Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} \textit{New edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s. Or in parts, Books I.--III., 1\s.~6\d.; Books IV. and V., 1\s.~6\d.; Books VI. and VII., 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- De Bello Gallico.] Book I\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} With Vocabulary by {\smallcapsize W.~F.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Lower Form Ser.} \mitemspace[--- De Bello Gallico.] Book II\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} With Vocabulary by {\smallcapsize W.~F.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Lower Form Ser.} \mitemspace[--- De Bello Gallico.] Book III\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} With Vocabulary by {\smallcapsize W.~F.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo. 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Lower Form Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Seventh Campaign in Gaul.] {\smallcapsize B.C.} 52. De Bello Gallico, Lib.~VII\@. Edited with Notes, Excursus, and Table of Idioms, by {\smallcapsize REV.~W. COOKWORTHY COMPTON, M.A.}, Head Master of Dover College. With Illustrations from Sketches by {\smallcapsize E.~T. COMPTON}, Maps and Plans. 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d.\ net. ``A really admirable class book.''---\textit{Spectator.} ``One of the most original and interesting books which have been published in late years as aids to the study of classical literature. I think %-----File: 308.png----- it gives the student a new idea of the way in which a classical book may be made a living reality.''---\textit{Rev.~J.~E.~C. Welldon}, Harrow. \mitemspace[--- Easy Selections from the Helvetian War.] Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN, M.A\@.} With Introduction, Notes and Vocabulary. 18mo. 1\s. \catright{Primary Classics.} \mitemspace[CALPURNIUS SICULUS and M. AURELIUS OLYMPIUS NE\-MES\-IA\-NUS\@.] The Eclogues, with Introduction, Commentary, and Appendix. By {\smallcapsize C.~H. KEENE, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and PROPERTIUS\@.] Selected Poems. Edited by the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~H. WRATISLAW}, late Head Master of Bury St.~Edmunds School, and {\smallcapsize F.~N. SUTTON, B.A\@.} With Biographical Notices of the Poets. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[CICERO'S Orations.] Edited by {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, M.A\@.} 8vo. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} Vol.~I\@. --- In Verrem. 8\s. Vol.~II\@. --- Pro P. Quintio --- Pro Sex.\ Roscio --- Pro Q. Roscio --- Pro M. Tullio --- Pro M. Fonteio --- Pro A. Caecina --- De Imperio Cn.\ Pompeii --- Pro A. Cluentio --- De Lege Agraria --- Pro C. Rabirio. 8\s. Vols.\ III. and IV\@. \textit{Out of print}. \mitemspace[--- De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles.] Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} \textit{New edition}. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- De Amicitia.] Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \mitemspace[--- De Senectute.] Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \mitemspace[--- Epistolae Selectae.] Edited by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \mitemspace[--- The Letters to Atticus. Book I\@.] With Notes, and an Essay on the Character of the Writer. By {\smallcapsize A.~PRETOR, M.A.}, late of Trinity College, Fellow of St.~Catherine's College, Cambridge. 3\textit{rd edition}. Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[CORNELIUS NEPOS\@.] Edited by the late {\smallcapsize REV. J.~F. MACMICHAEL}, Head Master of the Grammar School, Ripon. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[DEMOSTHENES\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize R.~WHISTON, M.A.}, late Head Master of Ro\-ches\-ter Grammar School. 2 vols. 8vo, 8\s.\ each. \catright{Bib.\ Class.}\\ \indent Vol.~I\@. --- Olynthiacs --- Philippics --- De Pace --- Halonnesus --- Chersonese --- Letter of Philip --- Duties of the State --- Symmoriae --- Rhodians --- Megalopolitans --- Treaty with Alexander --- Crown. Vol.~II\@. --- Embassy --- Leptines --- Meidias --- Androtion --- Aristocrates --- Timocrates --- Aristogeiton. \mitemspace[--- De Falsa Legatione.] By the late {\smallcapsize R.~SHILLETO, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ Peter's College, Cambridge. 7\textit{th edition}. Post 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The Oration against the Law of Leptines.] With English Notes. By the late {\smallcapsize B.~W. BEATSON, M.A.}, Fellow of Pembroke College. 3\textit{rd edition}. Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 3 vols. 2\textit{nd edition, revised}. 8vo, 8\s.\ each. Vol.~I\@. \textit{Out of print}. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} Vol.~II\@. --- Preface --- Ion --- Helena --- Andromache --- Electra --- Bacchae --- Hecuba. 2 Indexes. Vol.~III\@. --- Preface --- Hercules Furens --- Phoenissae --- Orestes --- Iphigenia in Tauris --- Iphigenia in Aulide --- Cyclops. 2 Indexes. %-----File: 309.png----- \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@. Electra.] Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize C.~H. KEENE, M.A.}, Dublin, Ex-Scholar and Gold Medallist in Classics. Demy 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \mitem[---] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 13 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Alcestis. & Phoenissae.\\ Medea. & Troades.\\ Hippolytus. & Hercules Furens.\\ Hecuba. & Andromache.\\ Bacchae. & Iphigenia in Tauris.\\ Ion (2\s.). & Supplices.\\ Orestes. \end{tabulartwocol}} \mitemspace[HERODOTUS\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize REV. J.~W. BLAKESLEY, B.D\@.} 2 vols. 8vo, 12\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Easy Selections from the Persian Wars.] Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~G. LIDDELL, M.A\@.} With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. 18mo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Primary Classics.} \mitemspace[HESIOD\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitemspace[HOMER\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 2 vols. 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} 14\s. Vol.~II. (Books 13--24) may be had separately, 6\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Iliad.] Books I.--XII\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. Also in 2 Parts. Books I.--VI\@. 2\s.~6\d. Books VII.--XII\@. 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Iliad.] Book I\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \catright{Camb.\ Text with Notes.} \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize REV. A.~J. MACLEANE, M.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition}, revised by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG\@.} 8vo, 8\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitem[---] Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE, M.A\@.} With a short Life. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. Or, Part I., Odes, Carmen Seculare, and Epodes, 2\s.; Part II., Satires, Epistles, and Art of Poetry, 2\s. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Odes.] Book I\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE, M.A\@.} With a Vocabulary by {\smallcapsize A.~H. DENNIS, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Lower~Form~Ser.} \mitem[JUVENAL: Sixteen Satires] (expurgated). By {\smallcapsize HERMAN PRIOR, M.A.}, late Scholar of Trinity College, Oxford. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[LIVY\@.] The first five Books, with English Notes. By {\smallcapsize J.~PRENDEVILLE\@.} A new edition revised throughout, and the notes in great part re-written, by {\smallcapsize J.~H. FREESE, M.A.}, late Fellow of St.~John's College, Cambridge. Books I. II. III. IV. V\@. With Maps and Introductions. Fcap.\ 8vo. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Book VI\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize E.~S. WEYMOUTH, M.A.}, Lond., and {\smallcapsize G.~F. HAMILTON, B.A\@.} With Historical Introduction, Life of Livy, Notes, Examination Questions, Dictionary of Proper Names, and Map. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Book XXI\@.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. L.~D. DOWDALL, M.A.}, late Scholar and University Student of Trinity College, Dublin, B.D., Ch.\ Ch.\ Oxon. Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Book XXII\@.] Edited by the {\smallcapsize REV. L.~D. DOWDALL, M.A., B.D\@.} Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} %-----File: 310.png----- \mitemspace[LIVY\@. Easy Selections from the Kings of Rome.] Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN, M.A\@.} With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. 18mo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Primary Class.} \mitemspace[LUCAN\@. The Pharsalia.] By {\smallcapsize C.~E. HASKINS, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge, with an Introduction by {\smallcapsize W.~E. HEITLAND, M.A.}, Fellow and Tutor of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 8vo, 14\s. \mitemspace[LUCRETIUS\@. Titi Lucreti Cari De Rerum Natura Libri Sex.] By the late {\smallcapsize H.~A.~J. MUNRO, M.A.}, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 4\textit{th edition, finally revised.} 3 vols, demy 8vo. Vols.~I., II., Introduction, Text, and Notes, 18\s. Vol.~III., Translation, 6\s. \mitemspace[MARTIAL: Select Epigrams.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D.}, and the late {\smallcapsize W.~H. STONE}, Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge. With a Life of the Poet. Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[OVID: Fasti.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} \textit{Second edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} Or in 3 vols, 1\s.~6\d.\ each [\textit{Grammar School Classics}], or 2\s.\ each [\textit{Camb.\ Texts with Notes}], Books I. and II., Books III. and IV., Books V. and VI. \mitemspace[--- Selections from the Amores, Tristia, Heroides, and Metamorphoses.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \mitemspace[--- Ars Amatoria et Amores.] A School Edition. Carefully Revised and Edited, with some Literary Notes, by {\smallcapsize J.~HERBERT WILLIAMS, M.A.}, late Demy of Magdalen College, Oxford. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Heroides XIV\@.] Edited, with Introductory Preface and English Notes, by {\smallcapsize ARTHUR PALMER, M.A.}, Professor of Latin at Trinity College, Dublin. Demy 8vo, 6\s. \mitem[--- Metamorphoses,] Book XIII\@. A School Edition. With Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize CHARLES HAINES KEENE, M.A.}, Dublin, Ex-Scholar and Gold Medallist in Classics. 3\textit{rd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Epistolarum ex Ponto Liber Primus.] With Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize CHARLES HAINES KEENE, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[PLATO\@. The Apology of Socrates and Crito.] With Notes, critical and exegetical, by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 12\textit{th edition.} Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \textsc{A Cheap Edition.} Limp Cloth. 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Phaedo.] With Notes, critical and exegetical, and an Analysis, by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 9\textit{th edition.} Post 8vo, 5\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Protagoras.] The Greek Text revised, with an Analysis and English Notes, by {\smallcapsize W.~WAYTE, M.A.}, Classical Examiner at University College, London. 7\textit{th edition.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Euthyphro.] With Notes and Introduction by {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS, M.A.}, Scholar of St.\ John's College, Oxford; Assistant Master at Merchant Taylors' School. 3\textit{rd edition.} Post 8vo, 3\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The Republic.] Books I. and II\@. With Notes and Introduction by {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS, M.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition}, with the Introduction re-written. Post 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Euthydemus.] With Notes and Introduction by {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS, M.A\@.} Post 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Phaedrus.] By the late {\smallcapsize W.~H. THOMPSON, D.D.}, Master of Trinity College, Cambridge. 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Gorgias.] By the late {\smallcapsize W.~H. THOMPSON, D.D.}, Master of Trinity College, Cambridge. \textit{New edition.} 6\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} %-----File: 311.png----- \mitemspace[PLAUTUS\@. Aulularia.] With Notes, critical and exegetical, by {\smallcapsize W.~WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 5\textit{th edition.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Trinummus.] With Notes, critical and exegetical, by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 5\textit{th edition.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Menaechmei.] With Notes, critical and exegetical, by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Mostellaria.] By {\smallcapsize E.~A. SONNENSCHEIN, M.A.}, Professor of Classics at Mason College, Birmingham. Post 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Captivi.] Abridged and Edited for the Use of Schools. With Introduction and Notes by {\smallcapsize J.~H. FREESE, M.A.}, formerly Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PROPERTIUS\@. Sex.\ Aurelii Propertii Carmina.] The Elegies of Propertius, with English Notes. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[SALLUST: Catilina and Jugurtha.] Edited, with Notes, by the late {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG\@.} \textit{New edition, revised}, with the addition of the Chief Fragments of the Histories, by {\smallcapsize J.~G. FRAZER, M.A.}, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d, or separately, 2\s.\ each. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize REV. F.~H. BLAYDES, M.A\@.} Vol.~I, Oedipus Tyrannus --- Oedipus Coloneus --- Antigone. 8vo, 8\s. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} Vol.~II\@. Philoctetes --- Electra --- Trachiniae --- Ajax. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 8vo, 6\s., or the four Plays separately in limp cloth, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Trachiniae.] With Notes and Prolegomena. By {\smallcapsize ALFRED PRETOR, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ Catherine's College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles.] By {\smallcapsize B.~H. KENNEDY, D.D.}, Regius Professor of Greek and Hon.\ Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. With a Commentary containing a large number of Notes selected from the MS. of the late {\smallcapsize T.~H. STEEL, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 8\s. \mitem[---] \textbf{---} \textsc{A School Edition}, post 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitem[---] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 5 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Oedipus Tyrannus. & Electra. \\ Oedipus Coloneus. & Ajax. \\ Antigone. & \end{tabulartwocol}} \mitemspace[TACITUS: Germania and Agricola.] Edited by the late {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST}, late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- The Germania.] Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize R.~R. DAVIS, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[TERENCE\@.] With Notes, critical and explanatory, by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 3\textit{rd edition.} Post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitem[---] Edited by {\smallcapsize WILHELM WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 4 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \catright{Camb.~Texts with Notes.} \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Andria. & Hautontimorumenos. \\ Adelphi. & Phormio. \\ \end{tabulartwocol}} \mitemspace[THEOCRITUS\@.] With short, critical and explanatory Latin Notes, by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} %-----File: 312.png----- \mitem[THUCYDIDES,] Book VI\@. By {\smallcapsize T.~W. DOUGAN, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge; Professor of Latin in Queen's College, Belfast. Edited with English notes. Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Pub.\ Sch.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- The History of the Peloponnesian War.] With Notes and a careful Collation of the two Cambridge Manuscripts, and of the Aldine and Juntine Editions. By the late {\smallcapsize RICHARD SHILLETO, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ Peter's College, Cambridge. 8vo. Book~I. 6\s.~6\d. Book~II. 5\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] By the late {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR CONINGTON, M.A\@.} Revised by the late {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR NETTLESHIP}, Corpus Professor of Latin at Oxford. 8vo. \catright{Bib.\ Class.} Vol.~I\@. The Bucolics and Georgics, with new Memoir and three Essays on Virgil's Commentators, Text, and Critics. 4\textit{th edition}. 10\s.~6\d. Vol.~II\@. The Aeneid, Books I.--VI\@. 4\textit{th edition}. 10\s.~6\d. Vol.~III\@. The Aeneid, Books VII.--XII\@. 3\textit{rd edition}. 10\s.~6\d. \mitem[---] Abridged from {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR CONINGTON'S} Edition, by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~G. SHEPPARD, D.C.L., H.~NETTLESHIP}, late Corpus Professor of Latin at the University of Oxford, and {\smallcapsize W.~WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 2~vols.\ fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s.~6\d.\ each. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} Vol.~I\@. Bucolics, Georgics, and Aeneid, Books I.--IV. Vol.~II\@. Aeneid, Books V.--XII. Also the Bucolics and Georgics, in one vol.\ 3\s. \begin{samepage} \begin{center} \textit{Or in} 9 \textit{separate volumes} (\textit{Grammar School Classics, with Notes at foot of page}), \textit{price} 1\s.~6\d.\ \textit{each}. \end{center} \begin{tabulartwocol} \textbf{Bucolics}. & \textbf{Aeneid}, V. and VI. \\ \textbf{Georgics}, I. and II. & \textbf{Aeneid}, VII. and VIII. \\ \textbf{Georgics}, III. and IV. & \textbf{Aeneid}, IX. and X. \\ \textbf{Aeneid}, I. and II. & \textbf{Aeneid}, XI. and XII. \\ \textbf{Aeneid}, III. and IV. \end{tabulartwocol} \end{samepage} \begin{center} \textit{Or in} 12 \textit{separate volumes} (\textit{Cambridge Texts with Notes at end}), \textit{price} 1\s.~6\d.\ \textit{each}. \end{center} \begin{tabulartwocol} \textbf{Bucolics}. & \textbf{Aeneid}, VII. \\ \textbf{Georgics}, I. and II. & \textbf{Aeneid}, VIII. \\ \textbf{Georgics}, III. and IV. & \textbf{Aeneid}, IX. \\ \textbf{Aeneid}, I. and II. & \textbf{Aeneid}, X. \\ \textbf{Aeneid}, III. and IV. & \textbf{Aeneid}, XI. \\ \textbf{Aeneid}, V. and VI. (price 2\s.) & \textbf{Aeneid}, XII. \end{tabulartwocol} \mitem[--- Aeneid,] Book I\@. {\smallcapsize CONINGTON'S} Edition abridged. With Vocabulary by {\smallcapsize W.~F.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Lower Form Ser.} \mitemspace[XENOPHON: Anabasis.] With Life, Itinerary, Index, and three Maps. Edited by the late {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} \textit{Revised edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \begin{center} {\textit{Or in} 4 \textit{separate volumes, price} 1\s.~6\d. \textit{each}.} \end{center} Book I. (with Life, Introduction, Itinerary, and three Maps) --- Books II\@. and III\@. --- Books IV\@. and V\@. --- Books VI\@. and VII. \mitemspace[--- Anabasis.] {\smallcapsize MACMICHAEL'S} Edition, revised by {\smallcapsize J.~E. MELHUISH, M.A.}, Assistant Master of St.\ Paul's School. In 6 volumes, fcap.\ 8vo. With Life, Itinerary, and Map to each volume, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} Book I. --- Books II. and III. --- Book IV. --- Book V. --- Book VI. --- Book VII. %-----File: 313.png----- \mitemspace[XENOPHON\@. Cyropaedia.] Edited by {\smallcapsize G.~M. GORHAM, M.A.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. \textit{New edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} Also Books I. and II., 1\s.~6\d.; Books V. and VI., 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Memorabilia.] Edited by {\smallcapsize PERCIVAL FROST, M.A.}, late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \catright{Gram.\ Sch.\ Class.} \mitemspace[--- Hellenica.] Book I\@. Edited by {\smallcapsize L.~D. DOWDALL, M.A., B.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \mitemspace[--- Hellenica.] Book II\@. By {\smallcapsize L.~D. DOWDALL, M.A., B.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.\ Texts with Notes.} \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Texts} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] Ex novissima recensione {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, A.M., LL.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[CAESAR De Bello Gallico.] Recognovit {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[CATULLUS\@.] A New Text, with Critical Notes and an Introduction, by {\smallcapsize J.~P. POSTGATE, M.A., LITT.D.}, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of Comparative Philology at the University of London. Wide fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[CICERO De Senectute et de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae.] Recensuit {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\catright{Camb. Texts.} \mitemspace[CICERONIS Orationes in Verrem.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitem[CORPUS POETARUM LATINORUM,] a se aliisque denuo recognitorum et brevi lectionum varietate instructorum, edidit {\smallcapsize JOHANNES PERCIVAL POSTGATE\@.} Fasc.~I. quo continentur Ennius, Lucretius, Catullus, Horatius, Vergil\-ius, Tibullus. Large post 4to, 9\s.\ net. \threestars To be completed in 4 parts, making 2 volumes. Part II. will be ready shortly. \mitemspace[CORPUS POETARUM LATINORUM\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize WALKER\@.} Con\-tain\-ing:--- Catullus, Lucretius, Virgilius, Tibullus, Propertius, Ovidius, Horatius, Phaedrus, Lucanus, Persius, Juvenalis, Martialis, Sulpicia, Statius, Silius Italicus, Valerius Flaccus, Calpurnius Siculus, Ausonius, and Claudianus. 1 vol. 8vo, cloth, 18\s. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, A.M., LL.D\@.} 3 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.\ each. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} Vol.~I\@. --- Rhesus --- Medea --- Hippolytus --- Alcestis --- Heraclidae --- Supplices --- Troades. Vol.~II\@. --- Ion --- Helena --- Andromache --- Electra --- Bacchae --- Hecuba. Vol.~III\@. --- Hercules Furens --- Phoenissae --- Orestes --- Iphigenia in Tauris --- Iphigenia in Aulide --- Cyclops. \mitemspace[HERODOTUS\@.] Recensuit {\smallcapsize J.~G. BLAKESLEY, S.T.B\@.} 2 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d.\ each.\catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitem[HOMERI ILIAS] I.--XII\@. Ex novissima recensione {\smallcapsize F.~A. PASLEY, A.M., LL.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[HORATIUS\@.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[JUVENAL ET PERSIUS\@.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d.\catright{Camb.~Texts.} %-----File: 314.png----- \mitemspace[LUCRETIUS\@.] Recognovit {\smallcapsize H.~A.~J. MUNRO, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitem[PROPERTIUS\@. Sex.\ Propertii Elegiarum Libri IV.] recensuit {\smallcapsize A.~PALMER}, collegii sacrosanctae et individuae Trinitatis juxta Dublinum Socius. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[SALLUSTI CRISPI CATILINA ET JUGURTHA,] Recognovit {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, A.M., LL.D\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[TERENTI COMOEDIAE\@.] {\smallcapsize GUL. WAGNER} relegit et emendavit. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[THUCYDIDES\@.] Recensuit {\smallcapsize J.~G. DONALDSON, S.T.P\@.} 2 vols. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.\ each. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[VERGILIUS\@.] Ex recensione {\smallcapsize J.~CONINGTON, A.M\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \mitemspace[XENOPHONTIS EXPEDITIO CYRI\@.] Recensuit {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL A.B\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.~Texts.} \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Translations} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS, The Tragedies of.] Translated into English Prose. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D.}, Editor of the Greek Text. 2\textit{nd edition revised}, 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Tragedies of.] Translated into English verse by {\smallcapsize ANNA SWANWICK\@.} 4\textit{th edition revised.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- The Tragedies of.] Literally translated into Prose, by {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Tragedies of.] Translated by {\smallcapsize WALTER HEADLAM, M.A.}, Fellow of King's College, Cambridge. \catright{Preparing.} \mitemspace[ANTONINUS (M. Aurelius), The Thoughts of.] Translated by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} \textit{Revised edition.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. Fine paper edition on handmade paper. Pott 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[APOLLONIUS RHODIUS\@. The Argonautica.] Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~P. COLE\-RIDGE\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[AMMIANUS MARCELLINUS\@.] \textbf{History of Rome} during the Reigns of Constantius, Julian, Jovianus, Valentinian, and Valens. Translated by {\smallcapsize PROF. C.~D. YONGE, M.A\@.} With a complete Index.\ Small post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ARISTOPHANES, The Comedies of.] Literally translated by {\smallcapsize W.~J. HICKIE\@.} \textit{With Portrait.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I.--Acharnians, Knights, Clouds, Wasps, Peace, and Birds. Vol.~II.--Lysistrata, Thesmophoriazusae, Frogs, Ecclesiazusae, and Plutus. \mitemspace[--- The Acharnians.] Translated by {\smallcapsize W.~H. COVINGTON, B.A\@.} With Memoir and Introduction. Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[ARISTOTLE on the Athenian Constitution.] Translated, with Notes and Introduction, by {\smallcapsize F.~G. KENYON, M.A.}, Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford. Pott 8vo, printed on handmade paper. 2\textit{nd edition.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- History of Animals.] Translated by {\smallcapsize RICHARD CRESSWELL, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. %-----File: 315.png----- \mitem[--- Organon:] or, Logical Treatises, and the Introduction of Porphyry. With Notes, Analysis, Introduction, and Index, by the {\smallcapsize REV. O.~F. OWEN, M.A\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Rhetoric and Poetics.] Literally Translated, with Hobbes' Analysis, \&c., by {\smallcapsize T.~BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Nicomachean Ethics.] Literally Translated, with Notes, an Analytical Introduction, \&c., by the Venerable {\smallcapsize ARCHDEACON BROWN}, late Classical Professor of King's College. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Politics and Economics.] Translated, with Notes, Analyses, and Index, by {\smallcapsize E.~WALFORD, M.A.}, and an Introductory Essay and a Life by {\smallcapsize DR. GILLIES\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Metaphysics.] Literally Translated, with Notes, Analysis, \&c., by the {\smallcapsize REV. JOHN H.~McMAHON, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s.\clabel{note:mc} \mitem[ARRIAN\@. Anabasis of Alexander,] together with the Indica. Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~J. CHINNOCK, M.A., LL.D\@.} With Introduction, Notes, Maps, and Plans. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[CAESAR\@. Commentaries on the Gallic and Civil Wars,] with the Supplementary Books attributed to Hirtius, including the complete Alexandrian, Af\-rican, and Spanish Wars. Translated by {\smallcapsize W.~A. McDEVITTE, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Gallic War.] Translated by {\smallcapsize W.~A. McDEVITTE, B.A\@.} 2 vols., with Memoir and Map. Crown 8vo, sewed. Books I. to IV., Books V. to VII., 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[CALPURNIUS SICULUS, The Eclogues of.] The Latin Text, with English Translation by {\smallcapsize E.~J.~L. SCOTT, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and the Vigil of Venus.] Prose Translation. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[CICERO, The Orations of.] Translated by {\smallcapsize PROF. C.~D. YONGE, M.A\@.} With Index. 4 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- On Oratory and Orators.] With Letters to Quintus and Brutus. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- On the Nature of the Gods.] Divination, Fate, Laws, a Republic, Consulship. Translated by {\smallcapsize PROF. C.~D. YOUNG, M.A.}, and {\smallcapsize FRANCIS BARHAM\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[--- Academics,] De Finibus, and Tusculan Questions. By {\smallcapsize PROF. C.~D. YOUNG, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[--- Offices;] or, Moral Duties. Cato Major, an Essay on Old Age; Laelius, an Essay on Friendship; Scipio's Dream; Paradoxes; Letter to Quintus on Magistrates. Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~R. EDMONDS\@.} \textit{With Portrait}, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Old Age and Friendship.] Translated, with Memoir and Notes, by {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[DEMOSTHENES, The Orations of.] Translated, with Notes, Arguments, a Chronological Abstract, Appendices, and Index, by {\smallcapsize C.~RANN KENNEDY\@.} 5~vols.\ small post 8vo. Vol.~I.---The Olynthiacs, Philippics. 3\s.~6\d. Vol.~II.---On the Crown and on the Embassy, 5\s. Vol.~III.---Against Leptines, Midias, Androtion, and Aristocrates. 5\s. Vols. IV. and V.---Private and Miscellaneous Orations. 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- On the Crown.] Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~RANN KENNEDY\@.} Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s., cloth, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DIOGENES LAERTIUS\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize PROF\@. C.~D. YOUNG, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. %-----File: 316.png----- \mitemspace[EPICTETUS, The Discourses of.] With the \textbf{Encheiridion and Fragments}. Translated by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. Fine Paper Edition, 2 vols.\ Pott 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] A Prose Translation, from the Text of Paley. By {\smallcapsize E.~P. COLERIDGE, B.A\@.} 2 vols., 5\s.\ each. \indent Vol.~I.---Rhesus, Medea, Hippolytus, Alcestis, Heraclidæ, Supplices, Tro\-ades, Ion, Helena. \indent Vol.~II.---Andromache, Electra, Bacchae, Hecuba, Hercules Furens, Phoenissae, Orestes, Iphigenia in Tauris, Iphigenia in Aulis, Cyclops. \threestars The plays separately (except Rhesus, Helena, Electra, Iphigenia in Aulis, and Cyclops). Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s.\ each. ---Translated from the Text of Dindorf. By {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[GREEK ANTHOLOGY\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize GEORGE BURGES, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[HERODOTUS\@.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. HENRY CARY, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Analysis and Summary of.] By {\smallcapsize J.~T. WHEELER\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[HESIOD, CALLIMACHUS,] and \textbf{THEOGNIS\@.} Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~BANKS, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[HOMER\@. The Iliad.] Translated by {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[--- The Odyssey, Hymns, Epigrams,] and \textbf{Battle of the Frogs and Mice.} Translated by {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- The Iliad.] Books I.--IV\@. Translated into English Hexameter Verse, by {\smallcapsize HENRY SMITH WRIGHT, B.A.}, late Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge. Medium 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] Translated by Smart. \textit{Revised edition.} By {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Odes and Carmen Saeculare.] Translated into English Verse by the late {\smallcapsize JOHN CONINGTON, M.A.}, Corpus Professor of Latin in the University of Oxford, 11\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Satires and Epistles.] Translated into English Verse by {\smallcapsize PROF. JOHN CONINGTON, M.A\@.} 8\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Odes and Epodes.] Translated by {\smallcapsize SIR STEPHEN E.~DE~VERE, BART\@.} 3\textit{rd edition, enlarged.} Imperial 16mo, 7\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitemspace[ISOCRATES, The Orations of.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~H. FREESE, M.A.}, late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge, with Introductions and Notes. Vol.~I\@. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[JUSTIN, CORNELIUS NEPOS, \textmd{and} EUTROPIUS\@.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. {\stretchyspace \mitemspace[JUVENAL, PERSIUS, SULPICIA, \textmd{and} LUCILIUS\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize L.~EVANS, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. } \mitemspace[LIVY\@. The History of Rome.] Translated by {\smallcapsize DR.~SPILLAN, C.~EDMONDS}, and others. 4 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. ---Books I., II., III., IV\@. A Revised Translation by {\smallcapsize J.~H. FREESE, M.A.}, late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. With Memoir, and Maps. 4 vols., crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s.\ each. ---Book V\@. A Revised Translation by {\smallcapsize E.~S. WEYMOUTH, M.A.}, Lond. With Memoir, and Maps. Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. ---Book IX\@. Translated by {\smallcapsize FRANCIS STORR, B.A\@.} With Memoir. Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. %-----File: 317.png----- \mitemspace[LUCAN\@. The Pharsalia.] Translated into Prose by {\smallcapsize H.~T. RILEY\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- The Pharsalia.] Book I\@. Translated by {\smallcapsize FREDERICK CONWAY, M.A\@.} With Memoir and Introduction. Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[LUCIAN'S Dialogues of the Gods, of the Sea-Gods, and of the Dead.] Translated by {\smallcapsize HOWARD WILLIAMS, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[LUCRETIUS\@.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. ---Literally translated by the late {\smallcapsize H.~A.~J. MUNRO, M.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition.} Demy 8vo, 6\s. \mitem[MARTIAL'S Epigrams,] complete. Literally translated into Prose, with the addition of Verse Translations selected from the Works of English Poets, and other sources. Small post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[OVID, The Works of.] Translated. 3 vols., small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I.---Fasti, Tristia, Pontic Epistles, Ibis, and Halieuticon. Vol.~II.---Metamorphoses. \textit{With Frontispiece.} Vol.~III.---Heroides, Amours, Art of Love, Remedy of Love, and Minor Pieces. \textit{With Frontispiece.} \mitemspace[PINDAR\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize DAWSON W.~TURNER\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[PLATO\@. Gorgias.] Translated by the late {\smallcapsize E.~M. COPE, M.A.}, Fellow of Trinity College. 2\textit{nd edition.} 8vo, 7\s. \mitemspace[--- Philebus.] Translated by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Small 8vo, 4\s. \mitemspace[--- Theaetetus.] Translated by {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} Small 8vo, 4\s. \mitemspace[--- The Works of.] Translated, with Introduction and Notes. 6 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I\@. --- The Apology of Socrates --- Crito --- Phaedo --- Gorgias --- Protagoras --- Phaedrus --- Theaetetus --- Eutyphron --- Lysis. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. H.~CARY.} Vol.~II\@. --- The Republic --- Timaeus --- Critias. Translated by {\smallcapsize HENRY DAVIS.} Vol.~III\@. --- Meno --- Euthydemus --- The Sophist --- Statesman --- Cratylus --- Parmenides --- The Banquet. Translated by {\smallcapsize G.~BURGES.} Vol.~IV\@. --- Philebus --- Charmides --- Laches --- Menexenus --- Hippias --- Ion --- The Two Alcibiades --- Theages --- Rivals --- Hipparchus --- Minos --- Clitopho --- Epistles. Translated by {\smallcapsize G.~BURGES.} Vol.~V\@. --- The Laws. Translated by {\smallcapsize G.~BURGES.} Vol.~VI\@. --- The Doubtful Works. Edited by {\smallcapsize G.~BURGES\@.} With General Index to the six volumes. \mitemspace[--- Apology, Crito, Phaedo, and Protagoras.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. H. CARY\@.} Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s., cloth, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Dialogues.] A Summary and Analysis of. With Analytical Index, giving references to the Greek text of modern editions and to the above translations. By {\smallcapsize A.~DAY, LL.D\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[PLAUTUS, The Comedies of.] Translated by {\smallcapsize H.~T. RILEY, B.A\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I\@. --- Trinummus --- Miles Gloriosus --- Bacchides --- Stichus --- Pseudolus --- Menaechmei --- Aulularia --- Captivi --- Asinaria --- Curculio. Vol.~II\@. --- Amphitryon --- Rudens --- Mercator --- Cistellaria --- Truculentus --- Persa --- Casina --- Poenulus --- Epidicus --- Mostellaria --- Fragments. \mitemspace[--- Trinummus, Menaechmei, Aulularia, and Captivi.] Translated by {\smallcapsize H.~T. RILEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s., cloth, 1\s.~6\d. %-----File: 318.png----- \mitemspace[PLINY\@. The Letters of Pliny the Younger.] Melmoth's Translation, revised, by the {\smallcapsize REV. F.~C.~T. BOSANQUET, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[PLUTARCH\@. Lives.] Translated by {\smallcapsize A.~STEWART, M.A.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} 4 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Morals. Theosophical Essays.] Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~W. KING, M.A.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Morals. Ethical Essays.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~R. SHILLETO, M.A.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[PROPERTIUS\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize REV. P.~J.~F. GANTILLON, M.A.}, and accompanied by Poetical Versions, from various sources. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PRUDENTIUS, Translations from.] A Selection from his Works, with a Translation into English Verse, and an Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize FRANCIS ST. JOHN THACKERAY, M.A., F.S.A.}, Vicar of Mapledurham, formerly Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford, and Assistant-Master at Eton. Wide post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitem[QUINTILIAN: Institutes of Oratory,] or, Education of an Orator. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[SALLUST, FLORUS, and VELLEIUS PATERCULUS\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[SENECA: On Benefits.] Translated by {\smallcapsize A.~STEWART, M.A.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Minor Essays and On Clemency.] Translated by {\smallcapsize A.~STEWART, M.A.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] Translated, with Memoir, Notes, etc., by {\smallcapsize E.~P. COLERIDGE, B.A.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. Or the plays separately, crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- The Tragedies of.] The Oxford Translation, with Notes, Arguments, and Introduction. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- The Dramas of.] Rendered in English Verse, Dramatic and Lyric, by {\smallcapsize SIR GEORGE YOUNG, BART., M.A.}, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 8vo, 12\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The {\OE}dipus Tyrannus.] Translated into English Prose. By {\smallcapsize PROF. B.~H. KEN\-NEDY\@.} Crown 8vo, in paper wrapper, 1\s. \mitemspace[SUETONIUS\@. Lives of the Twelve Caesars and Lives of the Grammarians.] Thomson's revised Translation, by {\smallcapsize T.~FORESTER\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[TACITUS, The Works of.] Translated, with Notes and Index. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I\@. --- The Annals. Vol.~II\@. --- The History, Germania, Agricola, Oratory, and Index. \mitemspace[TERENCE and PHAEDRUS\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize H.~T. RILEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[THEOCRITUS, BION, MOSCHUS, and TYRTAEUS\@.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~BANKS, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[THEOCRITUS\@.] Translated into English Verse by {\smallcapsize C.~S. CALVERLEY, M.A.}, late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. \textit{New edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. %-----File: 319.png----- \mitemspace[THUCYDIDES\@. The Peloponnesian War.] Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. H. DALE.} \textit{With Portrait}. 2 vols., 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Analysis and Summary of.] By {\smallcapsize J.~T. WHEELER\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] Translated by {\smallcapsize A.~HAMILTON BRYCE, LL.D\@.} With Memoir and Introduction. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. Also in 6 vols., crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s.\ each. \textbf{% \begin{tabulartwocol} Georgics. & Æneid IV.--VI.\\ Bucolics. & Æneid VII.--IX.\\ Æneid I.--III. & Æneid X.--XII.\\ \end{tabulartwocol}} \mitem[--- Davidson's Translation,] revised, by {\smallcapsize T.~A. BUCKLEY, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[XENOPHON\@. The Works of.] In 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I\@. --- The Anabasis, and Memorabilia. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A\@.} With a Geographical Commentary, by {\smallcapsize W.~F. AINSWORTH, F.S.A., F.R.G.S.}, etc. Vol.~II\@. --- Cyropaedia and Hellenics. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A.}, and the {\smallcapsize REV. H.~DALE.} Vol.~III\@. --- The Minor Works. Translated by the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~S. WATSON, M.A.} \mitem[SABRINAE COROLLA] In Hortulis Regiae Scholae Salopiensis contexuerunt tres viri floribus legendis. 4\textit{th edition, revised and re-arranged}. By the late {\smallcapsize BENJAMIN HALL KENNEDY, D.D.}, Regius Professor of Greek at the University of Cambridge. Large post 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \mitem[SERTUM CARTHUSIANUM] Floribus trium Seculorum Contextum. Cura {\smallcapsize GULIELMI HAIG BROWN}, Scholae Carthusianae Archididascali. Demy 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[TRANSLATIONS into English and Latin.] By {\smallcapsize C.~S. CALVERLEY, M.A.}, late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge, 3\textit{rd edition}. Crown 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[TRANSLATIONS from and into the Latin, Greek and English.] By {\smallcapsize R.~C. JEBB, M.A.}, Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Cambridge, {\smallcapsize H.~JACKSON, M.A., LITT.D.}, Fellows of Trinity College, Cambridge, and {\smallcapsize W.~E. CURREY, M.A.}, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. 2\textit{nd edition, revised}. 8\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Grammar and Composition} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BADDELEY\@. Auxilia Latina.] A Series of Progressive Latin Exercises. By {\smallcapsize M.~J.~B. BADDELEY, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo. Part I., Accidence. 5\textit{th edition}. 2\s. Part II\@. 5\textit{th edition}. 2\s. Key to Part II\@. 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[BAIRD\@. Greek Verbs.] A Catalogue of Verbs, Irregular and Defective; their leading formations, tenses in use, and dialectic inflexions, with a copious Appendix, containing Paradigms for conjugation, Rules for formation of tenses, \&c., \&c. By {\smallcapsize J.~S. BAIRD, T.C.D\@.} \textit{New edition, revised}. 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Homeric Dialect. Its Leading Forms and Peculiarities.] By {\smallcapsize J.~S. BAIRD, T.C.D\@.} \textit{New edition, revised}. By the {\smallcapsize REV. W.~GUNION RUTHERFORD, M.A., LL.D.}, Head Master at Westminster School. 1\s. %-----File: 320.png----- \mitemspace[BAKER\@. Latin Prose for London Students.] By {\smallcapsize ARTHUR BAKER, M.A.}, Classical Master, Independent College, Taunton. Wide fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. This book of ninety pages covers systematically the whole ground of the Latin Sentences included in the Matriculation, Pass Intermediate, and Pass {\smallcapsize B.A.}\ course of London University. \mitemspace[BARRY\@. Notes on Greek Accents.] By the {\smallcapsize RIGHT REV. A.~BARRY, D.D\@.} \textit{New edition, re-written}. 1\s. \mitemspace[CHURCH\@. Latin Prose Lessons.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. CHURCH, M.A.}, Professor of Latin at University College, London. 9\textit{th edition}. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CLAPIN\@. Latin Primer.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~C. CLAPIN, M.A.}, Assistant Master at Sherborne School, 3\textit{rd edition}. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[COLLINS\@. Latin Exercises and Grammar Papers.] By {\smallcapsize T.~COLLINS, M.A.}, Head Master of the Latin School, Newport, Salop. 7\textit{th edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Unseen Papers] in Latin Prose and Verse. With Examination Questions. 6\textit{th edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Unseen Papers] in Greek Prose and Verse. With Examination Questions. 3\textit{rd edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.\ \mitem[--- Easy Translations] from Nepos, Caesar, Cicero, Livy, \&c., for Retranslation into Latin. With Notes. 2\s.\ \mitemspace[COMPTON\@. Rudiments of Attic Construction and Idiom.] An Introduction to Greek Syntax for Beginners who have acquired some knowledge of Latin. By the {\smallcapsize REV. W.~COOKWORTHY COMPTON, M.A.}, Head Master of Dover College. Crown 8vo, 3\s.\ \mitem[FROST\@. Eclogae Latinae;] or, First Latin Reading Book. With Notes and Vocabulary by the late {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST, M.A\@.} \textit{New edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Analecta Graeca Minora.] With Notes and Dictionary. \textit{New edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.\ \mitemspace[--- Materials for Latin Prose Composition.] By the late {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST, M.A\@.} \textit{New edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo,\ 2\s. Key (for tutors only). 4\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- A Latin Verse Book.] \textit{New edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.\ Key (for tutors only). 5\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- Materials for Greek Prose Composition.] \textit{New edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d.\ Key (for tutors only). 5\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- Greek Accidence.] \textit{New edition}. 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Latin Accidence.] 1\s.\ \mitemspace[HARKNESS\@. A Latin Grammar.] By {\smallcapsize ALBERT HARKNESS\@.} Post 8vo, 6\s.\ \mitemspace[KEY\@. A Latin Grammar.] By the late {\smallcapsize T.~H. KEY, M.A., F.R.S\@.} \textit{6th thousand.} Post 8vo, 8\s.\ \mitemspace[--- A Short Latin Grammar for Schools.] \textsc{16th edition}.\ Post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ \mitemspace[HOLDEN\@. Foliorum Silvula.] Part I\@. Passages for Translation into Latin Elegiac and Heroic Verse. By {\smallcapsize H.~A. HOLDEN, LL.D\@.} 11\textit{th edition}.\ Post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Foliorum Silvula.] Part II\@. Select Passages for Translation into Latin Lyric and Comic Iambic Verse. 3\textit{rd edition}.\ Post 8vo, 5\s.\ \mitemspace[--- Foliorum Centuriae.] Select Passages for Translation into Latin and Greek Prose. 10\textit{th edition}.\ Post 8vo, 8\s.\ %-----File: 321.png----- \mitemspace[JEBB, JACKSON, and CURREY\@. Extracts for Translation in Greek, Latin, and English.] By {\smallcapsize R.~C. JEBB, LITT.D., LL.D.}, Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Cambridge; {\smallcapsize H.~JACKSON, LITT.D.}, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; and {\smallcapsize W.~E. CURREY, M.A.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[Latin Syntax, Principles of.] 1\s.\ \mitemspace[Latin Versification.] 1\s.\ \mitemspace[MASON\@. Analytical Latin Exercises.] By {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition}.\ Part~I., 1\s.~6\d. Part~II., 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Analysis of Sentences Applied to Latin.] Post 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[NETTLESHIP\@. Passages for Translation into Latin Prose.] Preceded by Essays on:---I. Political and Social Ideas. II. Range of Metaphorical Expression. III. Historical Development of Latin Prose Style in Antiquity. IV. Cautions as to Orthography. By {\smallcapsize H.~NETTLESHIP, M.A.}, late Corpus Professor of Latin in the University of Oxford. Crown 8vo, 3\s. A Key. 4\s.~6\d.\ net. {\stretchyspace ``The Introduction ought to be studied by every teacher of Latin.''---\textit{Guardian}. } \mitem[Notabilia Quaedam;] or the Principal Tenses of most of the Irregular Greek Verbs, and Elementary Greek, Latin, and French Constructions. \textit{New edition}. 1\s. \mitem[PALEY\@. Greek Particles] and their Combinations according to Attic Usage. A Short Treatise. By {\smallcapsize F.~A. PALEY, M.A., LL.D\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[PENROSE\@. Latin Elegiac Verse,] Easy Exercises in. By the {\smallcapsize REV. J.\ PENROSE\@.} \textit{New edition}. 2\s. (Key, 3\s.~6\d.\ net.) \mitemspace[PRESTON\@. Greek Verse Composition.] By {\smallcapsize G.~PRESTON, M.A\@.} 5\textit{th edition}.\ Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PRUEN\@. Latin Examination Papers.] Comprising Lower, Middle, and Upper School Papers, and a number of the Woolwich and Sandhurst Standards. By {\smallcapsize G.~G. PRUEN, M.A.}, Senior Classical Master in the Modern Department, Cheltenham College. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SEAGER\@. Faciliora.] An Elementary Latin Book on a New Principle. By the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~L. SEAGER, M.A\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[STEDMAN (A.~M.~M.). First Latin Lessons.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN, M.A.}, Wadham College, Oxford. 2\textit{nd edition, enlarged}.\ Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Initia Latina.] Easy Lessons on Elementary Accidence. 2\textit{nd edition}. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- First Latin Reader.] With Notes adapted to the Shorter Latin Primer and Vocabulary. Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Easy Latin Passages] for Unseen Translation. 2\textit{nd and enlarged edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Exempla Latina.] First Exercises in Latin Accidence. With Vocabulary. Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Latin Compound Sentence; Rules and Exercises.] Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. With Vocabulary, 2\s. \mitem[--- Easy Latin Exercises] on the Syntax of the Shorter and Revised Latin Primers. With Vocabulary. 3\textit{rd edition}.\ Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Latin Examination Papers] in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. 3\textit{rd edition}. 2\s.~6\d. Key (for Tutors only), 6\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- Notanda Quaedam.] Miscellaneous Latin Exercises. On Common Rules and Idioms. 2\textit{nd edition}.\ Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. With Vocabulary, 2\s. %-----File: 322.png----- \mitemspace[--- Latin Vocabularies for Repetition.] Arranged according to Subjects. 3\textit{rd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- First Greek Lessons.]\ \catright{In preparation.}% \space to avoid odd spacing \mitem[--- Easy Greek Passages] for Unseen Translation. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Easy Greek Exercises] on Elementary Syntax. \catright{In preparation.} \mitem[--- Greek Vocabularies] for Repetition. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Greek Testament Selections] for the Use of Schools, 2\textit{nd edition.} With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Greek Examination Papers] in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. 2\textit{nd edition}. 2\s.~6\d. Key (for Tutors only), 6\s.\ net. \mitemspace[THACKERAY\@. Anthologia Graeca.] A Selection of Greek Poetry, with Notes. By {\smallcapsize F.~ST. JOHN THACKERAY\@.} 5\textit{th edition.} 16mo, 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Anthologia Latina.] A Selection of Latin Poetry, from Naevius to Boëthius, with Notes. By {\smallcapsize REV. F.~ST. JOHN THACKERAY\@.} 6\textit{th edition.} 16mo, 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Hints and Cautions on Attic Greek Prose Composition.] Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Exercises on the Irregular and Defective Greek Verbs.] 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[WELLS\@. Tales for Latin Prose Composition.] With Notes and Vocabulary. By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS, M.A.}, Assistant Master at Merchant Taylor's School. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{History, Geography, and Reference Books, etc} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[TEUFFEL'S History of Roman Literature.] 5\textit{th edition}, revised by {\smallcapsize DR. SCHWABE}, translated by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR G.~C.~W. WARR, M.A.}, King's College, London. Medium 8vo. 2 vols. 30\s. Vol.~I. (The Republican Period), 15\s. Vol.~II. (The Imperial Period), 15\s. \mitemspace[KEIGHTLEY'S Mythology of Ancient Greece and Italy.] 4\textit{th edition}, revised by the late {\smallcapsize LEONHARD SCHMITZ, PH.D., LL.D.}, Classical Examiner to the University of London. With 12 Plates from the Antique. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[DONALDSON'S Theatre of the Greeks.] 10\textit{th edition.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[DICTIONARY OF LATIN AND GREEK QUOTATIONS;] including Pro\-verbs, Maxims, Mottoes, Law Terms and Phrases. With all the Quantities marked, and English Translations. With Index Verborum. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[BENTLEY'S Dissertations upon the Epistles of Phalaris, Themistocles, Socrates, Euripides, and the Fables of Aesop.] Edited, with an Introduction and Notes, by the late {\smallcapsize PROF. W.~WAGNER, PH.D\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[DOBREE'S Adversaria.] With Preface by the late {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR W.\ WAGNER\@.} 2~vols. 10\s. \mitemspace[A GUIDE TO THE CHOICE OF CLASSICAL BOOKS\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~B.\ MAYOR, M.A.}, Professor of Moral Philosophy at King's College, late Fellow and Tutor of St.~John's College, Cambridge. 3\textit{rd edition}, with Supplementary List. Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. Supplement separate, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PAUSANIAS' Description of Greece.] Newly translated, with Notes and Index, by {\smallcapsize A.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. %-----File: 323.png----- \mitemspace[STRABO'S Geography.] Translated by {\smallcapsize W.~FALCONER, M.A.}, and {\smallcapsize H.~C.\ HAMILTON\@.} 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[AN ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~HUGHES} and {\smallcapsize G.~LONG, M.A\@.} Containing Ten selected Maps. Imp.\ 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[AN ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY\@.] Twenty-four Maps by {\smallcapsize W.~HUGHES} and {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} With coloured outlines. Imperial 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[ATLAS OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY\@.] 22 large Coloured Maps. With a complete Index. Imp.\ 8vo, chiefly engraved by the Messrs.\ Walker. 7\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} \cchaptercat{MATHEMATICS} \catsectionuppertoc{Arithmetic and Algebra} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BARRACLOUGH (T.). The Eclipse Mental Arithmetic.] By {\smallcapsize TITUS BARRACLOUGH}, Board School, Halifax. Standards I., II., and III., sewed, 6\d.; Standards II., III., and IV., sewed, 6\d.\ net; Book~III., Part~A, sewed, 4\d.; Book~III., Part~B, cloth, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[BEARD (W.~S.). Graduated Exercises in Addition] (Simple and Compound). For Candidates for Commercial Certificates and Civil Service appointments. By {\smallcapsize W.~S. BEARD, F.R.G.S.}, Head Master of the Modern School, Fareham. 2\textit{nd edition.} Fcap.\ 4to, 1\s. \mitem[---] \textit{See} \textbf{PENDLEBURY.} \mitemspace[ELSEE (C.). Arithmetic.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. C.~ELSEE, M.A.}, late Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge, Senior Mathematical Master at Rugby School. 14\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ School and College Texts.} \mitemspace[--- Algebra.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. C.~ELSEE, M.A\@.} 8\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitem[FILIPOWSKI (H.~E.). Anti-Logarithms,] A Table of. By {\smallcapsize H.~E. FILIPOWSKI}, 3\textit{rd edition.} 8vo, 15\s. \mitemspace[GOUDIE (W.~P.).] See \textbf{Watson.} \mitemspace[HATHORNTHWAITE (J.~T.). Elementary Algebra for Indian Schools.] By {\smallcapsize J.~T. HATHORNTHWAITE, M.A.}, Principal and Professor of Mathematics at Elphinstone College, Bombay. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[HUNTER (J.). Supplementary Arithmetic,] with Answers. By {\smallcapsize REV. J. HUNTER, M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[MACMICHAEL (W.~F.) and PROWDE SMITH (R.). Algebra.] A Progressive Course of Examples. By the {\smallcapsize REV. W.~F. MACMICHAEL}, late Head Master of the Grammar School, Warwick, and {\smallcapsize R.~PROWDE SMITH, M.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. With answers, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitemspace[MATHEWS (G.~B.). Theory of Numbers.] An account of the Theories of Congruencies and of Arithmetical Forms. By {\smallcapsize G.~B. MATHEWS, M.A.}, Professor of Mathematics in the University College of North Wales. Part~I\@. Demy 8vo, 12\s. %-----File: 324.png----- \mitemspace[PENDLEBURY (C.). Arithmetic.] With Examination Papers and 8,000 Examples. By {\smallcapsize CHARLES PENDLEBURY, M.A., F.R.A.S.}, Senior Mathematical Master of St.\ Paul's, Author of ``Lenses and Systems of Lenses, treated after the manner of Gauss.'' 7\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo. Complete, with or without Answers, 4\s.~6\d. In Two Parts, with or without Answers, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. Key to Part II., for tutors only, 7\s.~6\d.\ net. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Examples in Arithmetic.] Extracted from Pendlebury's Arithmetic. With or without Answers, 5\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo, 3\s., or in Two Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ and 2\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- Examination Papers in Arithmetic.] Consisting of 140 papers, each containing 7 questions; and a collection of 357 more difficult problems. 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. Key, for Tutors only, 5\s.\ net. \mitemspace[PENDLEBURY (C.) and TAIT (T.~S.). Arithmetic for Indian Schools.] By {\smallcapsize C.~PENDLEBURY, M.A.} and {\smallcapsize T.~S. TAIT, M.A., B.SC.}, Principal of Baroda College. Crown 8vo, 3\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[PENDLEBURY (C.) and BEARD (W.~S.). Arithmetic] for the Standards. By {\smallcapsize C.~PENDLEBURY, M.A., F.R.A.S.}, and {\smallcapsize W.~S. BEARD, F.R.G.S\@.} Standards I., II., III., 2\d.\ each; IV., V., VI., 3\d.\ each. VII., \textit{in the Press.} \mitemspace[--- Elementary Arithmetic.] 3\textit{rd edition.} Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[POPE (L.~J.). Lessons in Elementary Algebra.] By {\smallcapsize L.~J. POPE, B.A.} (Lond.), Assistant Master at the Oratory School, Birmingham. First Series, up to and including Simple Equations and Problems. Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PROWDE SMITH (R.).] \textit{See} \textbf{Macmichael.} \mitemspace[SHAW (S.~J. D.). Arithmetic Papers.] Set in the Cambridge Higher Local Examination, from June, 1869, to June, 1887, inclusive, reprinted by permission of the Syndicate. By {\smallcapsize S.~J.~D. SHAW}, Mathematical Lecturer of Newnham College. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d.; Key, 4\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitemspace[TAIT (T.~S.).] \textit{See} \textbf{Pendlebury.} \mitemspace[WATSON (J.) and GOUDIE (W.~P.). Arithmetic.] A Progressive Course of Examples With Answers. By {\smallcapsize J.~WATSON, M.A.}, Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, formerly Senior Mathematical Master of the Ordnance School, Carshalton. 7\textit{th edition, revised and enlarged.} By {\smallcapsize W.~P. GOUDIE, B.A.} Lond. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitemspace[WHITWORTH (W.~A.). Algebra.] Choice and Chance. An Elementary Treatise on Permutations, Combinations, and Probability, with 640 Exercises and Answers. By {\smallcapsize W.~A. WHITWORTH, M.A.}, Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 4\textit{th edition, revised and enlarged.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[WRIGLEY (A.) Arithmetic.] By {\smallcapsize A.~WRIGLEY, M.A.}, St.\ John's College. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Book-keeping} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[CRELLIN (P.). A New Manual of Book-keeping,] combining the Theory and Practice, with Specimens of a set of Books. By {\smallcapsize PHILLIP CRELLIN}, Chartered Accountant. Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Book-keeping for Teachers and Pupils.] Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. Key, 2\s.\ net. %-----File: 325.png----- \mitemspace[FOSTER (B.~W.). Double Entry Elucidated.] By {\smallcapsize B.~W. FOSTER\@.} 14\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 4to, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[MEDHURST (J.~T.) Examination Papers in Book-keeping.] Compiled by {\smallcapsize JOHN T.~MEDHURST, A.K.C., F.S.S.}, Fellow of the Society of Accountants and Auditors, and Lecturer at the City of London College. 3\textit{rd edition.} Crown 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[THOMSON (A.~W.) A Text-Book of the Principles and Practice of Book-keeping.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR A.~W. THOMSON, B.SC.}, Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester. Crown 8vo, 5\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Geometry and Euclid} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BESANT (W.~H.). Geometrical Conic Sections.] By {\smallcapsize W.~H. BESANT, SC.D., F.R.S.}, Fellow of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 8\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. Enunciations, separately, sewed, 1\s. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitem[BRASSE (J.). The Enunciations and Figures of Euclid,] prepared for Students in Geometry. By the {\smallcapsize REV. J.~BRASSE, D.D\@.} \textit{New edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. Without the Figures, 6\d. \mitemspace[DEIGHTON (H.). Euclid.] Books I.--VI., and part of Book XI., newly translated from the Greek Text, with Supplementary Propositions, Chapters on Modern Geometry, and numerous Exercises. By {\smallcapsize HORACE DEIGHTON, M.A.}, Head Master of Harrison College, Barbados. 3\textit{rd edition. 4\s.~6\d.} Key, for tutors only, 5\s.\ net. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} Also issued in parts:---Book I., 1\s.; Books~I. and II., 1\s.~6\d.; Books I.--III., 2\s.~6\d.; Books III. and IV., 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DIXON (E.~T.). The Foundations of Geometry.] By {\smallcapsize EDWARD T.\ DIXON}, late Royal Artillery. Demy 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[MASON (C.~P.). Euclid.] The First Two Books Explained to Beginners. By {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[McDOWELL (J.) Exercises on Euclid] and in Modern Geometry, containing Applications of the Principles and Processes of Modern Pure Geometry. By the late {\smallcapsize J.~McDOWELL, M.A., F.R.A.S.}, Pembroke College, Cambridge, and Trinity College, Dublin. 4\textit{th edition}. 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[TAYLOR (C.). An Introduction to the Ancient and Modern Geometry of Conics,] with Historical Notes and Prolegomena. 15\s. \mitemspace[--- The Elementary Geometry of Conics.] By {\smallcapsize C.~TAYLOR, D.D.}, Master of St.\ John's College. 7\textit{th edition, revised.} With a Chapter on the Line Infinity, and a new treatment of the Hyperbola. Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[WEBB (R.). The Definitions of Euclid.] With Explanations and Exercises, and an Appendix of Exercises on the First Book by {\smallcapsize R.~WEBB, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[WILLIS (H.~G.). Geometrical Conic Sections.] An Elementary Treatise. By {\smallcapsize H.~G. WILLIS, M.A.}, Clare College, Cambridge, Assistant Master of Manchester Grammar School. Crown 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 326.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{Analytical Geometry, etc} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[ALDIS (W.~S.). Solid Geometry,] An Elementary Treatise on. By {\smallcapsize W.~S.\ ALDIS, M.A.}, late Professor of Mathematics in the University College, Auckland, New Zealand, 4\textit{th edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[BESANT (W.~H.). Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes.] By {\smallcapsize W.~H.\ BESANT, SC.D., F.R.S\@.} 2\textit{nd edition, enlarged.} Crown 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[CAYLEY (A.). Elliptic Functions,] An Elementary Treatise on. By {\smallcapsize ARTHUR CAYLEY}, Sadlerian Professor of Pure Mathematics in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo. \textit{New edition in the Press.} \mitem[TURNBULL (W.~P.). Analytical Plane Geometry,] An Introduction to. By {\smallcapsize W.~P. TURNBULL, M.A.}, sometime Fellow of Trinity College. 8vo, 12\s. \mitemspace[VYVYAN (T.~G.). Analytical Geometry for Schools.] By {\smallcapsize REV. T.\ VYVYAN, M.A.}, Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, and Mathematical Master of Charterhouse. 6\textit{th edition.} 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitemspace[--- Analytical Geometry for Beginners.] Part I\@. The Straight Line and Circle. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[WHITWORTH (W.~A.). Trilinear Co-ordinates,] and other methods of Modern Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions. By {\smallcapsize W.~A. WHITWORTH, M.A.}, late Professor of Mathematics in Queen's College, Liverpool, and Scholar of St.\ John's College, Cambridge. 8vo, 16\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Trigonometry} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[DYER (J.~M.) and WHITCOMBE (R.~H.). Elementary Trigonometry.]\\ By {\smallcapsize J.~M. DYER, M.A\@.} (Senior Mathematical Scholar at Oxford), and {\smallcapsize REV. R.~H. WHITCOMBE}, Assistant Masters at Eton College. 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[VYVYAN (T.~G.). Introduction to Plane Trigonometry.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. T.~G. VYVYAN, M.A.}, formerly Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Senior Mathematical Master of Charterhouse. 3\textit{rd edition, revised and augmented.} Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[WARD (G.~H.). Examination Papers in Trigonometry.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H.\ WARD, M.A.}, Assistant Master at St.\ Paul's School. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. Key, 5\s.\ net. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Mechanics and Natural Philosophy} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[ALDIS (W.~S.). Geometrical Optics,] An Elementary Treatise on. By {\smallcapsize W.~S. ALDIS, M.A\@.} 4\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- An Introductory Treatise on Rigid Dynamics.] Crown 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[--- Fresnel's Theory of Double Refraction,] A Chapter on. 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} 8vo, 2\s. %-----File: 327.png----- \mitem[BASSET (A.~B.). A Treatise on Hydrodynamics,] with numerous Examples. By {\smallcapsize A.~B. BASSETT, M.A., F.R.S.}, Trinity College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. Vol.~I., price 10\s.~6\d.; Vol.~II., 12\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- An Elementary Treatise on Hydrodynamics and Sound.] Demy 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- A Treatise on Physical Optics.] Demy 8vo, 16\s. \mitemspace[BESANT (W.~H.). Elementary Hydrostatics.] By {\smallcapsize W.~H. BESANT, SC.D., F.R.S\@.} 16\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. Solutions, 5\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[--- Hydromechanics,] A Treatise on. Part I\@. Hydrostatics. 5\textit{th edition, revised, and enlarged.} Crown 8vo, 5\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[--- A Treatise on Dynamics.] 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[CHALLIS (PROF.). Pure and Applied Calculation.] By the late {\smallcapsize REV. J.~CHALLIS, M.A., F.R.S.}, \&c. Demy 8vo, 15\s. \mitem[--- Physics,] The Mathematical Principle of. Demy 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Lectures on Practical Astronomy.] Demy 8vo, 10\s. \mitem[EVANS (J.~H.) and MAIN (P.~T.). Newton's Principia,] \quad The First Three Sections of, with an Appendix; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By {\smallcapsize J.~H. EVANS, M.A.}, St.~John's College. The 5\textit{th edition,} edited by {\smallcapsize P.~T. MAIN, M.A.}, Lecturer and Fellow of St.~John's College. Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitem[GALLATLY (W.). Elementary Physics,] Examples and Examination Papers in. \quad Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics, Heat, Light, Chemistry, Electricity, London Matriculation, Cambridge B.A., Edinburgh, Glasgow, South Kensington, Cambridge Junior and Senior Papers, and Answers. By {\smallcapsize W.~GALLATLY, M.A.}, Pembroke College, Cambridge, Assistant Examiner, London University. Crown 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[GARNETT (W.). Elementary Dynamics] for the use of Colleges and Schools. By {\smallcapsize WILLIAM GARNETT, M.A., D.C.L.}, Fellow of St.~John's College, late Principal of the Durham College of Science, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 5\textit{th edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[--- Heat,] An Elementary Treatise on. 6\textit{th edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitemspace[GOODWIN (H.). Statics.] By {\smallcapsize H.~GOODWIN, D.D.}, late Bishop of Carlisle. 2\textit{nd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} \mitemspace[HOROBIN (J.~C.). Elementary Mechanics.] Stage I. II. and III., 1\s.~6\d.\ each. By {\smallcapsize J.~C. HOROBIN, M.A.}, Principal of Homerton New College, Cambridge. \mitemspace[--- Theoretical Mechanics.] Division I\@. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \threestarsinverted This book covers the ground of the Elementary Stage of Division I. of Subject VI. of the ``Science Directory,'' and is intended for the examination of the Science and Art Department. \mitemspace[JESSOP (C.~M.). The Elements of Applied Mathematics.] Including Kinetics, Statics and Hydrostatics. By {\smallcapsize C.~M. JESSOP, M.A.}, late Fellow of Clare College, Cambridge, Lecturer in Mathematics in the Durham College of Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Crown 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[MAIN (P.~T.). Plane Astronomy,] An Introduction to. By {\smallcapsize P.~T. MAIN, M.A.}, Lecturer and Fellow of St.\ John's, College. 6\textit{th edition, revised.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s. \catright{Camb.\ S. and C. Texts.} %-----File: 328.png----- \mitemspace[PARKINSON (R.~M.). Structural Mechanics.] By {\smallcapsize R.~M. PARKINSON, ASSOC. M.I.C.E\@.} Crown 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \mitem[PENDLEBURY (C.). Lenses and Systems of Lenses,] Treated after the Manner of Gauss. By {\smallcapsize CHARLES PENDLEBURY, M.A., F.R.A.S.}, Senior Mathematical Master of St.~Paul's School, late Scholar of St.~John's College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[STEELE (R.~E.). Natural Science Examination Papers.] By {\smallcapsize R.~E. STEEL, M.A., F.C.S.}, Chief Natural Science Master, Bradford Grammar School. Crown 8vo. Part~I., Inorganic Chemistry, 2\s.~6\d. Part~II., Physics (Sound, Light, Heat, Magnetism, Electricity), 2\s.~6\d. \catright{School Exam.\ Series.} \mitem[WALTON (W.). Theoretical Mechanics,] Problems in. By {\smallcapsize W.~WALTON, M.A.}, Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Trinity Hall, Mathematical Lecturer at Magdalene College, 3\textit{rd edition, revised.} Demy 8vo, 16\s. \mitem[--- Elementary Mechanics,] Problems in. 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 6\s.\\ \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \shortrule \mitemspace[DAVIS (J.~F.). Army Mathematical Papers.] Being Ten Years' Woolwich and Sandhurst Preliminary Papers. Edited, with Answers, by {\smallcapsize J.~F. DAVIS, D.LIT., M.A.} Lond. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DYER (J.~M.) and PROWDE SMITH (R.). Mathematical Examples.]\\ A Collection of Examples in Arithmetic, Algebra, Trigonometry, Mensuration, Theory of Equations, Analytical Geometry, Statics, Dynamics, with Answers, \&c. For Army and Indian Civil Service Candidates. By {\smallcapsize J.~M. DYER, M.A.}, Assistant Master, Eton College (Senior Mathematical Scholar at Oxford), and {\smallcapsize R.~PROWDE SMITH, M.A.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \catright{Camb.\ Math.\ Ser.} \mitem[GOODWIN (H.). Problems and Examples,] adapted to ``Goodwin's Elementary Course of Mathematics.'' By {\smallcapsize T.~G. VYVYAN, M.A\@.} 3\textit{rd edition.} 8vo, 5\s.; Solutions, 3\textit{rd edition}, 8vo, 9\s. \mitemspace[SMALLEY (G.~R.). A Compendium of Facts and Formulae in Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.] By {\smallcapsize G.~R. SMALLEY, F.R.A.S\@.} \textit{New edition, revised and enlarged.} By {\smallcapsize J.~McDOWELL, M.A., F.R.A.S\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \mitem[WRIGLEY (A.). Collection of Examples and Problems] in Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Logarithms, Trigonometry, Conic Sections, Mechanics, \&c., with Answers and Occasional Hints. By the {\smallcapsize REV. A. WRIGLEY\@.} 10\textit{th edition, 20th thousand.} Demy 8vo, 8\s.~6\d. A Key. By {\smallcapsize J.~C. PLATTS, M.A.} and the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~WRIGLEY\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} Demy 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} \cchaptercat{MODERN LANGUAGES} \catsectionuppertoc{English} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[ADAMS (E.). The Elements of the English Language.] By {\smallcapsize ERNEST ADAMS, PH.D\@.} 26\textit{th edition.} Revised by {\smallcapsize J.~F. DAVIS, D.LIT., M.A., (LOND.)}. Post 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis.] By {\smallcapsize ERNEST ADAMS, PH.D\@.} 19\textit{th thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. %-----File: 329.png----- \mitemspace[ALFORD (DEAN). The Queen's English: A Manual of Idiom and Usage.] By the late {\smallcapsize HENRY ALFORD, D.D.}, Dean of Canterbury. 6\textit{th edition}. Small post 8vo. Sewed, 1\s., cloth, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ASCHAM'S Scholemaster.] Edited by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR J.~E.~E. MAYOR\@.} Small post 8vo, sewed, s. \mitemspace[BELL'S ENGLISH CLASSICS\@.] A New Series, Edited for use in Schools, with Introduction and Notes. Crown 8vo. \clabel{ser:Classics} \begin{catsublist} \mitemspace[JOHNSON'S Life of Addison.] Edited by {\tinycapsize F.~RYLAND}, Author of ``The Students' Handbook of Psychology,'' etc. 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Life of Swift.] Edited by {\tinycapsize F.~RYLAND, M.A\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Life of Pope.] Edited by {\tinycapsize F.~RYLAND, M.A\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Life of Milton.] Edited by {\tinycapsize F.~RYLAND, M.A\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Life of Dryden.] Edited by {\tinycapsize F.~RYLAND, M.A.} \catright{Preparing.} \mitemspace[LAMB'S Essays.] Selected and Edited by {\tinycapsize K.~DEIGHTON\@.} 3\s.; sewed, 2\s. \mitemspace[BYRON'S Childe Harold.] Edited by {\tinycapsize H.~G. KEENE, M.A., C.I.E.}, Author of ``A Manual of French Literature,'' etc. 3\s.~6\d. Also Cantos I. and II. separately; sewed, 1\s.~9\d. \mitemspace[--- Siege of Corinth.] Edited by {\tinycapsize P.~HORDERN}, late Director of Public Instruction in Burma, 1\s.~6\d.; sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[MACAULAY'S Lays of Ancient Rome.] Edited by {\tinycapsize P.~HORDERN\@.} 2\s.~6\d.; sewed, 1\s.~9\d. \mitemspace[MASSINGER'S A New Way to Pay Old Debts.] Edited by {\tinycapsize K.~DEIGHTON.} 3\s.; sewed, 2\s. \mitemspace[BURKE'S Letters on a Regicide Peace.] I. and II\@. Edited by {\tinycapsize H.~G. KEENE}, M.A., C.I.E\@. 3\s.: sewed, 2\s. \mitemspace[MILTON'S Paradise Regained.] Edited by {\tinycapsize K.~DEIGHTON\@.} 2\s.~6\d.; sewed, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SELECTIONS FROM POPE\@.] Containing Essay on Criticism, Rape of the Lock, Temple of Fame, Windsor Forest. Edited by {\tinycapsize K.~DEIGHTON\@.} 2\s.~6\d.; sewed, 1\s.~9\d. \mitemspace[GOLDSMITH'S Good-Natured Man and She Stoops to Conquer.] Edited by {\tinycapsize K.~DEIGHTON\@.} Each, 2\s.\ cloth; 1\s.~6\d.\ sewed. \mitemspace[DE QUINCEY, Selections from.] \textbf{The English Mail-Coach and The Revolt of the Tartars.} Edited by {\tinycapsize CECIL M. BARROW, M.A.}, Principal of Victoria College, Palghât. \catright{In the press.} \mitemspace[MILTON'S Paradise Lost, Books I and II\@.] Edited by {\tinycapsize R.~G. OXENHAM, M.A.}, Principal of Elphinstone College, Bombay. \catright{Preparing.} \mitemspace[--- Books III. and IV\@.] Edited by {\tinycapsize R.~G. OXENHAM.} \catright{Preparing.} \mitemspace[SELECTIONS FROM CHAUCER\@.] Edited by {\tinycapsize J.~B. BILDERBECK, B.A.}, Professor of English Literature, Presidency College, Madras. \catright{Preparing.} \mitemspace[SHAKESPEARE'S Julius Caesar.] Edited by {\tinycapsize T.~DUFF BARNETT, B.A.} (Lond.). 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Merchant of Venice.] Edited by {\tinycapsize T.~DUFF BARNETT, B.A.} (Lond.). 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Tempest.] Edited by {\tinycapsize T.~DUFF BARNETT, B.A.} (Lond.), 2\s. \begin{center} \textit{Others to follow}.\end{center} \end{catsublist} \mitemspace[BELL'S READING BOOKS\@.] Post 8vo, cloth, illustrated. \clabel{ser:Reading} \end{maincatlist} \begin{tabulartwowide} \tabparbox{% \tabcenter{\textbf{Infants.}} \textbf{Infant's Primer.} 3\d. \textbf{Tot and the Cat.} 6\d. \textbf{The Old Boathouse.} 6\d. \textbf{The Cat and the Hen.} 6\d. \bigskip \tabcenter{\textbf{Standard I.}} \textbf{School Primer.} 6\d. \textbf{The Two Parrots.} 6\d. \textbf{The Three Monkeys.} 6\d. \textbf{The New-born Lamb.} 6\d. \textbf{The Blind Boy.} 6\d.} & \tabparbox{% \tabcenter{\textbf{Standard II.}} \textbf{The Lost Pigs.} 6\d. \textbf{Story of a Cat.} 6\d. \textbf{Queen Bee and Busy Bee.} 6\d. \textbf{Gull's Crag.} 6\d. \textbf{Great Deeds in English History.} 1\s.} \tabparbox{% \tabcenter{\textbf{Standard III.}} \textbf{Adventures of a Donkey.} 1\s. \textbf{Grimm's Tales.} 1\s. \textbf{Great Englishmen.} 1\s. \textbf{Andersen's Tales.} 1\s. \textbf{Life of Columbus.} 1\s.} \end{tabulartwowide} %allow pagebreak here %-----File: 330.png----- \begin{tabulartwowide} \tabparbox{% \tabcenter{\textbf{Standard IV.}} \textbf{Uncle Tom's Cabin.} 1\s. \textbf{Great Englishwomen.} 1\s. \textbf{Great Scotsmen.} 1\s. \textbf{Edgeworth's Tales.} 1\s. \textbf{Gatty's Parables from Nature.} 1\s. \textbf{Scott's Talisman.} 1\s. \bigskip \tabcenter{\textbf{Standard V.}} \textbf{Dickens' Oliver Twist.} 1\s. \textbf{Dickens' Little Nell.} 1\s. \textbf{Masterman Ready.} 1\s. \textbf{Marryat's Poor Jack.} 1\s. } & \tabparbox{% \textbf{Arabian Nights.} 1\s. \textbf{Gulliver's Travels.} 1\s. \textbf{Lyrical Poetry for Boys and Girls.} 1\s. \textbf{Vicar of Wakefield.} 1\s. \bigskip \tabcenter{\textbf{Standards VI. and VII.}} \textbf{Lamb's Tales from Shakespeare.} 1\s. \textbf{Robinson Crusoe.} 1\s. \textbf{Tales of the Coast.} 1\s. \textbf{Settlers in Canada.} 1\s. \textbf{Southey's Life of Nelson.} 1\s. \textbf{Sir Roger de Coverley.} 1\s.} \end{tabulartwowide} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BELL'S GEOGRAPHICAL READERS\@.] By {\smallcapsize M.~J. BARRINGTON-WARD, M.A\@.} (Worcester College, Oxford). \clabel{ser:Geographical} \end{maincatlist} \begin{tabulartwowide} \tabparbox{% \textbf{The Child's Geography.} Illustrated. Stiff paper cover, 6\d. \textbf{The Map and the Compass.} (Standard I.) Illustrated. Cloth, 8\d.} & \tabparbox{% \textbf{The Round World.} (Standard II.) Illustrated. Cloth, 10\d. \textbf{About England.} (Standard III.) With Illustrations and Coloured Map. Cloth, 1\s.~4\d.} \end{tabulartwowide} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[EDWARDS (F.). Examples for Analysis] in Verse and Prose from well-known sources, selected and arranged by {\smallcapsize F.~EDWARDS\@.} \textit{New edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, cloth, 1\s. \mitemspace[GOLDSMITH\@. The Deserted Village.] Edited, with Notes and Life, by {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P\@.} 4\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[HANDBOOKS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize J.~W.\ HALES, M.A.}, formerly Clark Lecturer in English Literature at Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of English Literature at King's College, London. Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \clabel{ser:EngLit} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[The Age of Pope.] By {\smallcapsize JOHN DENNIS.} \catright{Ready.} \end{maincatlist} \begin{center}\textit{In preparation.}\end{center} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[The Age of Chaucer.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR HALES.} \mitemspace[The Age of Shakespeare.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR HALES.} \mitemspace[The Age of Milton.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BASS MULLINGER, M.A.} \mitemspace[The Age of Dryden.] By {\smallcapsize W.~GARNETT, LL.D.} \mitemspace[The Age of Wordsworth.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR C.~H. HERFORD, LITT.D.} \end{maincatlist} \begin{center}\textit{Other volumes to follow.}\end{center} \mitemspace[HAZLITT (W.). Lectures on the Literature of the Age of Elizabeth.] Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Lectures on the English Poets.] Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Lectures on the English Comic Writers.] Small post 8vo, sewed, 1\s. %-----File: 331.png----- \mitemspace[LAMB (C.).] Specimens of English Dramatic Poets of the Time of Elizabeth. With Notes together with the Extracts from the Garrick Plays. \mitemspace[MASON (C.~P.).] Grammars by {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P.}, Fellow of University College, London. \mitemspace[--- First Notions of Grammar for Young Learners.] Fcap.\ 8vo. 85\textit{th thousand.} Cloth, 1\s. \mitem[--- First Steps in English Grammar,] for Junior Classes. Demy 18mo. 54\textit{th thousand}. 1\s. \mitem[--- Outlines of English Grammar,] for the Use of Junior Classes. 17\textit{th edition}. 97\textit{th thousand}. Crown 8vo, 2\s. English Grammar; including the principles of Grammatical Analysis. 35\textit{th edition, revised. 148th thousand}. Crown 8vo, green cloth, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- A Shorter English Grammar,] with copious and carefully graduated Exercises, based upon the author's English Grammar. \textit{9th edition. 49th thousand}. Crown 8vo, brown cloth, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Practice and Help in the Analysis of Sentences.] Price 2\s. Cloth. \mitem[--- English Grammar Practice,] consisting of the Exercises of the Shorter English Grammar published in a separate form. 3\textit{rd edition}. Crown 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Remarks on the Subjunctive and the so-called Potential Mood.] 6\d., sewn. \mitem[--- Blank Sheets] Ruled and headed for Analysis, 1\s.\ per dozen. \mitemspace[MILTON: Paradise Lost.] Books I., II., and III\@. Edited, with Notes on the Analysis and Parsing, and Explanatory Remarks, by {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P\@.} Crown 8vo. Book I\@. With Life. 5\textit{th edition}. 1\s. Book II\@. With Life. 3\textit{rd edition}. 1\s. Book III\@. With Life. 2\textit{nd edition}. 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Paradise Lost.] Books V.--VIII\@. With Notes for the Use of Schools. By C.~M. LUMBY. 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PRICE (A.~C.). Elements of Comparative Grammar and Philology.] For Use in Schools. By {\smallcapsize A.~C. PRICE, M.A.}, Assistant Master at Leeds Grammar School; late Scholar of Pembroke College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SHAKESPEARE\@. Notes on Shakespeare's Plays.] With Introduction, Summary, Notes (Etymological and Explanatory), Prosody, Grammatical Peculiarities, etc. By {\smallcapsize T.~DUFF BARNETT, B.A.} Lond., late Second Master in the Brighton Grammar School. Specially adapted for the Local and Preliminary Examinations. Crown 8vo, 1\s.\ each. \textbf{Midsummer Night's Dream. --- Julius Cæsar. --- The Tempest. --- Macbeth. --- Henry V. --- Hamlet. --- Merchant of Venice. --- King Richard II. --- King John. --- King Lear. --- Coriolanus.} ``The Notes are comprehensive and concise.''---\textit{Educational Times.} ``Comprehensive, practical, and reliable.''---\textit{Schoolmaster.} \mitemspace[--- Hints for Shakespeare-Study.] Exemplified in an Analytical Study of Julius Cæsar. By {\smallcapsize MARY GRAFTON MOBERLY}. 2\textit{nd edition}. Crown 8vo, sewed, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Coleridge's Lectures and Notes on Shakespeare and other English Poets.] Edited by {\smallcapsize T.~ASHE, B.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. %-----File: 332.png----- \mitemspace[--- Shakespeare's Dramatic Art.] The History and Character of Shakespeare's Plays. By {\smallcapsize DR. HERMANN ULRICI\@.} Translated by {\smallcapsize L.~DORA SCHMITZ\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- William Shakespeare.] A Literary Biography. By {\smallcapsize KARL ELZE, PH.D., LL.D\@.} Translated by {\smallcapsize L.~DORA SCHMITZ}. Small post 8\textit{vo}, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Hazlitt's Lectures on the Characters of Shakespeare's Plays.] Small post 8\textit{vo}, 1\s. \mitemspace[{\normalfont \textit{See}} BELL'S ENGLISH CLASSICS.] \mitemspace[SKEAT (W.~W.). Questions for Examinations in English Literature.] With a Preface containing brief hints on the study of English. Arranged by the {\smallcapsize REV. W.~W. SKEAT, LITT. D.}, Elrington and Bosworth Professor of Anglo-Saxon in the University of Cambridge, 3\textit{rd edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SMITH (C.~J.). Synonyms and Antonyms of the English Language.] Collected and Contrasted by the {\smallcapsize VEN. C.~J. SMITH, M.A\@.} 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} Small post 8\textit{vo}, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Synonyms Discriminated.] A Dictionary of Synonymous Words in the English Language. Illustrated with Quotations from Standard Writers. By the late {\smallcapsize VEN. C.~J. SMITH, M.A\@.} With the Author's latest Corrections and Additions, edited by the {\smallcapsize REV. H.~PERCY SMITH, M.A.}, of Balliol College, Oxford, Vicar of Great Barton, Suffolk. 4\textit{th edition.} Demy 8\textit{vo}, 14\s. \mitemspace[TEN BRINK'S History of English Literature.] Vol.~I\@. Early English Literature (to Wiclif). Translated into English by {\smallcapsize HORACE M.~KENNEDY}, Professor of German Literature in the Brooklyn Collegiate Institute. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Vol.~II\@] (Wiclif, Chaucer, Earliest Drama, Renaissance). Translated by {\smallcapsize W. CLARKE ROBINSON, PH.D\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[THOMSON: Spring.] Edited by {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P\@.} With Life. \textit{2nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Winter.] Edited by {\smallcapsize C.~P. MASON, B.A., F.C.P\@.} With Life. Crown 8vo, 1\s. {\stretchyspace \mitem[WEBSTER'S INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY] of the English Language.} Including Scientific, Technical, and Biblical Words and Terms, with their Significations, Pronunciations, Alternative Spellings, Derivations, Synonyms, and numerous illustrative Quotations, with various valuable literary Appendices, with 83 extra pages of Illustrations grouped and classified, rendering the work a \textsc{Complete Literary and Scientific Reference-book.} \textit{New edition} (1890). Thoroughly revised and enlarged under the supervision of {\smallcapsize NOAH PORTER, D.D., LL.D\@.} 1 vol.\ (2,118 pages, 3,500 woodcuts), 4to, cloth, 31\s.~6\d.; half calf, \L2 2\s.; half russia, \L2 5\s.; calf, \L2 8\s.; or in 2 vols.\ cloth, \L1 14\s. \begin{center}\textit{Prospectuses, with specimen pages, sent post free on application.}\end{center} \mitemspace[WEBSTERS BRIEF INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY\@.] A Pronouncing Dictionary of the English Language, abridged from Webster's International Dictionary. With a Treatise on Pronunciation, List of Prefixes and Suffixes, Rules for Spelling, a Pronouncing Vocabulary of Proper Names in History, Geography, and Mythology, and Tables of English and Indian Money, Weights, and Measures. With 564 pages and 800 Illustrations. Demy 8vo, 3\s. %-----File: 333.png----- \mitemspace[WRIGHT (T.). Dictionary of Obsolete and Provincial English.] Containing Words from the English Writers previous to the 19th century, which are no longer in use, or are not used in the same sense, and Words which are now used only in the Provincial Dialects. Compiled by {\smallcapsize THOMAS WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A.}, etc. 2 vols. 5\s.\ each. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{French Class Books} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BOWER (A.~M.). The Public Examination French Reader.] With a Vocabulary to every extract, suitable for all Students who are preparing for a French Examination. By {\smallcapsize A.~M. BOWER, F.R.G.S.}, late Master in University College School, etc. Cloth, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[BARBIER (PAUL). A Graduated French Examination Course.] By {\smallcapsize PAUL BARBIER}, Lecturer in the South Wales University College, etc. Crown 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[BARRÈRE (A.). Junior Graduated French Course.] Affording Materials for Translation, Grammar, and Conversation. By {\smallcapsize A.~BARRÈRE}, Professor R.M.A., Woolwich, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Elements of French Grammar] and \textbf{First Steps in Idioms.} With numerous Exercises and a Vocabulary. Being an Introduction to the Précis of Comparative French Grammar. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Précis of Comparative French Grammar and Idioms and Guide to Examinations.] 4\textit{th edition.} 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Récits Militaires.] From Valmy (1792) to the Siege of Paris (1870). With English Notes and Biographical Notices. 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[CLAPIN (A.~C.). French Grammar for Public Schools.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~C. CLAPIN, M.A.}, St.~John's College, Cambridge, and Bachelierès-lettres of the University of France. Fcap.\ 8vo. 13\textit{th edition.} 2\s.~6\d. Key to the Exercises. 3\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitemspace[--- French Primer.] Elementary French Grammar and Exercises for Junior Forms in Public and Preparatory Schools. Fcap.\ 8vo. 10\textit{th edition.} 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Primer of French Philology.] With Exercises for Public Schools. 6\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- English Passages for Translation into French.] Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. Key (for Tutors only), 4\s.\ net. \mitemspace[DAVIS (J.~F.).] \textbf{Army Examination Papers in French.} Questions set at the Preliminary Examinations for Sandhurst and Woolwich, from Nov., 1876, to June, 1890, with Vocabulary. By {\smallcapsize J.~F. DAVIS, D.LIT., M.A.}, Lond. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DAVIS (J.~F.) and THOMAS (F.). An Elementary French Reader.] Compiled, with a Vocabulary, by {\smallcapsize J.~F. DAVIS, M.A., D.LIT.}, and {\smallcapsize FERDINAND THOMAS}, Assistant Examiners in the University of London. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[DELILLE'S GRADUATED FRENCH COURSE.] \end{maincatlist} \begin{tabulartwowide} \tabparbox{% \textbf{The Beginner's own French Book.} 2\s. Key, 2\s. \textbf{Easy French Poetry for Beginners.} 2\s. \textbf{French Grammar.} 3\s. Key, 3\s.} & \tabparbox{% \textbf{Repertoire des Prosateurs.} 3\s.~6\d. \textbf{Modèles de Poesie.} 3\s.~6\d. \textbf{Manuel Etymologique.} 2\s.~6\d. \textbf{Synoptical Table of French Verbs.} 6\d.} \end{tabulartwowide} %-----File: 334.png----- \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[GASC (F.~E.~A.). First French Book;] being a New, Practical, and Easy Method of Learning the Elements of the French Language. \textit{Reset and thoroughly revised. 116th thousand.} Crown 8vo, 1\s. \mitem[--- Second French Book;] being a Grammar and Exercise Book, on a new and practical plan, and intended as a sequel to the ``First French Book.'' 52\textit{nd thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Key] to First and Second French Books, 5\textit{th edition}, Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitem[--- French Fables,] for Beginners, in Prose, with an Index of all the Words at the end of the work. 16\textit{th thousand.} 12mo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Select Fables of La Fontaine.] 19\textit{th thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Histoires Amusantes et Instructives;] or, Selections of Complete Stories from the best French modern authors, who have written for the young. With English notes, 17\textit{th thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \mitem[--- Practical Guide to Modern French Conversation,] containing:---I. The most current and useful Phrases in Everyday Talk. II\@. Everybody's necessary Questions and Answers in Travel-Talk. 19\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- French Poetry for the Young.] With Notes, and preceded by a few plain Rules of French Prosody. 5\textit{th edition, revised.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- French Prose Composition, Materials for.] With copious footnotes, and hints for idiomatic renderings. 21\textit{st thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. Key. 2\textit{nd edition.} 6\s.\ net. \mitem[--- Prosateurs Contemporains;] or, Selections in Prose chiefly from contemporary French literature. With notes. 11\textit{th edition.} 12mo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Le Petit Compagnon;] a French Talk-Book for Little Children, 14\textit{th edition.} 16mo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- French and English Dictionary,] with upwards of Fifteen Thousand new words, senses, \&c., hitherto unpublished. 5\textit{th edition, with numerous additions and corrections.} In one vol. 8vo, cloth, 10\s.~6\d. \textbf{In use at Harrow, Rugby, Shrewsbury, \&c.} \mitem[--- Pocket Dictionary] of the French and English Languages; for the everyday purposes of Travellers and Students. Containing more than Five Thousand modern and current words, senses, and idiomatic phrases and renderings, not found in any other dictionary of the two languages. \textit{New edition}. 51\textit{st thousand.} 16mo, cloth, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[GOSSET (A.). Manual of French Prosody] for the use of English Students. By {\smallcapsize ARTHUR GOSSET, M.A.}, Fellow of New College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, 3\s. ``This is the very book we have been looking for. We hailed the title with delight, and were not disappointed by the perusal. The reader who has mastered the contents will know, what not one in a thousand of Englishmen who read French knows, the rules of French poetry.''---\textit{Journal of Education.} \mitem[LE NOUVEAU TRÉSOR;] designed to facilitate the Translation of English into French at Sight. By {\smallcapsize M.~E.~S\@.} 18\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[STEDMAN (A.~M.~M.).] French Examination Papers in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. Compiled by {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN, M.A.} 5\textit{th edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. A Key. By {\smallcapsize G.~A. SCHRUMPF\@.} For Tutors only. 6\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- Easy French Passages for Unseen Translation.] Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. %-----File: 335.png----- \mitem[--- Easy French Exercises] on Elementary Syntax. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- First French Lessons.] Crown 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- French Vocabularies for Repetition.] Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Steps to French.] 12mo, 8\d. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{French Annotated Editions} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BALZAC\@. Ursule Mirouët.] By {\smallcapsize HONORÉ DE BALZAC\@.} Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L.}, Senior French Master, Dulwich College. 3\s. \mitemspace[CLARÉTIE\@. Pierrille.] By {\smallcapsize JULES CLARÉTIE\@.} With 27 Illustrations. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DAUDET\@. La Belle Nivernaise.] Histoire d'un vieux bateau et de son équipage. By {\smallcapsize ALPHONSE DAUDET\@.} Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L\@.} With Six Illustrations. 2\s. \mitemspace[FÉNELON\@. Aventures de Télémaque.] Edited by {\smallcapsize C.~J. DELILLE\@.} 4\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \clabel{ser:Gombert} \mitemspace[GOMBERT'S FRENCH DRAMA\@.] Re-edited, with Notes, by {\smallcapsize F.~E.~A.\ GASC\@.} Sewed, 6\d.\ each. \end{maincatlist} \begin{tabulartwowide} \multicolumn{2}{c}{MOLIÈRE}\\ \tabparbox{% \textbf{Le Misanthrope.} \textbf{L'Avare.} \textbf{Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme.} \textbf{Le Tartuffe.} \textbf{Le Malade Imaginaire.} \textbf{Les Femmes Savantes.} } & \tabparbox{% \textbf{Les Fourberies de Scapin.} \textbf{Les Précieuses Ridicules.} \textbf{L'Ecole des Femmes.} \textbf{L'Ecole des Maris.} \textbf{Le Médecin Malgré Lui.} } \end{tabulartwowide} \begin{tabulartwowide} \multicolumn{2}{c}{RACINE}\\ \tabparbox{% \textbf{La Thébaïde, ou Les Frères Ennemis.} \textbf{Andromaque.} \textbf{Les Plaideurs.} \textbf{Iphigénie.} } & \tabparbox{% \textbf{Britannicus.} \textbf{Phèdre.} \textbf{Esther.} \textbf{Athalie.} } \end{tabulartwowide} \begin{tabulartwowide} \multicolumn{2}{c}{CORNEILLE.} \\ \tabparbox{% \textbf{Le Cid.} \textbf{Horace.} } & \tabparbox{% \textbf{Cinna.} \textbf{Polyeucte.} } \end{tabulartwowide} {\centering VOLTAIRE.---\textbf{Zaïre.}\par} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[GREVILLE\@. Le Moulin Frappier.] By {\smallcapsize HENRY GREVILLE\@.} Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[HUGO\@. Bug Jargal.] Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[LA FONTAINE\@. Select Fables.] Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~E.~A. GASC\@.} 19\textit{th thousand}. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LAMARTINE\@. Le Tailleur de Pierres de Saint-Point.] Edited with Notes by {\smallcapsize JAMES BOÏELLE, B.-ès-L\@.} 6\textit{th thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SAINTINE\@. Picciola.] Edited by {\smallcapsize DR. DUBUC\@.} 16\textit{th thousand.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[VOLTAIRE\@. Charles XII\@.] Edited by {\smallcapsize L.~DIREY\@.} 7\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 336.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{German Class Books} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BUCHHEIM (DR. C.~A.). German Prose Composition.] Consisting of Selections from Modern English Writers. With grammatical notes, idiomatic renderings, and general introduction. By {\smallcapsize C.~A.~BUCHHEIM, PH.D.}, Professor of the German Language and Literature in King's College, and Examiner in German to the London University. 14\textit{th edition, enlarged and revised.} With a list of subjects for original composition. Fcap.\ 8vo, 4\s.~6\d. A Key to the 1st and 2nd parts. 3\textit{rd edition.} 3\s.\ net. To the 3rd and 4th parts. 4\s.\ net. \mitemspace[--- First Book of German Prose.] Being Parts I. and II. of the above. With Vocabulary. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CLAPIN (A.~C.). A German Grammar for Public Schools.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~C.~CLAPIN}, and {\smallcapsize F.~HOLL-MÜLLER}, Assistant Master at the Bruton Grammar School. 6\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- A German Primer.] With Exercises. 2\textit{nd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[German. The Candidate's Vade Mecum.] Five Hundred Easy Sentences and Idioms. By an Army Tutor. Cloth, 1\s. For Army Prelim. Exam. \mitemspace[LANGE (F.). A Complete German Course for Use in Public Schools.] By {\smallcapsize F.~LANGE, PH.D.}, Professor R.M.A. Woolwich, Examiner in German to the College of Preceptors, London; Examiner in German at the Victoria University, Manchester. Crown 8vo. \begin{catsublist} \mitemspace[Concise German Grammar.] With special reference to Phonology, Comparative Philology, English and German Equivalents and Idioms. Comprising Materials for Translation, Grammar, and Conversation. Elementary, 2\s.; Intermediate, 2\s.; Advanced, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[Progressive German Examination Course.] Comprising the Elements of German Grammar, an Historic Sketch of the Teutonic Languages, English and German Equivalents, Materials for Translation, Dictation, Extempore Conversation, and Complete Vocabularies. I. Elementary Course, 2\s. II. Intermediate Course, 2\s. III. Advanced Course. \textit{Second revised edition.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[Elementary German Reader.] A Graduated Collection of Readings in Prose and Poetry. With English Notes and a Vocabulary. 4\textit{th edition.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[Advanced German Reader.] A Graduated Collection of Readings in Prose and Poetry. With English Notes by {\tinycapsize F.~LANGE, PH.D.}; and {\tinycapsize J.~F. DAVIS, D.LIT\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} 3\s. \end{catsublist} \mitem[MORICH (R.~J.). German Examination Papers] in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. By {\smallcapsize R.~J. MORICH}, Manchester Grammar School. 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. A Key, for Tutors only. 5\s.\ net. \mitem[STOCK (DR.). Wortfolge,] or Rules and Exercises on the order of Words in German Sentences. With a Vocabulary. By the late {\smallcapsize FREDERICK STOCK, D.LIT., M.A\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \shortrule \mitemspace[KLUGE'S Etymological Dictionary of the German Language.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~F. DAVIS, D.LIT.} (Lond.). Crown 4to, 18\s. \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 337.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{German Annotated Editions} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[AUERBACH (B.). Auf Wache.] Novelle von {\smallcapsize BERTHOLD AUERBACH.} Der Gefrorene Kuss. Novelle von {\smallcapsize OTTO ROQUETTE\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~A. MACDONELL, M.A., PH.D\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[BENEDIX (J.~R.). Doktor Wespe.] Lustspiel in fünf Aufzügen von {\smallcapsize JULIUS RODERICH BENEDIX\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR F.~LANGE, PH.D.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EBERS (G.). Eine Frage.] Idyll von {\smallcapsize GEORG EBERS\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~STORR, B.A.}, Chief Master of Modern Subjects in Merchant Taylors' School. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[FREYTAG (G.). Die Journalisten.] Lustspiel von {\smallcapsize GUSTAV FREYTAG\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} 4th revised edition. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- SOLL UND HABEN\@.] Roman von {\smallcapsize GUSTAV FREYTAG\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize W.~HANBY CRUMP, M.A\@.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitem[GERMAN BALLADS] from Uhland, Goethe, and Schiller. With Introductions, Copious and Biographical Notices. Edited by {\smallcapsize C.~L. BIELEFELD\@.} 4th edition. Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GERMAN EPIC TALES IN PROSE\@.] I. Die Nibelungen, von {\smallcapsize A.~F.~C. VILMAR\@.} II. Walther und Hildegund, von {\smallcapsize ALBERT RICHTER\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize KARL NEUHAUS, PH.D.}, the International College, Isleworth. Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GOETHE\@. Hermann und Dorothea.] With Introduction, Notes, and Arguments. By {\smallcapsize E.~BELL, M.A.}, and {\smallcapsize E. WÖLFEL\@.} 2\textit{nd edition.} Fcap. 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GOETHE\@. FAUST\@.] Part I. German Text with Hayward's Prose Translation and Notes. Revised, With Introduction by {\smallcapsize C.~A. BUCHHEIM, PH.D.}, Professor of German Language and Literature at King's College, London. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[GUTZKOW (K.). Zopf und Schwert.] Lustspiel von {\smallcapsize KARL GUTZKOW.} Edited by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} Crown 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[HEY'S FABELN FÜR KINDER\@.] Illustrated by {\smallcapsize O.~SPECKTER.} Edited, with an Introduction, Grammatical Summary, Words, and a complete Vocabulary, by {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[---] The same. With a Phonetic Introduction, and Phonetic Transcription of the Text. By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[HEYSE (P.). Hans Lange.] Schauspiel von {\smallcapsize PAUL HEYSE\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize A.~A. MACDONELL, M.A., PH.D.}, Taylorian Teacher, Oxford University. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitem[HOFFMANN. (E.~T.~A.). Meister Martin,] der Küfner. Erzählung von {\smallcapsize E.~T.~A. HOFFMANN\@.} Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} 2nd edition. Crown 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[MOSER (G. VON). Der Bibliothekar.] Lustspiel von {\smallcapsize G.~VON MOSER.} Edited by {\smallcapsize F.~LANGE, PH.D\@.} 4th edition. Crown 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[ROQUETTE (O.).] \textit{See} \textbf{Auerbach.} \mitemspace[SCHEFFEL (V. VON). Ekkehard.] Erzählung des zehnten Jahrhunderts, von {\smallcapsize VICTOR VON SCHEFFEL\@.} Abridged edition, with Introduction and Notes by {\smallcapsize HERMAN HAGER, PH.D.}, Lecturer in the German Language and Literature in The Owens College, Victoria University, Manchester. Crown 8vo, 3\s. %-----File: 338.png----- \mitemspace[SCHILLER'S Wallenstein.] Complete Text, comprising the Weimar Prologue, Lager, Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's Tod. Edited by {\smallcapsize DR. BUCHHEIM}, Professor of German in King's College, London. 6\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 5\s. Or the Lager and Piccolomini, 2\s.~6\d. Wallenstein's Tod, 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Maid of Orleans.] With English Notes by {\smallcapsize DR. WILHELM WAGNER\@.} 3\textit{rd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Maria Stuart.] Edited by {\smallcapsize V.~KASTNER}, B.-ès-L., Lecturer on French Language and Literature at Victoria University, Manchester. 3\textit{rd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Italian} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[CLAPIN (A.~C.). Italian Primer.] With Exercises. By the {\smallcapsize REV. A.~C. CLAPIN, M.A.}, B.-ès-L. 3\textit{rd edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[DANTE\@. The Inferno.] A Literal Prose Translation, with the Text of the Original collated with the best editions, printed on the same page, and Explanatory Notes. By {\smallcapsize JOHN A.~CARLYLE, M.D\@.} With Portrait. 2\textit{nd edition.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- The Purgatorio.] A Literal Prose Translation, with the Text of Bianchi printed on the same page, and Explanatory Notes. By {\smallcapsize W.~S. DUGDALE.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Bell's Modern Translations} \clabel{ser:Translations} \begin{center} \textit{A Series of Translations from Modern Languages, with Memoirs, Introductions, etc. Crown 8vo, 1\s.\ each.} \end{center} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[GOETHE\@. Egmont.] Translated by {\smallcapsize ANNA SWANWICK\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Iphigenia in Tauris.] Translated by {\smallcapsize ANNA SWANWICK\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[HAUFF\@. The Caravan.] Translated by {\smallcapsize S.~MENDEL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[LESSING\@. Laokoon.] Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~C. BEASLEY\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Nathan the Wise.] Translated by {\smallcapsize R.~DILLON BOYLAN\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Minna von Barnhelm.] Translated by {\smallcapsize ERNEST BELL, M.A\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[MOLIÈRE\@. The Misanthrope.] Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~HERON WALL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- The Doctor in Spite of Himself.] (Le Médecin malgré lui). Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~HERON WALL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Tartuffe; or, The Impostor.] Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~HERON WALL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- The Miser.] (L'Avare). Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~HERON WALL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- The Shopkeeper turned Gentleman.] (Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme). Translated by {\smallcapsize C.~HERON WALL\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[RACINE\@. Athalie.] Translated by {\smallcapsize R.~BRUCE BOSWELL, M.A\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Esther.] Translated by {\smallcapsize R.~BRUCE BOSWELL, M.A\@.} With Memoir. %-----File: 339.png----- \mitemspace[SCHILLER\@. William Tell.] Translated by {\smallcapsize SIR THEODORE MARTIN, K.C.B., LL.D\@.} \textit{New edition, entirely revised.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- The Maid of Orleans.] Translated by {\smallcapsize ANNA SWANWICK\@.} With Memoir. \mitemspace[--- Mary Stuart.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~MELLISH\@.} With Memoir. \begin{center} \threestars For other Translations of Modern Languages, \textit{see} the Catalogue of Bohn's Libraries, which will be forwarded on application. \end{center} \end{maincatlist} \cchaptercat{SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND ART} \catsectionuppertoc{Chemistry} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[STÖCKHARDT (J.~A.). Experimental Chemistry.] Founded on the work of {\smallcapsize J.~A. STÖCKHARDT\@.} A Handbook for the Study of Science by Simple Experiments. By {\smallcapsize C.~W. HEATON, F.I.C., F.C.S.}, Lecturer in Chemistry in the Medical School of Charing Cross Hospital, Examiner in Chemistry to the Royal College of Physicians, etc. New revised edition. 5\s. \mitemspace[WILLIAMS (W.~M.). The Framework of Chemistry.] Part I. Typical Facts and Elementary Theory. By {\smallcapsize W.~M. WILLIAMS, M.A.}, St.~John's College, Oxford; Science Master, King Henry VIII.'s School, Coventry. Crown 8vo, paper boards, 9\d.\ net. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Botany} \begin{maincatlist} {\stretchyspace \mitemspace[EGERTON-WARBURTON (G.). Names and Synonyms of British Plants.] By the {\smallcapsize REV. G.~EGERTON-WARBURTON\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. (\textit{Uniform with Hayward's Botanist's Pocket Book.}) } \mitemspace[HAYWARD (W. R.). The Botanist's Pocket-Book.] Containing in a tabulated form, the chief characteristics of British Plants, with the botanical names, soil, or situation, colour, growth, and time of flowering of every plant, arranged under its own order; with a copious Index. By {\smallcapsize W.~R. HAYWARD\@.} 6\textit{th edition, revised.} Fcap.\ 8vo, cloth limp, 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[MASSEE (G.). British Fungus-Flora.] A Classified Text-Book of Mycology. By {\smallcapsize GEORGE MASSEE}, Author of ``The Plant World.'' With numerous Illustrations. 3 vols.\ post 8vo. Vols. I., II., and III. ready, 7\s.~6\d.\ each. Vol.~IV. in the Press. \mitemspace[SOWERBY'S English Botany.] Containing a Description and Life-size Drawing of every British Plant. Edited and brought up to the present standard of scientific knowledge, by {\smallcapsize T.~BOSWELL} (late {\smallcapsize SYME}), {\smallcapsize LL.D., F.L.S.}, etc. 3\textit{rd edition, entirely revised.} With Descriptions of all the Species by the Editor, assisted by {\smallcapsize N.~E. BROWN\@.} 12 vols., with 1,937 \textit{coloured plates}, \L24 3\s.\ in cloth, \L26 11\s.\ in half-morocco, and \L30 9\s.\ in whole morocco. Also in 89 parts, 5\s., except Part 89, containing an Index to the whole work, 7\s.~6\d. \threestars A Supplement, to be completed in 8 or 9 parts, is now publishing. Parts I., II., and III. ready, 5\s.\ each, or bound together, making Vol.~XIII. of the complete work, 17\s. %-----File: 340.png----- \mitem[TURNBULL (R.). Index of British Plants,] according to the London Catalogue (Eighth Edition), including the Synonyms used by the principal authors, an Alphabetical List of English Names, etc. By {\smallcapsize ROBERT TURNBULL\@.} Paper cover, 2\s.~6\d., cloth, 3\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Geology} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[JUKES-BROWNE (A.~J.). Student's Handbook of Physical Geology.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. JUKES-BROWNE, B.A., F.G.S.}, of the Geological Survey of England and Wales. With numerous Diagrams and Illustrations. 2\textit{nd edition, much enlarged}, 7\s.~6\d. ``Should be in the hands of every teacher of geology.''---\textit{Journal of Education.} ``A very useful book dealing with geology from its physical side.''---\textit{Ath\-e\-næum.} \mitemspace[--- Student's Handbook of Historical Geology.] With numerous Diagrams and Illustrations. 6\s. ``An admirably planned and well executed `Handbook of Historical Geology.'\;''---\textit{Journal of Education.} \mitemspace[--- The Building of the British Isles.] A Study in Geographical Evolution. With Maps. 2\textit{nd edition revised.} 7\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Medicine} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[CARRINGTON (R.~E.), and LANE (W.~A.). A Manual of Dissections of the Human Body.] For the use of Students, and particularly for those preparing for the Higher Examinations in Anatomy. By the late {\smallcapsize R.~E. CARRINGTON, M.D.} (Lond.), {\smallcapsize F.R.C.P.}, Senior Assistant Physician, Guy's Hospital. 2\textit{nd edition.} Revised and enlarged by {\smallcapsize W. ARBUTHNOT LANE, M.S., F.R.C.S.}, Assistant Surgeon to Guy's Hospital, and the Hospital for Sick Children, Great Ormond Street, etc. Crown 8vo, 9\s. ``As solid a piece of work as ever was put into a book; accurate from beginning to end, and unique of its kind.''---\textit{British Medical Journal.} \mitemspace[HILTON'S Rest and Pain.] Lectures on the Influence of Mechanical and Physiological Rest in the Treatment of Accidents and Surgical Diseases, and the Diagnostic Value of Pain. By the late {\smallcapsize JOHN HILTON, F.R.S., F.R.C.S.}, etc. Edited by {\smallcapsize W.~H.~A. JACOBSON, M.A., M.CH.} (Oxon.), {\smallcapsize F.R.C.S\@.} 5\textit{th edition.} 9\s. ``Mr.~Hilton's work is \textit{facile princeps} of its kind in our own or any other language.''---\textit{Lancet.} \mitemspace[HOBLYN'S Dictionary of Terms used in Medicine and the Collateral Sciences.] 12\textit{th edition.} Revised and enlarged by {\smallcapsize J.~A.~P. PRICE, B.A., M.D.} (Oxon.). 10\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LANE (W.~A.). Manual of Operative Surgery.] For Practitioners and Students. By {\smallcapsize W.~ARBUTHNOT LANE, M.B., M.S., F.R.C.S.}, Assistant Surgeon to Guy's Hospital, and to the Hospital for Sick Children. Crown 8vo, 8\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SHARP (W.) Therapeutics founded on Antipraxy.] By {\smallcapsize WILLIAM SHARP, M.D., F.R.S\@.} Demy 8vo, 6\s. \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 341.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{Bell's Agricultural Series} \clabel{ser:Agricultural} \begin{center} \textit{In crown} 8\textit{vo, Illustrated,} 160 \textit{pages, cloth,} 2\s.~6\d. \textit{each}. \end{center} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[CHEAL (J.). Fruit Culture.] A Treatise on Planting, Growing, Storage of Hardy Fruits for Market and Private Growers. By {\smallcapsize J.~CHEAL, F.R.H.S.}, Member of Fruit Committee, Royal Hort. Society, etc. \mitemspace[FREAM (DR.). Soils and their Properties.] By {\smallcapsize DR. WILLIAM FREAM, B.SC.} (Lond.)., {\smallcapsize F.L.S., F.G.S., F.S.S.}, Associate of the Surveyor's Institution, Consulting Botanist to the British Dairy Farmers' Association and the Royal Counties Agricultural Society; Prof.\ of Nat.\ Hist.\ in Downton College, and formerly in the Royal Agric. Coll., Cirencester. \mitemspace[GRIFFITHS (DR.). Manures and their Uses.] By {\smallcapsize DR. A.~B. GRIFFITHS, F.R.S.E., F.C.S.}, late Principal of the School of Science, Lincoln; Membre de la Société Chimique de Paris; Author of ``A Treatise on Manures,'' etc., etc. \textit{In use at Downton College.} \mitemspace[--- The Diseases of Crops and their Remedies.] \mitemspace[MALDEN (W.~J.). Tillage and Implements.] By {\smallcapsize W.~J. MALDEN}, Prof.\ of Agriculture in the College, Downton. \mitemspace[SHELDON (PROF.). The Farm and the Dairy.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR J.~P. SHELDON}, formerly of the Royal Agricultural College, and of the Downton College of Agriculture, late Special Commissioner of the Canadian Government; Author of ``Dairy Farming,'' etc. \textit{In use at Downton College.} \end{maincatlist} \shortrule {\small\centering Specially adapted for Agricultural Classes. Crown 8vo. Illustrated, 1\s.\ each.\par} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[Practical Dairy Farming.] By {\smallcapsize PROFESSOR SHELDON\@.} Reprinted from the Author's larger work entitled ``The Farm and the Dairy.'' \mitemspace[Practical Fruit Growing.] By {\smallcapsize J.~CHEAL, F.R.H.S\@.} Reprinted from the Author's larger work entitled ``Fruit Culture.'' \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Technological Handbooks} \clabel{ser:Technological} \begin{center} \textit{Edited by Sir H. Trueman Wood.} \end{center} {\small {\centering Specially adapted for candidates in the examinations of the City Guilds Institute. Illustrated and uniformly printed in small post 8vo.\par} ``The excellent series of technical handbooks.''---\textit{Textile Manufacturer.} ``The admirable series of technological handbooks.''---\textit{British Journal of Commerce.} ``Messrs.~Bell's excellent technical series.''---\textit{Manchester Guardian.} } \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BEAUMONT (R.). Woollen and Worsted Cloth Manufacture.] {\stretchyspace By {\smallcapsize ROBERTS BEAUMONT}, Professor of Textile Industry, Yorkshire College, Leeds;} Examiner in Cloth Weaving to the City and Guilds of London Institute. 2\textit{nd edition.} 7\s.~6\d. \mitem[BENEDIKT (R.), and KNECHT (E.). Coal-tar Colours,] The Chemistry of. With special reference to their application to Dyeing, etc. By {\smallcapsize DR. R.~BENEDIKT}, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Vienna. Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~KNECHT, PH.D\@.} of the Technical College, Bradford. 2\textit{nd and enlarged edition,} 6\s.~6\d. %-----File: 342.png----- \mitemspace[CROOKES (W.). Dyeing and Tissue-Printing.] By {\smallcapsize WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S., V.P.C.S\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[GADD (W.~L.). Soap Manufacture.] By {\smallcapsize W.~LAWRENCE GADD, F.I.C., F.C.S.}, Registered Lecturer on Soap-Making and the Technology of Oils and Fats, also on Bleaching, Dyeing, and Calico Printing, to the City and Guilds of London Institute. 5\s. {\stretchyspace \mitemspace[HELLYER (S.~S.). Plumbing: Its Principles and Practice.] By {\smallcapsize S.~STEVENS HELLYER\@.} With numerous Illustrations. 5\s. } \mitemspace[HORNBY (J.). Gas Manufacture.] By {\smallcapsize J.~HORNBY, F.I.C.}, Lecturer under the City and Guilds of London Institute. [\textit{Preparing.} \mitemspace[HURST (G.~H.). Silk-Dyeing and Finishing.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H. HURST, F.C.S.}, Lecturer at the Manchester Technical School, Silver Medallist, City and Guilds of London Institute. With Illustrations and numerous Coloured Patterns. 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[JACOBI (C.~T.). Printing. A Practical Treatise.] By {\smallcapsize C.~T. JACOBI}, Manager of the Chiswick Press, Examiner in Typography to the City and Guilds of London Institute. With numerous Illustrations. 5\s. \mitemspace[MARSDEN (R.). Cotton Spinning: Its Development, Principles, and Practice,] with Appendix on Steam Boilers and Engines. By {\smallcapsize R. MARSDEN}, Editor of the ``Textile Manufacturer.'' 4\textit{th edition.}~6\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Cotton Weaving.] With numerous Illustrations. [\textit{In the press.} \mitem[POWELL (H.), CHANCE (H.), and HARRIS (H.~G.). Glass Manufacture. Introductory Essay,] by {\smallcapsize H.~POWELL, B.A.} (Whitefriars Glass Works); \textbf{Sheet Glass}, by {\smallcapsize HENRY CHANCE, M.A.} (Chance Bros., Birmingham); \textbf{Plate Glass}, by {\smallcapsize H.~G. HARRIS}, Assoc.\ Memb.\ Inst.\ C.E. 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ZAEHNSDORF (J.~W.). Bookbinding.] By {\smallcapsize J.~W. ZAEHNSDORF}, Examiner in Bookbinding to the City and Guilds of London Institute. With 8 Coloured Plates and numerous Diagrams. 2\textit{nd edition, revised and enlarged.} 5\s. \end{maincatlist} \begin{center} \threestarsinverted \textit{Complete List of Technical Books on Application.} \end{center} \catsectionuppertoc{Music} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[BANISTER (H.~C.). A Text Book of Music:] By {\smallcapsize H.~C. BANISTER}, Professor of Harmony and Composition at the R.A. of Music, at the Guildhall School of Music, and at the Royal Normal Coll.\ and Acad.\ of Music for the Blind. 15\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo. 5\s. This Manual contains chapters on Notation, Harmony, and Counterpoint; Modulation, Rhythm, Canon, Fugue, Voices, and Instruments; together with exercises on Harmony, an Appendix of Examination Papers, and a copious Index and Glossary of Musical Terms. \mitemspace[--- Lectures on Musical Analysis.] Embracing Sonata Form, Fugue, etc., Illustrated by the Works of the Classical Masters. 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. ``It is beyond comparison the best book on the subject in our language.''---\textit{Athenæum.} \mitem[--- Musical Art and Study:] Papers for Musicians. Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s. \mitemspace[CHATER (THOMAS). Scientific Voice, Artistic Singing, and Effective Speaking.] A Treatise on the Organs of the Voice, their Natural Functions, Scientific Development, Proper Training, and Artistic Use. By {\smallcapsize THOMAS CHATER\@.} With Diagrams. Wide fcap.\ 2\s.~6\d. %-----File: 343.png----- \mitem[HUNT (H.~G. BONAVIA). A Concise History of Music,] from the Commencement of the Christian era to the present time. For the use of Students. By {\smallcapsize REV. H.~G. BONAVIA HUNT}, Mus.\ Doc.\ Dublin; Warden of Trinity College, London; and Lecturer on Musical History in the same College. 12\textit{th edition, revised to date} (1893). Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Art} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BARTER (S.). Manual Instruction---Woodwork.] By {\smallcapsize S.~BARTER} Organizer and Instructor for the London School Board, and to the Joint Committee on Manual Training of the School Board for London, the City and Guilds of London Institute, and the Worshipful Company of Drapers. With over 300 Illustrations. Fcap.\ 4to, cloth. 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[BELL (SIR CHARLES).] The Anatomy and Philosophy of Expression, as connected with the Fine Arts. By {\smallcapsize SIR CHARLES BELL, K.H.} 7\textit{th edition, revised.} 5\s. \mitemspace[BRYAN'S Biographical and Critical Dictionary of Painters and Engravers.] With a List of Ciphers, Monograms, and Marks. A new Edition, thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. By {\smallcapsize R.~E. GRAVES}, British Museum, and {\smallcapsize WALTER ARMSTRONG\@.} 2 volumes. Imp.\ 8vo, buckram, 3\textit{l.}~3\s. \mitemspace[CHEVREUL on Colour.] Containing the Principles of Harmony and Contrast of Colours, and their Application to the Arts. 3\textit{rd edition,} with Introduction. Index and several Plates. 5\s.---With an additional series of 16 Plates in Colours, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DELAMOTTE (P.~H.).] The Art of Sketching from Nature. By {\smallcapsize P.~H. DELAMOTTE}, Professor of Drawing at King's College, London. Illustrated by Twenty-four Woodcuts and Twenty Coloured Plates, arranged progressively, from Water-colour Drawings by {\smallcapsize PROUT, E.~W. COOKE, R.A., GIRTIN, VARLEY, DE WINT}, and the Author. \textit{New edition.} Imperial 4to, 21\s. \mitem[FLAXMAN'S CLASSICAL COMPOSITIONS,] reprinted in a cheap form for the use of Art Students. Oblong paper covers, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. \begin{catsublist} \mitemspace[The Iliad of Homer.] 39 Designs. \mitemspace[The Odyssey of Homer.] 34 Designs. \mitemspace[The Tragedies of Æschylus.] 36 Designs. \mitemspace[The ``Works and Days'' and ``Theogony'' of Hesiod.] 37 Designs. \mitemspace[Select Compositions from Dante's Divine Drama.] 37 Designs. \end{catsublist} \mitem[FLAXMAN'S Lectures on Sculpture,] as delivered before the President and Members of the Royal Academy. With Portrait and 53 plates. 6\s. \mitemspace[HEATON (MRS.). A Concise History of Painting.] By the late {\smallcapsize MRS.\ CHARLES HEATON\@.} New edition. Revised by {\smallcapsize COSMO MONKHOUSE\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[LELAND (C.~G.). Drawing and Designing.] In a series of Lessons for School use and Self Instruction. By {\smallcapsize CHARLES G.~LELAND, M.A., F.R.L.S\@.} Paper cover, 1\s.; or in cloth, 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Leather Work:] Stamped, Moulded, and Cut, Cuir-Bouillé, Sewn, etc. With numerous Illustrations. Fcap.\ 4to, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Manual of Wood Carving.] By {\smallcapsize CHARLES G.~LELAND, M.A., F.R.L.S\@.} Revised by {\smallcapsize J.~J. HOLTZAPFFEL, A.M. INST. C.E\@.} With numerous Illustrations. Fcap.\ 4to, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Metal Work.] With numerous Illustrations. Fcap.\ 4to, 5\s. %-----File: 344.png----- \mitemspace[LEONARDO DA VINCI'S Treatise on Painting.] Translated from the Italian by {\smallcapsize J.~F. RIGAUD, R.A\@.} With a Life of Leonardo and an Account of his Works, by J.~W. BROWN. \textit{New edition.} With numerous Plates. 5\s. \mitemspace[MOODY (F.~W.). Lectures and Lessons on Art.] By the late {\smallcapsize F.~W. MOODY}, Instructor in Decorative Art at South Kensington Museum. With Diagrams to illustrate Composition and other matters. \textit{A new and cheaper edition.} Demy 8vo, sewed, 4\s.~6\d. ``There are few books that we can more thoroughly recommend to every student and thinker on Art than these Lectures.''---\textit{Art Journal.} \mitem[WHITE (GLEESON). Practical Designing:] A Handbook on the Preparation of Working Drawings, showing the Technical Methods employed in preparing them for the Manufacturer and the Limits imposed on the Design by the Mechanism of Reproduction and the Materials employed. Edited by {\smallcapsize GLEESON WHITE\@.} Freely Illustrated. Crown 8vo, 6\s.\ net. Contents:---Bookbinding, by H.~ORRINSMITH---Carpets, by {\smallcapsize ALEXANDER MILLAR}---Drawing for Reproduction, by the Editor---Pottery, by {\smallcapsize W.~P. RIX}---Metal Work, by {\smallcapsize R.~LL. RATHBONE}---Stained Glass, by {\smallcapsize SELWYN IMAGE}---Tiles, by {\smallcapsize OWEN CARTER}---Woven Fabrics, Printed Fabrics, and Floorcloths, by {\smallcapsize ARTHUR SILVER}---Wall Papers, by G.~C. HAITÉ. \end{maincatlist} \cchaptercat{MENTAL, MORAL, AND SOCIAL SCIENCES} \catsectionuppertoc{Psychology and Ethics} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[ANTONINUS (M. Aurelius). The Thoughts of.] Translated literally, with Notes, Biographical Sketch, Introductory Essay on the Philosophy, and Index, by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Revised edition. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d., \textit{or new edition on Handmade paper, buckram}, 6\s. \mitemspace[BACON'S Novum Organum and Advancement of Learning.] Edited, with Notes, by {\smallcapsize J.~DEVEY, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[EPICTETUS\@. The Discourses of.] With the Encheiridion and Fragments. Translated with Notes, a Life of Epictetus, a View of his Philosophy, and Index, by {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s., \textit{or new edition on Handmade paper}, 2 vols., buckram, 10\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[KANT'S Critique of Pure Reason.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~M.~D. MEIKLEJOHN}, Professor of Education at St.~Andrew's University. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Prolegomena and Metaphysical Foundations of Science.] With Life. Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~BELFORT BAX\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[LOCKE'S Philosophical Works,] containing Essay on the Human Understanding, Controversy with Bishop of Worcester, Examination of Malebranche's Opinions, Elements of Natural Philosophy, Thoughts concerning Reading and Study. Edited by {\smallcapsize J.~A. ST. JOHN\@.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. %-----File: 345.png----- \mitem[RYLAND (F.). The Student's Manual of Psychology and Ethics,] designed chiefly for the London B.A. and B.Sc. By {\smallcapsize F.~RYLAND, M.A.}, late Scholar of St.~John's College, Cambridge. Cloth, red edges. 5\textit{th edition, revised and enlarged.} With lists of books for Students, and Examination Papers set at London University. Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Ethics:] An Introductory Manual for the use of University Students. With an Appendix containing List of Books recommended, and Examination Questions. Crown 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[SCHOPENHAUER on the Fourfold Root of the Principle of Sufficient Reason, \textmd{and} On the Will in Nature.] Translated by {\smallcapsize MADAME HILLEBRAND\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Essays.] Selected and Translated. With a Biographical Introduction and Sketch of his Philosophy, by {\smallcapsize E.~BELFORT BAX\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[SMITH (Adam). Theory of Moral Sentiments.] With Memoir of the Author by {\smallcapsize DUGALD STEWART\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SPINOZA'S Chief Works.] Translated with Introduction, by {\smallcapsize R.~H.~M. ELWES\@.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. Vol.~I.---Tractatus Theologico-Politicus---Political Treatise. II.---Improvement of the Understanding---Ethics---Letters. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{History of Philosophy} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[BAX (E.~B.). Handbook of the History of Philosophy.] By {\smallcapsize E.~BELFORT BAX\@.} 2\textit{nd edition, revised.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[DRAPER (J.~W.). A History of the Intellectual Development of Europe.] By {\smallcapsize JOHN WILLIAM DRAPER, M.D., LL.D\@.} With Index. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[HEGEL'S Lectures on the Philosophy of History.] \quad Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~SIBREE, M.A\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \end{maincatlist} \catsectionuppertoc{Law and Political Economy} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[KENT'S Commentary on International Law.] Edited by {\smallcapsize J.~T. ABDY, LL.D.}, Judge of County Courts and Law Professor at Gresham College, late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge. 2\textit{nd edition, revised and brought down to a recent date.} Crown 8vo, 10\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LAWRENCE (T.~J.). Essays on some Disputed Questions in Modern International Law.] By {\smallcapsize T.~J. LAWRENCE, M.A.}, LL.M. 2\textit{nd edition, revised and enlarged.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[--- Handbook of Public International Law.] 2nd edition. Fcap.\ 8vo, 3\s. \mitemspace[MONTESQUIEU'S Spirit of Laws.] A New Edition, revised and corrected, with D'Alembert's Analysis, Additional Notes, and a Memoir, by {\smallcapsize J.~V. PRITCHARD, A.M\@.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[RICARDO on the Principles of Political Economy and Taxation.] Edited by {\smallcapsize E.~C.~K. GONNER, M.A.}, Lecturer in University College, Liverpool. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[SMITH (Adam). The Wealth of Nations.] An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of. Reprinted from the Sixth Edition, with an Introduction by {\smallcapsize ERNEST BELFORT BAX\@.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 346.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{History} \begin{maincatlist} \mitem[BOWES (A.). A Practical Synopsis of English History;] or, A General Summary of Dates and Events for the use of Schools, Families, and Candidates for Public Examinations. By {\smallcapsize ARTHUR BOWES\@.} 10\textit{th edition.} Revised and brought down to the present time. Demy 8vo, 1\s. \mitemspace[COXE (W.). History of the House of Austria, 1218--1792.] By {\smallcapsize ARCHDN. COXE, M.A., F.R.S\@.} Together with a Continuation from the Accession of Francis I. to the Revolution of 1848. 4 vols. Small post 8vo. 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[DENTON (W.). England in the Fifteenth Century.] By the late {\smallcapsize REV. W.~DENTON, M.A.}, Worcester College, Oxford. Demy 8vo, 12\s. \mitem[DYER (Dr.~T.~H.). History of Modern Europe,] from the Taking of Constantinople to the Establishment of the German Empire, A.D. 1453--1871. {\smallcapsize By DR. T.~H. DYER\@.} \textit{A new edition,} revised by the Author, and brought down to the close of the Franco-German War. In 5 vols. \L2 12\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GIBBON'S Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire.] Complete and Un\-abridged, with Variorum Notes. Edited by an English Churchman. With 2 Maps. 7 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[GUIZOT'S History of the English Revolution of 1640.] Translated by WILLIAM HAZLITT\@. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- History of Civilization,] from the Fall of the Roman Empire to the French Revolution. Translated by {\smallcapsize WILLIAM HAZLITT\@.} 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[HENDERSON (E.~F.). Select Historical Documents of the Middle Ages.] Including the most famous Charters relating to England, the Empire, the Church, etc., from the sixth to the fourteenth centuries. Translated and edited, with Introductions, by {\smallcapsize ERNEST F. HENDERSON}, A.B., A.M., PH.D. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[--- A History of Germany in the Middle Ages.] Post 8vo, 7\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitem[HOOPER (George). The Campaign of Sedan:] The Downfall of the Second Empire, August-September, 1870. By {\smallcapsize GEORGE HOOPER\@.} With General Map and Six Plans of Battle. Demy 8vo, 14\s. \mitem[--- Waterloo: The Downfall of the First Napoleon:] a History of the Campaign of 1815. With Maps and Plans. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LAMARTINE'S History of the Girondists.] Translated by {\smallcapsize H.~T. RYDE.} 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitem[--- History of the Restoration of Monarchy in France] (a Sequel to his History of the Girondists). 4 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- History of the French Revolution of 1848.] Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[LAPPENBERG'S History of England under the Anglo-Saxon Kings.] Translated by the late {\smallcapsize B.~THORPE, F.S.A\@.} \textit{New edition,} revised by {\smallcapsize E.~C. OTTÉ}. 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitem[LONG (G.). The Decline of the Roman Republic:] From the Destruction of Carthage to the Death of Cæsar. By the late {\smallcapsize GEORGE LONG, M.A\@.} Demy 8vo. In 5 vols. 5\s.\ each. \mitem[MACHIAVELLI'S History of Florence,] and of the Affairs of Italy from the Earliest Times to the Death of Lorenzo the Magnificent: together with the Prince, Savonarola, various Historical Tracts, and a Memoir of Machiavelli. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. %-----File: 347.png----- \mitemspace[MARTINEAU (H.). History of England from 1800--15.] By {\smallcapsize HARRIET MARTINEAU\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- History of the Thirty Years' Peace, 1815--46.] 4 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[MAURICE (C.~E.). The Revolutionary Movement of 1848--9 in Italy, Austria, Hungary, and Germany.] With some Examination of the previous Thirty-three Years. By {\smallcapsize C.~EDMUND MAURICE\@.} With an engraved Frontispiece and other Illustrations. Demy 8vo, 16\s. \mitem[MENZEL'S History of Germany,] from the Earliest Period to 1842. 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitem[MICHELET'S History of the French Revolution] from its earliest indications to the flight of the King in 1791. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[MIGNET'S History of the French Revolution,] from 1789 to 1814. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PARNELL (A.). The War of the Succession in Spain during the Reign of Queen Anne, 1702--1711.] Based on Original Manuscripts and Contemporary Records. By {\smallcapsize COL. THE HON. ARTHUR PARNELL, R.E\@.} Demy 8vo, 14\s. With Map, etc. \mitemspace[RANKE (L.). History of the Latin and Teutonic Nations, 1494--1514.] Translated by {\smallcapsize P.~A. ASHWORTH\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- History of the Popes,] their Church and State, and especially of their conflicts with Protestantism in the 16th and 17th centuries. Translated by {\smallcapsize E.~FOSTER\@.} 3 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- History of Servia and the Servian Revolution.] Translated by {\smallcapsize MRS. KERR\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[SIX OLD ENGLISH CHRONICLES:] viz., Asser's Life of Alfred and the Chronicles of Ethelwerd, Gildas, Nennius, Geoffrey of Monmouth, and Richard of Cirencester. Edited, with Notes and Index, by {\smallcapsize J.~A. GILES, D.C.L\@.} Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitem[STRICKLAND (Agnes). The Lives of the Queens of England;] from the Norman Conquest to the Reign of Queen Anne. By {\smallcapsize AGNES STRICKLAND\@.} 6 vols. 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- The Lives of the Queens of England.] Abridged edition for the use of Schools and Families, Post 8vo, 6\s.~6\d. \mitem[THIERRY'S History of the Conquest of England by the Normans;] its Causes, and its Consequences in England, Scotland, Ireland, and the Continent. Translated from the 7th Paris edition by {\smallcapsize WILLIAM HAZLITT.} 2 vols. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitem[WRIGHT (H.~F.). The Intermediate History of England,] with Notes, Supplements, Glossary, and a Mnemonic System. For Army and Civil Service Candidates. By {\smallcapsize H.~F. WRIGHT, M.A., LL.M\@.} Crown 8vo, 6\s. \end{maincatlist} \begin{center} \small \textbf{For other Works of value to Students of History, see Catalogue of\\ Bohn's Libraries, sent post-free on application.} \end{center} %-----File: 348.png----- \catsectionuppertoc{Divinity, etc} \begin{maincatlist} \mitemspace[ALFORD (DEAN). Greek Testament.] With a Critically revised Text, a digest of Various Readings, Marginal References to verbal and idiomatic usage, Prolegomena, and a Critical and Exegetical Commentary. For the use of theological students and ministers. By the late {\smallcapsize HENRY ALFORD, D.D.}, Dean of Canterbury. 4 vols. 8vo. Sold separately. Vol.~I., 7\textit{th edition,} the Four Gospels. \L1 8\s. Vol.~II., 8\textit{th edition,} the Acts of the Apostles, Epistles to the Romans and Corinthians. \L1 4\s. Vol.~III., 10\textit{th edition,} the Epistles to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians,---to Timotheus, Titus, and Philemon. 18\s. Vol.~IV. Part I, 5\textit{th edition,} the Epistle to the Hebrews, the Catholic Epistles of St.~James and St.~Peter. 18\s. Vol.~IV. Part 2, 4\textit{th edition,} the Epistles of St.~John and St.~Jude, and the Revelation. 14\s. Vol.~IV. in one Vol. 32\s. \mitemspace[--- The New Testament for English Readers.] Containing the Authorized Version, with additional Corrections of Readings and Renderings, Marginal References, and a Critical and Explanatory Commentary. In 2 vols. \L2 14\s.~6\d. Vol.~I. Part 1. The first three Gospels. 3\textit{rd edition.} 12\s. Vol.~I. Part 2. St.~John and the Acts. 2\textit{nd edition.} 10\s.~6\d. Vol.~II. Part 1. The Epistles of St.~Paul. 2\textit{nd edition.} 16\s. Vol.~II. Part 2. The Epistles to the Hebrews, the Catholic Epistles, and the Revelation. 2\textit{nd edition.} 16\s. \mitemspace[AUGUSTINE de Civitate Dei.] Books XI. and XII\@. By the {\smallcapsize REV. HENRY D.~GEE, B.D., F.S.A\@.} I. Text only. 2\s. II. Introduction and Translation. 3\s. \mitemspace[BARRETT (A.~C.). Companion to the Greek Testament.] For the use of Theological Students and the Upper Forms in Schools. By the late {\smallcapsize A.~C. BARRETT, M.A.}, Caius College, Cambridge. \textit{5th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[BARRY (BP.). Notes on the Catechism.] For the use of Schools. By the {\smallcapsize RT. REV. BISHOP BARRY, D.D\@.} 10\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 2\s. \mitemspace[BLEEK\@. Introduction to the Old Testament.] By {\smallcapsize FRIEDRICH BLEEK.} Edited by {\smallcapsize JOHANN BLEEK} and {\smallcapsize ADOLF KAMPHAUSEN\@.} Translated from the second edition of the German by {\smallcapsize G.~H. VENABLES}, under the supervision of the {\smallcapsize REV. E.~VENABLES}, Residentiary Canon of Lincoln. 2\textit{nd edition,} with Corrections. With Index. 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 5\s.\ each. \mitemspace[BUTLER (BP.). Analogy of Religion.] With Analytical Introduction and copious Index, by the late {\smallcapsize RT. REV. DR. STEERE}, Bishop in Central Africa. Fcap.\ \textit{New edition,} 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EUSEBIUS\@. Ecclesiastical History of Eusebius Pamphilus, Bishop of Cæsarea.] Translated from the Greek by {\smallcapsize REV. C.~F. CRUSE, M.A.} With Notes, a Life of Eusebius, a Chronological Table of Persons and Events mentioned in the History, and an Index. Small post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[GREGORY (DR.). Letters on the Evidences, Doctrines, and Duties of the Christian Religion.] By {\smallcapsize DR. OLINTHUS GREGORY, F.R.A.S.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. %-----File: 349.png----- \mitemspace[HUMPHRY (W.~G.). Book of Common Prayer.] An Historical and Explanatory Treatise on the. By {\smallcapsize W.~G. HUMPHRY, B.D.}, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, Prebendary of St.~Paul's, and Vicar of St. Martin's-in-the-Fields, Westminster. 6\textit{th edition.} Fcap.\ 8vo, 2\s.~6\d. Cheap Edition, for Sunday School Teachers. 1\s. \mitemspace[JOSEPHUS (FLAVIUS). The Works of.] {\smallcapsize WHISTON'S} Translation. Revised by {\smallcapsize REV. A.~R. SHILLETO, M.A\@.} With Topographical and Geographical Notes by {\smallcapsize COLONEL SIR C.~W. WILSON, K.C.B\@.} 5 vols.\ 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[LUMBY (DR.). The History of the Creeds.] I. Ante-Nicene. II. Nicene and Constantinopolitan. III. The Apostolic Creed. IV. The Quicunque, commonly called the Creed of St.~Athanasius. By {\smallcapsize J.~RAWSON LUMBY, D.D.}, Norrisian Professor of Divinity, Fellow of St.\ Catherine's College, and late Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge. 3\textit{rd edition, revised.} Crown 8vo, 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Compendium of English Church History, from 1688--1830.] With a Pre\-face by {\smallcapsize J.~RAWSON LUMBY, D.D.}, Norrisian Professor of Divinity. Crown 8vo, 6\s. \mitemspace[MACMICHAEL (J.~F.). The New Testament: In Greek.] With English Notes and Preface, Synopsis, and Chronological Tables. By the late {\smallcapsize REV. J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} Fcap.\ 8vo (730 pp.), 4\s.~6\d. Also the Four Gospels, and the Acts of the Apostles, separately. In paper wrappers, 6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[MILLER (E.). Guide to the Textual Criticism of the New Testament.] By {\smallcapsize REV. E.~MILLER, M.A.}, Oxon, Rector of Bucknell, Bicester. Crown 8vo, 4\s. \mitem[NEANDER (DR. A.). History of the Christian Religion] and Church. Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~TORREY\@.} 10 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Life of Jesus Christ.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~M{\scriptsize C}CLINTOCK} and {\smallcapsize C.~BLUMENTHAL.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- History of the Planting and Training of the Christian Church by the Apostles.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~E. RYLAND\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Lectures on the History of Christian Dogmas.] Edited by {\smallcapsize DR.\ JACOBI\@.} Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~E. RYLAND\@.} 2 vols.\ small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Memorials of Christian Life in the Early and Middle Ages.] Translated by {\smallcapsize J.~E. RYLAND\@.} Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PEARSON (BP.). On the Creed.] Carefully printed from an Early Edition. With Analysis and Index. Edited by {\smallcapsize E.~WALFORD, M.A.} Post 8vo, 5\s. \mitemspace[PEROWNE (BP.). The Book of Psalms.] A New Translation, with Introductions and Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By the {\smallcapsize RIGHT REV. J.~J. STEWART PEROWNE, D.D.}, Bishop of Worcester. 8vo. Vol.~I. 8\textit{th edition, revised}. 18\s. Vol.~II. 7\textit{th edition, revised}. 16\s. \mitemspace[--- The Book of Psalms.] Abridged Edition for Schools. Crown 8vo. 7\textit{th edition}. 10\s.~6\d. \mitem[SADLER (M.~F.). The Church Teacher's Manual] of Christian Instruction. Being the Church Catechism, Expanded and Explained in Question and Answer. For the use of the Clergyman, Parent, and Teacher. By the {\smallcapsize REV. M.~F. SADLER}, Prebendary of Wells, and Rector of Honiton. 43\textit{rd thousand}. 2\s.~6\d. \begin{center} \hspace{-1cm} \threestars A Complete List of Prebendary Sadler's Works will be sent on application. \end{center} %-----File: 350.png----- \mitemspace[SCRIVENER (DR.). A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New Testament.] With Forty-four Facsimiles from Ancient Manuscripts. For the use of Biblical Students. By the late {\smallcapsize F.~H. SCRIVENER, M.A., D.C.L.}, LL.D., Prebendary of Exeter. 4\textit{th edition,} thoroughly revised, by the {\smallcapsize REV. E.~MILLER}, formerly Fellow and Tutor of New College, Oxford. 2 vols.\ demy 8vo, 32\s. \mitem[--- Novum Testamentum Græce,] Textus Stephanici, 1550. Accedunt variae lectiones editionum Bezae, Elzeviri, Lachmanni, Tischendorfii, Tregellesii, curante {\smallcapsize F.~H.~A. SCRIVENER, A.M., D.C.L., LL.D\@.} \textit{Revised edition,} giving all the readings of Tregelles and of Tischendorf's eighth edition. 4\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- Novum Testamentum Græce [Editio Major]] textus Stephanici, A.D. 1556. Cum variis lectionibus editionum Bezae, Elzeviri, Lachmanni, Tischendorfii, Tregellesii, Westcott-Hortii, versionis Anglicanæ emendatorum curante {\smallcapsize F.~H.~A. SCRIVENER, A.M., D.C.L., LL.D.}, accedunt parallela s.\ scripturæ loca. Small post 8vo. 2\textit{nd edition.} 7\s.~6\d. An Edition on writing-paper, with wide margin for notes. 4to, half bound, 12\s. This is an enlarged edition of Dr.~Scrivener's well-known Greek Testament. It contains the readings approved by Bishop Westcott and Dr. Hort, and also those adopted by the Revisers---the Eusebian Canons, and the Capitula are included. An enlarged and revised series of references is also added, so that the volume affords a sufficient apparatus for the Critical Study of the Text. {\stretchyspace \mitemspace[WHEATLEY\@. A Rational Illustration of the Book of Common Prayer.] Being the Substance of everything Liturgical in Bishop Sparrow, Mr.~L'Estrange, Dr.~Comber, Dr.~Nicholls, and all former Ritualist Commentators upon the same subject. Small post 8vo, 3\s.~6\d. } \mitemspace[WHITAKER (C.). Rufinus and His Times.] With the Text of his \textbf{Commentary on the Apostles' Creed} (with various readings), and a Translation of the same. To which is added a Condensed History of the Creeds and Councils. By the {\smallcapsize REV. CHARLES WHITAKER, B.A.}, Vicar of Natland, Kendal. Demy 8vo, 5\s. Or in separate Parts.---1. Latin Text, with Various Readings, 2\s.~6\d. 2. Summary of the History of the Creeds, 1\s.~6\d. 3. Charts of the Heresies of the Times preceding Rufinus, and the First Four General Councils, 6\d.\ each. \mitem[--- St.~Augustine:] De Fide et Symbolo---Sermo ad Catechumenos. St.~Leo ad Flavianum Epistola---Latin Text, with Literal Translation, Notes, and History of Creeds and Councils. 5\s. Also separately, Literal Translation. 2\s. \mitemspace[--- Student's Help to the Prayer-Book.] 3\s. \end{maincatlist} %-----File: 351.png----- %Start of Summary of Series \clearpage \tableofcontentssum \addtocontents{\tcsext}{% \protect\begin{flushright} \textsc{page}\vspace{-12pt} \protect\end{flushright}} % Add this summary of series section to the main toc for the catalogue \addtocontents{\tccext}{\vspace*{6pt}} \addcontentsline{\tccext}{section}{\hspace{-\parindent}\textsc{Summary of Series}} \bigskip \cseriestoc{Bibliotheca Classica} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 8\s. \mitemspace[CICERO\@.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} Vols.\ I. AND II\@. 8\s.\ each. \mitemspace[DEMOSTHENES\@.] By {\smallcapsize R. WHISTON\@.} 2 Vols. 8\s.\ each. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} Vols.\ II. and III\@. 8\s.\ each. \mitemspace[HERODOTUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. BLAKESLEY\@.} 2 Vols. 12\s. \mitemspace[HESIOD\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[HOMER\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 2 Vols. 14\s. \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~G. MACLEANE\@.} 8\s. \mitemspace[PLATO\@.] \textbf{Phaedrus.} By {\smallcapsize DR. THOMPSON\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@. Vol.~I\@.] By {\smallcapsize F.~H. BLAYDES\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[--- Vol.~II\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] By {\smallcapsize CONINGTON AND NETTLESHIP\@.} 3 Vols. 10\s.~6\d.\ each. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Public School Series} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[ARISTOPHANES\@. Peace.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Acharnians.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Frogs.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CICERO\@. Letters To Atticus. Book I\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~PRETOR\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DEMOSTHENES\@. De Falsa Legatione.] By {\smallcapsize R.~SHILLETO\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[--- Adv. Leptinem.] By {\smallcapsize B.~W. BEATSON\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[LIVY\@. Books XXI. and XXII.] By {\smallcapsize L.~D. DOWDALL\@.} 3\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[PLATO\@. Apology of Socrates and Crito.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 3\s.~6\d.\ and 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Phaedo.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 5\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Protagoras.] By {\smallcapsize W.~WAYTE\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Gorgias.] By {\smallcapsize DR. THOMPSON\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[--- Euthyphro.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[--- Euthydemus.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[--- Republic.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS\@.} 5\s. %-----File: 352.png----- \mitemspace[PLAUTUS\@. Aulularia.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Trinummus.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Menaechmei.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Mostellaria.] By {\smallcapsize E.~A. SONNENSCHEIN\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@. Trachiniae.] By {\smallcapsize A.~PRETOR\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Oedipus Tyrannus.] By {\smallcapsize B.~H. KENNEDY\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[TERENCE\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 7\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[THEOCRITUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[THUCYDIDES\@. Book VI\@.] By {\smallcapsize T.~W. DOUGAN\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Cambridge Greek and Latin Texts} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[CAESAR\@.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CICERO\@.] De Senectute, de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae. By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Orationes in Verrem.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 3 Vols. 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[HERODOTUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. BLAKESLEY\@.} 2 Vols. 2\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[HOMER'S Iliad.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[JUVENAL AND PERSIUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LUCRETIUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize H.~A.~J. MUNRO\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[TERENCE\@.] By DR. {\smallcapsize W.~WAGNER\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[THUCYDIDES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. DONALDSON\@.} 2 Vols. 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. CONINGTON\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[XENOPHON\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[NOVUM TESTAMENTUM GRAECE\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. SCRIVENER\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Cambridge Texts with Notes} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 6 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 13 Vols. (Ion, 2\s.) 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[HOMER'S Iliad.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 5 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[XENOPHON\@. Hellenica.] By {\smallcapsize REV. L.~D. DOWDALL\@.} Books I. and II\@. 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Anabasis.] By {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} 6 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[CICERO\@. De Senectute, de Amicitia, et Epistolae Selectae.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} 3 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[OVID\@. Selections.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Fasti.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 3 Vols. 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[TERENCE\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 4 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. CONINGTON\@.} 12 Vols. 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Grammar School Classics} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[CAESAR, De Bello Gallico.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} 4\s., or in 3 parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, and PROPERTIUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~H. WRATISLAW}, and {\smallcapsize F.~N. SUTTON\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[CORNELIUS NEPOS\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[CICERO\@. De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles.] By. {\smallcapsize G LONG\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[HOMER\@. Iliad.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} Books I.--XII\@. 4\s.~6\d., or in 2 Parts, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE\@.} 3\s.~6\d., or in 2 Parts, 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[JUVENAL\@.] By {\smallcapsize HERMAN PRIOR\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[MARTIAL\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY} and {\smallcapsize W.~H. STONE\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[OVID\@. Fasti.] By {\smallcapsize DR. PALEY\@.} 3\s.~6\d., or in 3 Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[SALLUST\@. Catilina and Jugurtha.] By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG} and {\smallcapsize J.~G. FRAZER\@.} 3\s.~6\d., or in 2 Parts, 2\s.\ each. \mitemspace[TACITUS\@. Germania and Agricola.] By {\smallcapsize P.~FROST\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] {\smallcapsize CONINGTON'S} edition abridged. 2 Vols. 4\s.~6\d.\ each, or in 9 Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Bucolics and Georgics.] {\smallcapsize CONINGTON'S} edition abridged. 3\s. \mitemspace[XENOPHON\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~F. MACMICHAEL\@.} 3\s.~6\d., or in 4 Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Cyropaedia.] By {\smallcapsize G.~M. GORHAM\@.} 3\s.~6\d., or in 2 Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Memorabilia.] By {\smallcapsize PERCIVAL FROST\@.} 3\s. \end{seriescatlist} %-----File: 353.png----- \cseriestoc{Lower Form Series} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[VIRGIL'S Aeneid.] Book I. {\smallcapsize CONINGTON'S} edition abridged, with Vocabulary. 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[CAESAR,] De Bello Gallico. By {\smallcapsize G.~LONG\@.} Books I., II. and III., with Vocabulary, 1\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[HORACE\@.] Book I\@. By {\smallcapsize A.~J. MACLEANE\@.} with Vocabulary. 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ECLOGAE LATINAE\@.] By {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LATIN VERSE BOOK\@.] By {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[ANALECTA GRAECA MINORA\@.] By {\smallcapsize REV. P.~FROST\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[TALES FOR LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION\@.] By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[LATIN VOCABULARIES FOR REPETITION\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EASY LATIN PASSAGES\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GREEK TESTAMENT SELECTIONS\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Primary Classics} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[EASY SELECTIONS FROM CAESAR\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[EASY SELECTIONS FROM LIVY\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~M.~M. STEDMAN\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EASY SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~G. LIDDELL\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Classical Tables} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[NOTABILIA QUAEDUM\@.] 1\s. \mitemspace[GREEK VERBS\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~S. BAIRD\@.} 2\s.~6\d. {\stretchyspace \mitemspace[EXERCISES ON THE IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE GREEK VERBS\@.]} By {\smallcapsize F.~ST. JOHN THACKERAY\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[NOTES ON GREEK ACCENTS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. BARRY\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[HOMERIC DIALECT\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~S. BAIRD\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[GREEK ACCIDENCE\@.] By {\smallcapsize P.~FROST\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[LATIN ACCIDENCE\@.] By {\smallcapsize P.~FROST\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[LATIN VERSIFICATION\@.] 1\s. \mitemspace[PRINCIPLES OF LATIN SYNTAX\@.] 1\s. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Bell's Classical Translations} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[AESCHYLUS\@.] By {\smallcapsize WALTER HEADLAM\@.} 6 Vols. \catright{In the press.} \mitemspace[ARISTOPHANES\@.] Acharnians. By {\smallcapsize W.~H. COVINGTON\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[CAESAR'S Gallic War.] By {\smallcapsize W.~A. McDEVITTE\@.} 2 Vols. 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[CICERO\@.] Friendship and Old Age. By {\smallcapsize G.~H. WELLS\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[EURIPIDES\@.] 14 Vols. By {\smallcapsize E.~P. COLERIDGE\@.} 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[LIVY\@.] Books I.--IV\@. By {\smallcapsize J.~H. FREESE\@.} 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Book V\@.] By {\smallcapsize E.~S. WEYMOUTH\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[--- Book IX\@.] By {\smallcapsize F.~STORR\@.} 1\s. \mitem[LUCAN]: The Pharsalia. Book I\@. By {\smallcapsize F.~CONWAY\@.} 1\s. \mitemspace[SOPHOCLES\@.] 7 Vols. By {\smallcapsize E.~P. COLERIDGE\@.} 1\s.\ each. \mitemspace[VIRGIL\@.] 6 Vols. By {\smallcapsize A.~HAMILTON BRYCE\@.} 1\s.\ each. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Cambridge Mathematical Series} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[ARITHMETIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize C.~PENDLEBURY\@.} 4\s.~6\d., or in 2 Parts, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. Key to Part II\@. 7\s.~6\d.\ net. \mitemspace[EXAMPLES IN ARITHMETIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize C.~PENDLEBURY\@.} 3\s., or in 2 Parts, 1\s.~6\d.\ and 2\s. \mitemspace[ARITHMETIC FOR INDIAN SCHOOLS\@.] By {\smallcapsize PENDLEBURY AND TAIT\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA\@.] By {\smallcapsize J.~T. HATHORNTHWAITE\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[CHOICE AND CHANCE\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~A. WHITWORTH\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[EUCLID\@.] By {\smallcapsize H.~DEIGHTON\@.} 4\s.~6\d., or Book I., 1\s.; Books I. and II., 1\s.~6\d.; Books I.--III., 2\s.~6\d.; Books III. and IV., 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Key.] 5\s.\ net. \mitemspace[EXERCISES ON EUCLID, \&c.] By {\smallcapsize J.~McDOWELL\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY TRIGONOMETRY\@.] By {\smallcapsize DYER AND WHITCOMBE\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PLANE TRIGONOMETRY\@.] By {\smallcapsize T.~G. VYVYAN\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY FOR BEGINNERS\@.] Part I\@. By {\smallcapsize T.~G. VYVYAN\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY OF CONICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. TAYLOR\@.} 4\s.~6\d. %-----File: 354.png----- \mitemspace[GEOMETRICAL CONIC SECTIONS\@.] By {\smallcapsize H.~G. WILLIS}, 5\s. \mitemspace[SOLID GEOMETRY\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~S. ALDIS\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[GEOMETRICAL OPTICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~S. ALDIS\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[ROULETTES AND GLISSETTES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~H. BESANT\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY HYDROSTATICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~H. BESANT\@.} 4\s.~6\d. Solutions. 5s \mitemspace[HYDROMECHANICS\@.] Part I\@. Hydrostatics. By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~H. BESANT\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[DYNAMICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~H. BESANT\@.} 10\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[RIGID DYNAMICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~S. ALDIS\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY DYNAMICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~GARNETT\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON HEAT\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~GARNETT\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ELEMENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize C.~M. JESSOP\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY MECHANICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~WALTON\@.} 6\s. \mitemspace[EXAMPLES IN ELEMENTARY PHYSICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~GALLATLY\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[MATHEMATICAL EXAMPLES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DYER} and {\smallcapsize PROWDE SMITH\@.} 6\s. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Cambridge School and College Text Books} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[ARITHMETIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize C.~ELSEE\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \mitem[---] By A.~WRIGLEY. 3\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[EXAMPLES IN ARITHMETIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize WATSON and GOUDIE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[ALGEBRA\@.] By C.~ELSEE. 4\s. \mitemspace[EXAMPLES IN ALGEBRA\@.] By {\smallcapsize MACMICHAEL} and {\smallcapsize PROWDE SMITH\@.} 3\s.~6\d.\ and 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[PLANE ASTRONOMY\@.] By {\smallcapsize P.~T. MAIN\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[GEOMETRICAL CONIC SECTIONS\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~H. BESANT\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[STATICS\@.] By {\smallcapsize BISHOP GOODWIN\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[NEWTON'S Principia.] By {\smallcapsize EVANS and MAIN\@.} 4\s. \mitemspace[ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY\@.] By {\smallcapsize T.~G. VYVYAN\@.} 4\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[COMPANION TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT\@.] By {\smallcapsize A.~C. BARRETT}, 5\s. \mitemspace[TREATISE ON THE BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER\@.] By {\smallcapsize W.~G. HUMPHRY\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[TEXT BOOK OF MUSIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize H.~C. BANISTER\@.} 5\s. \mitemspace[CONCISE HISTORY OF MUSIC\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. H.~G. BONAVIA HUNT\@.} 3\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Foreign Classics} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[FÉNELON'S Télémaque.] By {\smallcapsize C.~J. DELILLE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LA FONTAINE'S Select Fables.] By {\smallcapsize F.~E.~A. GASC\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[LAMARTINE'S Le Tailleur de Pierres de Saint-Point.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BOÏELLE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SAINTINE'S Picciola.] By {\smallcapsize DR. DUBEC\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[VOLTAIRE'S Charles XII\@.] By {\smallcapsize L.~DIRY\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GERMAN BALLADS\@.] By {\smallcapsize C.~L. BIELEFELD\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GOETHE'S Hermann und Dorothea.] By {\smallcapsize E.~BELL} and {\smallcapsize E. WÖLFEL\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SCHILLER'S Wallenstein.] By {\smallcapsize DR. BUCHHEIM\@.} 5\s, or in 2 Parts, 2\s.~6\d.\ each. \mitemspace[--- Maid of Orleans.] By {\smallcapsize DR. W.~WAGNER\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[--- Maria Stuart.] By {\smallcapsize V.~KASTNER\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Modern French Authors} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[BALZAC'S Ursule Mirouët.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BOÏELLE\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[CLARÉTIE'S Pierrille.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BOÏELLE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[DAUDET'S La Belle Modernaise.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BOÏELLE\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[GREVILLE'S Le Moulin Frappier.] By {\smallcapsize J.~BOÏELLE\@.} 3\s. \mitemspace[HUGO'S Bug Jargal.] By J.~BOÏELLE. 3\s. \end{seriescatlist} \cseriestoc{Modern German Authors} {\centering\scshape For Beginners.\par} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[HEY'S Fabeln für Kinder.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitem[--- ---] with Phonetic Transcription of Text, \&c. 2\s. \mitemspace[FREYTAG'S Soll und Haben.] By {\smallcapsize W.~H. CRUMP\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} %-----File: 355.png----- {\smallskip\centering\scshape For Intermediate Students.\par} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[BENEDIX'S Doktor Wespe.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \end{seriescatlist} {\smallskip\centering\scshape For Advanced Students.\par} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[HOFFMANN'S Meister Martin.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 1\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[HEYSE'S Hans Lange.] By {\smallcapsize A.~A. MACDONELL\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[ANERBACH'S Auf Wache, and Roquette's Der Gefrorene Kuss.] By {\smallcapsize A.~A. MACDONELL\@.} 2. \mitemspace[MOSER'S Der Bibliothekar.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[EBERS' Eine Frage.] By {\smallcapsize F.~STORR\@.} 2\s. \mitemspace[FREYTAG'S Die Journalisten.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GUTZKOW'S Zopf und Schwert.] By {\smallcapsize PROF. LANGE\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[GERMAN EPIC TALES\@.] By {\smallcapsize DR. KARL NEUHAUS\@.} 2\s.~6\d. \mitemspace[SCHEFFEL'S Ekkehard.] By {\smallcapsize DR. H.~HAGER\@.} 3\s. \end{seriescatlist} \smallskip % Each of these is also in the Summary of Series table of contents \textbf{The following Series are given in full in the body of the Catalogue.} \begin{seriescatlist} \mitemspace[GOMBERT'S French Drama.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:Gombert}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Gombert's French Drama} \mitemspace[BELL'S Modern Translations.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:Translations}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Bell's Modern Translations} \mitemspace[BELL'S English Classics.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:Classics}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Bell's English Classics} \mitemspace[HANDBOOKS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE\@.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:EngLit}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Handbooks of English Literature} \mitemspace[TECHNOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS\@.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:Technological}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Technological Handbooks} \mitemspace[BELL'S Agricultural Series.] {\textit{See page} \pageref{ser:Agricultural}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Bell's Agricultural Series} \mitemspace[BELL'S Reading Books and Geographical Readers.] {\textit{See pp}.\ \pageref{ser:Reading}, \pageref{ser:Geographical}.} \ctoc{\tcsext}{Bell's Reading Books and Geographical Readers} \end{seriescatlist} \clearpage \pagestyle{empty} \vspace*{\fill} \pdfbookmark[0]{Transcriber's Notes}{Transcriber's Notes} {% \setlength{\parindent}{0pt} \setlength{\parskip}{6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt} \subsection*{{\normalsize\centering\itshape Transcriber's Notes}} \clabel{section:tn} \small Spelling has been made consistent for the words \textit{encyclopaedia} and \textit{hypotenuse}. Hyphenation has been made consistent for the words \textit{co-axial}, \textit{equi-conjugate}, \textit{semi-axes}, \textit{semi-axis}, \textit{semi-diameter}, \textit{semi-diameters}, \textit{sub-tangent} and \textit{book-keeping}. Hyphenation and capitalisation have been made consistent for the words \textit{latus rectum} and \textit{semi-latus rectum}, retaining capitals only where the term is defined. Table of contents entries have been altered to match chapter and section headings. The \textit{æ} ligature and \textit{ae} as separate letters have been retained as found in the catalogue. Minor inconsistencies in punctuation, particularly in the catalogue, have been silently corrected. In the original, figures are sometimes repeated during long articles; these duplicates have been retained. Article \cartref{36}: Original text reads \textit{``If from a point $Q$ tangents $QP$, $QP$ be drawn\ldots''} The second $QP$ has been changed to $QP'$. Catalogue: \textit{M'Mahon} and \textit{M'Devitte} (p.\pageref{note:mc}) have been changed to \textit{McMahon} and \textit{McDevitte} for consistency. Note that the author refers to \textit{\textbf{coaxal} circles} and \textit{\textbf{co-axial} parabolas}---these are intentionally different. Also \textit{radii vectores} is used for the plural of \textit{radius vector}, and \textit{latera recta} for the plural of \textit{latus rectum}. } \cleardoublepage \backmatter \pdfbookmark[0]{Project Gutenberg License}{Project Gutenberg License} \pagestyle{fancy} \cheader{LICENSING} \pagenumbering{Alph} \begin{verbatim} End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Conic Sections Treated Geometrically, by W.H. Besant *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CONIC SECTIONS *** ***** This file should be named 29913-pdf.pdf or 29913-pdf.zip ***** This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/9/1/29913/ Produced by K.F. Greiner, Joshua Hutchinson, Nigel Blower and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by Cornell University Digital Collections) Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will be renamed. Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. *** START: FULL LICENSE *** THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at http://gutenberg.org/license). Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United States. 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed: This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg-tm License. 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided that - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work. - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. 1.F. 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem. 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life. Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at http://pglaf.org For additional contact information: Dr. Gregory B. Newby Chief Executive and Director gbnewby@pglaf.org Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS. The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit http://pglaf.org While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate. International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: http://www.gutenberg.org This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. \end{verbatim} % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % % % % End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Conic Sections Treated Geometrically, by % W.H. Besant % % % % *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CONIC SECTIONS *** % % % % ***** This file should be named 29913-t.tex or 29913-t.zip ***** % % This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: % % http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/9/1/29913/ % % % % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \end{document} ### lprep configuration @ControlwordArguments = ( ['\\includegraphicsmid', 1,1,'[Illustration: ',".png]\n"], ['\\includegraphicsleft', 0,0,'','', 1,1,'[Illustration: ',".png]\n"], ['\\includegraphicsright', 0,0,'','', 1,1,'[Illustration: ',".png]\n"], ['\\cchapter', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\cchaptercat', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\csection', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\csubsection', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\cisubsection', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\ctoc', 1,0,'','', 1,1,"Table of contents: ","\n"], ['\\csectiontoc', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\csectionuppertoc', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\catsectionuppertoc', 1,1,'',"\n\n"], ['\\cseries', 1,1,'',".\n\n"], ['\\cseriestoc', 1,1,'',".\n\n"], ['\\symbolfootnote', 0,0,'','', 1,1,'[Footnote: ',"]\n"], ['\\multicolumn', 1,0,'','', 1,0,'',''], ['\\carticleplus', 1,1,'',' '], ['\\catright', 1,1,' ',''], ['\\fitem', 0,1,'',''], ['\\fitemspace', 0,1,'',''], ['\\mitem', 0,1,'',''], ['\\mitemspace', 0,1,'',''], ['\\hyperref', 0,0,'',''], ['\\clabel', 1,0,'',''], ['\\cheader', 1,0,'',''] ); @ControlwordReplace = ( ['\\s', 's'], ['\\d', 'd'], ['\\L', '£'], ['\\tableofcontentscat', 'CONTENTS\nTABLE OF CONTENTS\n'], ['\\tableofcontentssum', 'SUMMARY OF SERIES\nTABLE OF CONTENTS\n'], ['\\TransNoteText',"This file is optimized for screen viewing, with colored internal hyperlinks\n and cropped pages. It can be printed in this form, or may easily be\n recompiled for two-sided printing.\n Please consult the preamble of the LaTeX source file for instructions. \nOR\n This file is optimized for two-sided printing, and internal hyperlinks,\n such as references to page, article and chapter numbers, are not visually\n distinguished. However it may easily be recompiled for screen viewing,\n including symmetric margins and colored hyperlinks.\n Please consult the preamble of the LaTeX source file for instructions."] ); ### This is pdfTeXk, Version 3.141592-1.40.3 (Web2C 7.5.6) (format=pdflatex 2009.8.25) 6 SEP 2009 10:38 entering extended mode %&-line parsing enabled. **29913-t.tex (./29913-t.tex LaTeX2e <2005/12/01> Babel and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh yphenation, arabic, farsi, croatian, ukrainian, russian, bulgarian, czech, slov ak, danish, dutch, finnish, basque, french, german, ngerman, ibycus, greek, mon ogreek, ancientgreek, hungarian, italian, latin, mongolian, norsk, icelandic, i nterlingua, turkish, coptic, romanian, welsh, serbian, slovenian, estonian, esp eranto, uppersorbian, indonesian, polish, portuguese, spanish, catalan, galicia n, swedish, ukenglish, pinyin, loaded. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/book.cls Document Class: book 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo File: bk12.clo 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX file (size option) ) \c@part=\count79 \c@chapter=\count80 \c@section=\count81 \c@subsection=\count82 \c@subsubsection=\count83 \c@paragraph=\count84 \c@subparagraph=\count85 \c@figure=\count86 \c@table=\count87 \abovecaptionskip=\skip41 \belowcaptionskip=\skip42 \bibindent=\dimen102 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty Package: ifthen 2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC) ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/geometry/geometry.sty Package: geometry 2002/07/08 v3.2 Page Geometry (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty Package: keyval 1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC) \KV@toks@=\toks14 ) \Gm@cnth=\count88 \Gm@cntv=\count89 \c@Gm@tempcnt=\count90 \Gm@bindingoffset=\dimen103 \Gm@wd@mp=\dimen104 \Gm@odd@mp=\dimen105 \Gm@even@mp=\dimen106 \Gm@dimlist=\toks15 (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/xelatex/xetexconfig/geometry.cfg)) (/usr/share/te xmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty Package: amsmath 2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features \@mathmargin=\skip43 For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amstext.sty Package: amstext 2000/06/29 v2.01 (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsgen.sty File: amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0 \@emptytoks=\toks16 \ex@=\dimen107 )) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.sty Package: amsbsy 1999/11/29 v1.2d \pmbraise@=\dimen108 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsopn.sty Package: amsopn 1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names ) \inf@bad=\count91 LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 211. \uproot@=\count92 \leftroot@=\count93 LaTeX Info: Redefining \overline on input line 307. \classnum@=\count94 \DOTSCASE@=\count95 LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 379. LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 382. LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 467. \Mathstrutbox@=\box26 \strutbox@=\box27 \big@size=\dimen109 LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 567. LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 568. \macc@depth=\count96 \c@MaxMatrixCols=\count97 \dotsspace@=\muskip10 \c@parentequation=\count98 \dspbrk@lvl=\count99 \tag@help=\toks17 \row@=\count100 \column@=\count101 \maxfields@=\count102 \andhelp@=\toks18 \eqnshift@=\dimen110 \alignsep@=\dimen111 \tagshift@=\dimen112 \tagwidth@=\dimen113 \totwidth@=\dimen114 \lineht@=\dimen115 \@envbody=\toks19 \multlinegap=\skip44 \multlinetaggap=\skip45 \mathdisplay@stack=\toks20 LaTeX Info: Redefining \[ on input line 2666. LaTeX Info: Redefining \] on input line 2667. ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/amssymb.sty Package: amssymb 2002/01/22 v2.2d (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/amsfonts.sty Package: amsfonts 2001/10/25 v2.2f \symAMSa=\mathgroup4 \symAMSb=\mathgroup5 LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold' (Font) U/euf/m/n --> U/euf/b/n on input line 132. )) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty Package: inputenc 2006/05/05 v1.1b Input encoding file \inpenc@prehook=\toks21 \inpenc@posthook=\toks22 (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/latin1.def File: latin1.def 2006/05/05 v1.1b Input encoding file )) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty Package: graphicx 1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty Package: graphics 2006/02/20 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC) ) (/etc/texmf/tex/latex/config/graphics.cfg File: graphics.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 graphics configuration of teTeX/TeXLive ) Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 90. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def File: pdftex.def 2007/01/08 v0.04d Graphics/color for pdfTeX \Gread@gobject=\count103 )) \Gin@req@height=\dimen116 \Gin@req@width=\dimen117 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty \wrapoverhang=\dimen118 \WF@size=\dimen119 \c@WF@wrappedlines=\count104 \WF@box=\box28 \WF@everypar=\toks23 Package: wrapfig 2003/01/31 v 3.6 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty Package: longtable 2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC) \LTleft=\skip46 \LTright=\skip47 \LTpre=\skip48 \LTpost=\skip49 \LTchunksize=\count105 \LTcapwidth=\dimen120 \LT@head=\box29 \LT@firsthead=\box30 \LT@foot=\box31 \LT@lastfoot=\box32 \LT@cols=\count106 \LT@rows=\count107 \c@LT@tables=\count108 \c@LT@chunks=\count109 \LT@p@ftn=\toks24 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.sty \fancy@headwidth=\skip50 \f@ncyO@elh=\skip51 \f@ncyO@erh=\skip52 \f@ncyO@olh=\skip53 \f@ncyO@orh=\skip54 \f@ncyO@elf=\skip55 \f@ncyO@erf=\skip56 \f@ncyO@olf=\skip57 \f@ncyO@orf=\skip58 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/ltxmisc/nextpage.sty Package: nextpage 2000/02/20 v1.1 additional page commands ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty Package: verbatim 2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements \every@verbatim=\toks25 \verbatim@line=\toks26 \verbatim@in@stream=\read1 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty Package: fix-cm 2006/03/24 v1.1n fixes to LaTeX (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.def File: ts1enc.def 2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) Standard LaTeX file )) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty Package: hyperref 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hypertext links for LaTeX \@linkdim=\dimen121 \Hy@linkcounter=\count110 \Hy@pagecounter=\count111 (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def File: pd1enc.def 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO) ) (/etc/texmf/tex/latex/config/hyperref.cfg File: hyperref.cfg 2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty Package: kvoptions 2006/08/22 v2.4 Connects package keyval with LaTeX options ( HO) ) Package hyperref Info: Option `hyperfootnotes' set `false' on input line 2238. Package hyperref Info: Option `pdfdisplaydoctitle' set `true' on input line 223 8. Package hyperref Info: Option `pdfpagelabels' set `true' on input line 2238. Package hyperref Info: Option `bookmarksopen' set `true' on input line 2238. Package hyperref Info: Option `colorlinks' set `true' on input line 2238. Package hyperref Info: Option `pageanchor' set `false' on input line 2238. Package hyperref Info: Hyper figures OFF on input line 2288. Package hyperref Info: Link nesting OFF on input line 2293. Package hyperref Info: Hyper index ON on input line 2296. Package hyperref Info: Plain pages OFF on input line 2303. Package hyperref Info: Backreferencing OFF on input line 2308. Implicit mode ON; LaTeX internals redefined Package hyperref Info: Bookmarks ON on input line 2444. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/ltxmisc/url.sty \Urlmuskip=\muskip11 Package: url 2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc. ) LaTeX Info: Redefining \url on input line 2599. \Fld@menulength=\count112 \Field@Width=\dimen122 \Fld@charsize=\dimen123 \Choice@toks=\toks27 \Field@toks=\toks28 Package hyperref Info: Hyper figures OFF on input line 3102. Package hyperref Info: Link nesting OFF on input line 3107. Package hyperref Info: Hyper index ON on input line 3110. Package hyperref Info: backreferencing OFF on input line 3117. Package hyperref Info: Link coloring ON on input line 3120. \Hy@abspage=\count113 \c@Item=\count114 ) *hyperref using driver hpdftex* (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def File: hpdftex.def 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hyperref driver for pdfTeX \Fld@listcount=\count115 ) LaTeX Warning: You have requested, on input line 200, version `2008/11/18' of package hyperref, but only version `2007/02/07 v6.75r Hypertext links for LaTeX' is available. (./29913-t.aux) \openout1 = `29913-t.aux'. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for TS1/cmr/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for PD1/pdf/m/n on input line 451. LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 451. -------------------- Geometry parameters paper: letterpaper landscape: -- twocolumn: -- twoside: true asymmetric: -- h-parts: 112.14749pt, 390.0pt, 112.1475pt v-parts: 123.23499pt, 548.5pt, 123.235pt hmarginratio: 1:1 vmarginratio: 1:1 lines: -- heightrounded: -- bindingoffset: 0.0pt truedimen: -- includehead: -- includefoot: -- includemp: -- driver: pdftex -------------------- Page layout dimensions and switches \paperwidth 614.295pt \paperheight 794.96999pt \textwidth 390.0pt \textheight 548.5pt \oddsidemargin 39.8775pt \evensidemargin 39.87752pt \topmargin 19.0912pt \headheight 12.0pt \headsep 19.8738pt \footskip 30.0pt \marginparwidth 98.0pt \marginparsep 7.0pt \columnsep 10.0pt \skip\footins 10.8pt plus 4.0pt minus 2.0pt \hoffset 0.0pt \voffset 0.0pt \mag 1000 \@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue (1in=72.27pt, 1cm=28.45pt) ----------------------- (/usr/share/texmf/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex [Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).] \scratchcounter=\count116 \scratchdimen=\dimen124 \scratchbox=\box33 \nofMPsegments=\count117 \nofMParguments=\count118 \everyMPshowfont=\toks29 \MPscratchCnt=\count119 \MPscratchDim=\dimen125 \MPnumerator=\count120 \everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks30 ) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/color.sty Package: color 2005/11/14 v1.0j Standard LaTeX Color (DPC) (/etc/texmf/tex/latex/config/color.cfg File: color.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive ) Package color Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 130. ) Package hyperref Info: Link coloring ON on input line 451. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/hyperref/nameref.sty Package: nameref 2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/oberdiek/refcount.sty Package: refcount 2006/02/20 v3.0 Data extraction from references (HO) ) \c@section@level=\count121 ) LaTeX Info: Redefining \ref on input line 451. LaTeX Info: Redefining \pageref on input line 451. (./29913-t.out) (./29913-t.out) \@outlinefile=\write3 \openout3 = `29913-t.out'. [1 {/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for U+msa on input line 496. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsa.fd File: umsa.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions ) LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for U+msb on input line 496. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsb.fd File: umsb.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions ) [2 ] [1 ] [2] [3] [1 ] [2 ] [3 ] LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for U+euf on input line 761. (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/ueuf.fd File: ueuf.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions ) [4 ] [5 ] [6] [7 ] (./29913-t.toc [8 ]) \tf@toc=\write4 \openout4 = `29913-t.toc'. [9] [1 ] [2] <./images/001a.png, id=210, 221.1462pt x 226.56645pt> File: ./images/001a.png Graphic file (type png) [3 <./images/001a.png (PNG copy)>] File: ./images/001a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/001c.png, id=218, 199.4652pt x 153.2124pt> File: ./images/001c.png Graphic file (type png) [4] <./images/002a.png, id=224, 200.54926pt x 158.994pt > File: ./images/002a.png Graphic file (type png) [5 <./images/001c.png (PNG copy)> <./images/002a.png (P NG copy)>] <./images/004a.png, id=233, 235.23885pt x 177.7842pt> File: ./images/004a.png Graphic file (type png) [6 <./images/004a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/006a.png, id=244, 186.81795pt x 208.49895pt> File: ./images/006a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/007a.png, id=245, 218.2554pt x 313.29045pt> File: ./images/007a.png Graphic file (type png) [7 <./images/006a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/008a.png, id=253, 165.85965pt x 131.5314pt> File: ./images/008a.png Graphic file (type png) [8 <./images/007a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/008a.png (P NG copy)>] <./images/010a.png, id=261, 194.4063pt x 181.03635pt> File: ./images/010a.png Graphic file (type png) [9 <./images/010a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/010b.png, id=268, 233.79346pt x 176.3388pt> File: ./images/010b.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/011a.png, id=270, 140.9265pt x 201.99464pt> File: ./images/011a.png Graphic file (type png) [10 <./images/010b.png (PNG copy)> <./images/011a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/012a.png, id=276, 185.37254pt x 148.8762pt> File: ./images/012a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/014a.png, id=279, 153.57375pt x 168.75044pt> File: ./images/014a.png Graphic file (type png) [11 <./images/012a.png (PNG copy)>] [12 <./images/014a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/015a.png, id=294, 186.81795pt x 183.20445pt> File: ./images/015a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/016a.png, id=295, 170.5572pt x 122.859pt> File: ./images/016a.png Graphic file (type png) [13 <./images/015a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/016a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/018a.png, id=302, 203.0787pt x 89.25345pt> File: ./images/018a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/019a.png, id=303, 188.26335pt x 135.8676pt> File: ./images/019a.png Graphic file (type png) [14 <./images/018a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/019a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/020a.png, id=326, 219.7008pt x 182.48175pt> File: ./images/020a.png Graphic file (type png) [15 <./images/020a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/021a.png, id=333, 269.20575pt x 259.4493pt> File: ./images/021a.png Graphic file (type png) [16 <./images/021a.png (PNG copy)>] [17] [18] [19] <./i mages/022a.png, id=351, 256.5585pt x 246.07935pt> File: ./images/022a.png Graphic file (type png) [20 <./images/022a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/022b.png, id=360, 213.1965pt x 78.41 295pt> File: ./images/022b.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/023a.png, id=361, 190.7928pt x 148.8762pt> File: ./images/023a.png Graphic file (type png) [21 <./images/022b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/025a.png, id=367, 176.70015pt x 114.54794pt> File: ./images/025a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/026a.png, id=368, 189.3474pt x 143.0946pt> File: ./images/026a.png Graphic file (type png) [22 <./images/023a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/025a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/029a.png, id=376, 147.79214pt x 201.99464pt> File: ./images/029a.png Graphic file (type png) [23 <./images/026a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/030a.png, id=387, 116.3547pt x 129.72466pt> File: ./images/030a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/031a.png, id=389, 172.0026pt x 112.0185pt> File: ./images/031a.png Graphic file (type png) [24 <./images/029a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/030a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/033a.png, id=397, 194.76765pt x 106.2369pt> File: ./images/033a.png Graphic file (type png) [25 <./images/031a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/035a.png, id=407, 285.10515pt x 128.27925pt> File: ./images/035a.png Graphic file (type png) [26 <./images/033a.png (PNG copy)>] File: ./images/035a.png Graphic file (type png) [27 <./images/035a.png (PNG copy)>] [28] <./images/039a .png, id=426, 231.264pt x 137.67435pt> File: ./images/039a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/040a.png, id=427, 293.77756pt x 149.5989pt> File: ./images/040a.png Graphic file (type png) [29 <./images/039a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/040a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/042a.png, id=442, 213.1965pt x 211.7511pt> File: ./images/042a.png Graphic file (type png) [30] <./images/043a.png, id=449, 211.7511pt x 186.09525 pt> File: ./images/043a.png Graphic file (type png) [31 <./images/042a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/043a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/044a.png, id=454, 212.11246pt x 132.2541pt> File: ./images/044a.png Graphic file (type png) [32 <./images/044a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/045a.png, id=460, 246.4407pt x 160.07805pt> File: ./images/045a.png Graphic file (type png) [33 <./images/045a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/046a.png, id=467, 199.10385pt x 210.3057pt> File: ./images/046a.png Graphic file (type png) [34 <./images/046a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/047a.png, id=472, 173.448pt x 178.5069pt> File: ./images/047a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/048a.png, id=475, 207.05354pt x 200.9106pt> File: ./images/048a.png Graphic file (type png) [35 <./images/047a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/049a.png, id=484, 172.0026pt x 226.2051pt> File: ./images/049a.png Graphic file (type png) [36 <./images/048a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/049a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/050a.png, id=489, 199.10385pt x 138.7584pt> File: ./images/050a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/051a.png, id=490, 179.59094pt x 196.5744pt> File: ./images/051a.png Graphic file (type png) [37 <./images/050a.png (PNG copy)>] [38 <./images/051a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/052a.png, id=500, 290.88675pt x 195.49036pt> File: ./images/052a.png Graphic file (type png) [39 <./images/052a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/053a.png, id=515, 183.20445pt x 196.93575pt> File: ./images/053a.png Graphic file (type png) [40 <./images/053a.png (PNG copy)>] [41] [42] [43] [44] [45] [46] [47] [48] [49] [50] <./images/055a.png, id=556, 246.80205pt x 164.052 9pt> File: ./images/055a.png Graphic file (type png) [51 <./images/055a.png (PNG copy)>] File: ./images/055a.png Graphic file (type png) [52] <./images/057a.png, id=568, 234.1548pt x 155.3805p t> File: ./images/057a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/058a.png, id=571, 234.8775pt x 136.22894pt> File: ./images/058a.png Graphic file (type png) [53 <./images/057a.png (PNG copy)>] [54 <./images/058a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/060a.png, id=585, 281.1303pt x 304.61806pt> File: ./images/060a.png Graphic file (type png) [55 <./images/060a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/061a.png, id=590, 287.27325pt x 17.70615pt> File: ./images/061a.png Graphic file (type png) [56 <./images/061a.png (PNG copy)>] [57] <./images/066a .png, id=603, 157.5486pt x 124.3044pt> File: ./images/066a.png Graphic file (type png) [58 <./images/066a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/067a.png, id=611, 204.88545pt x 179.9523pt> File: ./images/067a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/068a.png, id=614, 207.05354pt x 169.1118pt> File: ./images/068a.png Graphic file (type png) [59 <./images/067a.png (PNG copy)>] [60 <./images/068a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/069a.png, id=636, 283.2984pt x 125.7498pt> File: ./images/069a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/070a.png, id=637, 242.1045pt x 190.0701pt> File: ./images/070a.png Graphic file (type png) [61 <./images/069a.png (PNG copy)>] [62 <./images/070a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/071a.png, id=651, 189.70876pt x 189.70876pt> File: ./images/071a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/072a.png, id=654, 165.13695pt x 122.49765pt> File: ./images/072a.png Graphic file (type png) [63 <./images/071a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/074a.png, id=661, 215.72595pt x 98.64854pt> File: ./images/074a.png Graphic file (type png) [64 <./images/072a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/074a.png ( PNG copy)>] [65] <./images/077a.png, id=692, 222.5916pt x 156.1032pt> File: ./images/077a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/078a.png, id=701, 266.31496pt x 169.47314pt> File: ./images/078a.png Graphic file (type png) [66 <./images/077a.png (PNG copy)>] [67 <./images/078a. png (PNG copy)>] <./images/079a.png, id=725, 245.718pt x 130.8087pt> File: ./images/079a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/080a.png, id=726, 174.53204pt x 105.15285pt> File: ./images/080a.png Graphic file (type png) [68 <./images/079a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/081a.png, id=735, 201.6333pt x 136.5903pt> File: ./images/081a.png Graphic file (type png) [69 <./images/080a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/081a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/083a.png, id=745, 256.5585pt x 100.4553pt> File: ./images/083a.png Graphic file (type png) [70 <./images/083a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/085a.png, id=751, 230.17995pt x 207.4149pt> File: ./images/085a.png Graphic file (type png) [71] <./images/086a.png, id=807, 238.85236pt x 174.5320 4pt> File: ./images/086a.png Graphic file (type png) [72 <./images/085a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/088a.png, id=821, 149.5989pt x 115.632pt> File: ./images/088a.png Graphic file (type png) [73 <./images/086a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/088a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/089a.png, id=835, 264.14685pt x 101.9007pt> File: ./images/089a.png Graphic file (type png) [74 <./images/089a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/090a.png, id=843, 138.39705pt x 81.6651pt> File: ./images/090a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/091a.png, id=852, 199.10385pt x 120.6909pt> File: ./images/091a.png Graphic file (type png) [75 <./images/090a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/092a.png, id=884, 177.0615pt x 119.2455pt> File: ./images/092a.png Graphic file (type png) [76 <./images/091a.png (PNG copy)>] [77 <./images/092a. png (PNG copy)>] [78] [79] [80] [81] [82] [83] [84] [85] [86] [87] <./images/09 4a.png, id=928, 204.5241pt x 194.76765pt> File: ./images/094a.png Graphic file (type png) [88 <./images/094a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/094b.png, id=937, 164.41425pt x 148. 8762pt> File: ./images/094b.png Graphic file (type png) [89 <./images/094b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/095a.png, id=943, 210.3057pt x 133.6995pt> File: ./images/095a.png Graphic file (type png) File: ./images/095a.png Graphic file (type png) [90 <./images/095a.png (PNG copy)>] [91] <./images/098a .png, id=959, 265.9536pt x 23.8491pt> File: ./images/098a.png Graphic file (type png) [92 <./images/098a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/101a.png, id=975, 186.4566pt x 113.10255pt> File: ./images/101a.png Graphic file (type png) [93 <./images/101a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/102a.png, id=991, 287.27325pt x 199.82655pt> File: ./images/102a.png Graphic file (type png) [94 <./images/102a.png (PNG copy)>] [95] <./images/106a .png, id=1014, 228.3732pt x 144.90135pt> File: ./images/106a.png Graphic file (type png) [96 <./images/106a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/108a.png, id=1024, 335.3328pt x 179.2296pt> File: ./images/108a.png Graphic file (type png) [97 <./images/108a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/110a.png, id=1036, 248.6088pt x 134.78355pt> File: ./images/110a.png Graphic file (type png) [98] <./images/111a.png, id=1044, 222.23026pt x 173.448 pt> File: ./images/111a.png Graphic file (type png) [99 <./images/110a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/111a.png ( PNG copy)>] <./images/112a.png, id=1051, 227.28915pt x 146.34676pt> File: ./images/112a.png Graphic file (type png) [100 <./images/112a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/113a.png , id=1058, 235.96155pt x 165.4983pt> File: ./images/113a.png Graphic file (type png) [101 <./images/113a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/114a.png , id=1104, 172.7253pt x 114.54794pt> File: ./images/114a.png Graphic file (type png) [102 <./images/114a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/116a.png , id=1120, 140.56516pt x 138.7584pt> File: ./images/116a.png Graphic file (type png) [103 <./images/116a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/117a.png , id=1128, 263.42415pt x 229.8186pt> File: ./images/117a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/118a.png, id=1138, 207.77625pt x 159.7167pt> File: ./images/118a.png Graphic file (type png) [104 <./images/117a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/119a.png , id=1151, 194.4063pt x 146.7081pt> File: ./images/119a.png Graphic file (type png) [105 <./images/118a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/121a.png , id=1159, 208.1376pt x 122.49765pt> File: ./images/121a.png Graphic file (type png) [106 <./images/119a.png (PNG copy)>] [107 <./images/121 a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/123a.png, id=1196, 265.9536pt x 157.18726pt> File: ./images/123a.png Graphic file (type png) [108 <./images/123a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/124a.png , id=1202, 201.99464pt x 113.10255pt> File: ./images/124a.png Graphic file (type png) [109 <./images/124a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/126a.png , id=1211, 217.17136pt x 109.1277pt> File: ./images/126a.png Graphic file (type png) [110 <./images/126a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/129a.png , id=1218, 162.24615pt x 104.43015pt> File: ./images/129a.png Graphic file (type png) [111 <./images/129a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/132a.png , id=1230, 147.4308pt x 159.35535pt> File: ./images/132a.png Graphic file (type png) [112 <./images/132a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/133a.png , id=1239, 234.8775pt x 164.0529pt> File: ./images/133a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/134a.png, id=1241, 183.20445pt x 145.62405pt> File: ./images/134a.png Graphic file (type png) [113 <./images/133a.png (PNG copy)>] [114 <./images/134 a.png (PNG copy)>] [115] [116] [117] [118] [119] [120] [121] [122] [123] [124] <./images/137a.png, id=1287, 156.8259pt x 218.2554pt> File: ./images/137a.png Graphic file (type png) [125 ] [126 <./images/137a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/141a.png, id=1305, 229.45724pt x 96.48045pt> File: ./images/141a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/141b.png, id=1306, 250.7769pt x 182.1204pt> File: ./images/141b.png Graphic file (type png) [127 <./images/141a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/142a.png , id=1312, 156.1032pt x 148.8762pt> File: ./images/142a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/142b.png, id=1313, 182.48175pt x 100.4553pt> File: ./images/142b.png Graphic file (type png) [128 <./images/141b.png (PNG copy)> <./images/142a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/142b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/142c.png, id=1318, 149.96 025pt x 105.15285pt> File: ./images/142c.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/142d.png, id=1319, 153.57375pt x 137.313pt> File: ./images/142d.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/143a.png, id=1320, 150.3216pt x 107.32095pt> File: ./images/143a.png Graphic file (type png) [129 <./images/142c.png (PNG copy)> <./images/142d.png (PNG copy)> <./images/143a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/144a.png, id=1326, 212.47 38pt x 214.28055pt> File: ./images/144a.png Graphic file (type png) [130 <./images/144a.png (PNG copy)>] [131] [132] [133] [134] Underfull \vbox (badness 1152) has occurred while \output is active [] [135 ] <./images/145a.png, id=1351, 207.77625pt x 241.74315pt> File: ./images/145a.png Graphic file (type png) [136 <./images/145a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/146a.png , id=1355, 154.29645pt x 218.2554pt> File: ./images/146a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/147a.png, id=1356, 322.68555pt x 242.46585pt> File: ./images/147a.png Graphic file (type png) [137 <./images/146a.png (PNG copy)>] [138 <./images/147 a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/148a.png, id=1366, 231.264pt x 281.1303pt> File: ./images/148a.png Graphic file (type png) Underfull \vbox (badness 1715) has occurred while \output is active [] [139 <./images/148a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/148b.png, id=1372, 242.46585pt x 320.51746pt> File: ./images/148b.png Graphic file (type png) [140 <./images/148b.png (PNG copy)>] [141] <./images/15 1a.png, id=1382, 161.52345pt x 229.8186pt> File: ./images/151a.png Graphic file (type png) [142 <./images/151a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/152a.png , id=1387, 177.42285pt x 235.23885pt> File: ./images/152a.png Graphic file (type png) [143 <./images/152a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/152b.png , id=1393, 235.96155pt x 253.6677pt> File: ./images/152b.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/153a.png, id=1394, 237.0456pt x 303.17265pt> File: ./images/153a.png Graphic file (type png) [144 <./images/152b.png (PNG copy)>] Underfull \vbox (badness 1629) has occurred while \output is active [] [145 <./images/153a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/155a.png, id=1405, 283.65974pt x 319.79475pt> File: ./images/155a.png Graphic file (type png) Underfull \vbox (badness 1102) has occurred while \output is active [] [146] <./images/156a.png, id=1410, 305.34074pt x 224.39835pt> File: ./images/156a.png Graphic file (type png) [147 <./images/155a.png (PNG copy)>] [148 <./images/156 a.png (PNG copy)>] [149] [150] [151] [152 ] <./images/159a.png, id=1444, 276.0714pt x 282.21436pt> File: ./images/159a.png Graphic file (type png) [153] <./images/160a.png, id=1450, 209.94435pt x 131.89 275pt> File: ./images/160a.png Graphic file (type png) [154 <./images/159a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/161a.png , id=1456, 236.3229pt x 138.39705pt> File: ./images/161a.png Graphic file (type png) [155 <./images/160a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/161a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/162a.png, id=1470, 295.22295pt x 200.54926pt> File: ./images/162a.png Graphic file (type png) [156 <./images/162a.png (PNG copy)>] [157] <./images/16 5a.png, id=1483, 347.25735pt x 296.307pt> File: ./images/165a.png Graphic file (type png) [158 <./images/165a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/166a.png , id=1488, 290.16405pt x 172.7253pt> File: ./images/166a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/166b.png, id=1489, 153.57375pt x 280.76895pt> File: ./images/166b.png Graphic file (type png) [159 <./images/166a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/167a.png , id=1497, 199.82655pt x 195.49036pt> File: ./images/167a.png Graphic file (type png) [160 <./images/166b.png (PNG copy)> <./images/167a.png (PNG copy)>] [161] [162] [163] [164] [165 ] <./images/173a.png, id=1536, 208.49895pt x 190.0701pt> File: ./images/173a.png Graphic file (type png) [166 <./images/173a.png (PNG copy)>] [167] <./images/17 7a.png, id=1560, 138.7584pt x 164.0529pt> File: ./images/177a.png Graphic file (type png) [168 <./images/177a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/178a.png , id=1568, 263.7855pt x 157.5486pt> File: ./images/178a.png Graphic file (type png) [169 <./images/178a.png (PNG copy)>] [170] [171] [172] [173] <./images/182a.png, id=1591, 230.17995pt x 215.00325pt> File: ./images/182a.png Graphic file (type png) [174 <./images/182a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/184a.png, id=1598, 321.24014pt x 220 .06215pt> File: ./images/184a.png Graphic file (type png) [175 <./images/184a.png (PNG copy)>] [176] <./images/18 5a.png, id=1608, 271.7352pt x 224.7597pt> File: ./images/185a.png Graphic file (type png) [177 <./images/185a.png (PNG copy)>] [178] [179] [180] <./images/188a.png, id=1626, 258.0039pt x 137.313pt> File: ./images/188a.png Graphic file (type png) [181 <./images/188a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/189a.png, id=1632, 328.1058pt x 180. 675pt> File: ./images/189a.png Graphic file (type png) File: ./images/189a.png Graphic file (type png) [182 <./images/189a.png (PNG copy)>] [183] <./images/19 2a.png, id=1645, 229.45724pt x 197.2971pt> File: ./images/192a.png Graphic file (type png) [184 <./images/192a.png (PNG copy)>] File: ./images/192a.png Graphic file (type png) [185] <./images/196a.png, id=1659, 102.6234pt x 119.606 86pt> File: ./images/196a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/196b.png, id=1660, 165.85965pt x 91.7829pt> File: ./images/196b.png Graphic file (type png) [186 <./images/196a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/197a.png , id=1666, 236.3229pt x 114.9093pt> File: ./images/197a.png Graphic file (type png) [187 <./images/196b.png (PNG copy)> <./images/197a.png (PNG copy)>] [188] [189 ] [190] [191] [192] [193] [194] [195] [196] [197] [198] <./images/198a.png, id= 1708, 188.26335pt x 13.0086pt> File: ./images/198a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/198b.png, id=1709, 381.5856pt x 271.0125pt> File: ./images/198b.png Graphic file (type png) [199 <./images/198a.png (PNG copy)>] [200 <./images/198b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images /199a.png, id=1719, 189.70876pt x 183.92715pt> File: ./images/199a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/200a.png, id=1720, 252.2223pt x 209.22165pt> File: ./images/200a.png Graphic file (type png) [201 <./images/199a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/200a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/201a.png, id=1725, 273.1806pt x 14.454pt> File: ./images/201a.png Graphic file (type png) [202 <./images/201a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/203a.png , id=1732, 329.18985pt x 23.1264pt> File: ./images/203a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/204a.png, id=1733, 222.5916pt x 85.63995pt> File: ./images/204a.png Graphic file (type png) [203 <./images/203a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/205a.png , id=1741, 315.8199pt x 24.5718pt> File: ./images/205a.png Graphic file (type png) [204 <./images/204a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/205a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/206a.png, id=1747, 185.7339pt x 152.85104pt> File: ./images/206a.png Graphic file (type png) [205 <./images/206a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/207a.png , id=1753, 266.31496pt x 219.7008pt> File: ./images/207a.png Graphic file (type png) [206 <./images/207a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/208a.png , id=1758, 267.03764pt x 194.04495pt> File: ./images/208a.png Graphic file (type png) Underfull \vbox (badness 1515) has occurred while \output is active [] [207 <./images/208a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/210a.png, id=1764, 307.1475pt x 261.97874pt> File: ./images/210a.png Graphic file (type png) [208 <./images/210a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/211a.png , id=1769, 255.8358pt x 205.60815pt> File: ./images/211a.png Graphic file (type png) [209 <./images/211a.png (PNG copy)>] [210] <./images/21 5a.png, id=1786, 276.0714pt x 198.38115pt> File: ./images/215a.png Graphic file (type png) [211 <./images/215a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/217a.png , id=1798, 283.2984pt x 217.5327pt> File: ./images/217a.png Graphic file (type png) [212 <./images/217a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/219a.png , id=1803, 273.54195pt x 22.76505pt> File: ./images/219a.png Graphic file (type png) [213 <./images/219a.png (PNG copy)>] [214] [215] [216] [217 ] <./images/223a.png, id=1832, 297.7524pt x 208.49895pt> File: ./images/223a.png Graphic file (type png) [218] <./images/224a.png, id=1837, 323.0469pt x 168.750 44pt> File: ./images/224a.png Graphic file (type png) [219 <./images/223a.png (PNG copy)>] Underfull \vbox (badness 2368) has occurred while \output is active [] [220 <./images/224a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/226a.png, id=1848, 270.65115pt x 174.53204pt> File: ./images/226a.png Graphic file (type png) [221 <./images/226a.png (PNG copy)>] [222] [223] [224] [225] [226] [227] [228] [229] [230] <./images/236a.png, id=1897, 153.57375pt x 197.2971pt> File: ./images/236a.png Graphic file (type png) [231 <./images/236a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/237a.png, id=1904, 162.6075pt x 220. 78485pt> File: ./images/237a.png Graphic file (type png) [232 <./images/237a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/238a.png , id=1910, 291.60945pt x 210.66705pt> File: ./images/238a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/239a.png, id=1911, 296.66835pt x 165.4983pt> File: ./images/239a.png Graphic file (type png) [233 <./images/238a.png (PNG copy)>] [234 <./images/239 a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/240a.png, id=1922, 228.3732pt x 230.5413pt> File: ./images/240a.png Graphic file (type png) [235 <./images/240a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/243a.png , id=1928, 202.356pt x 149.5989pt> File: ./images/243a.png Graphic file (type png) [236 <./images/243a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/244a.png , id=1934, 287.99596pt x 185.37254pt> File: ./images/244a.png Graphic file (type png) [237 <./images/244a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/245a.png , id=1939, 216.0873pt x 199.10385pt> File: ./images/245a.png Graphic file (type png) [238 <./images/245a.png (PNG copy)>] [239] <./images/24 7a.png, id=1961, 256.5585pt x 201.99464pt> File: ./images/247a.png Graphic file (type png) [240 <./images/247a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/249a.png , id=1972, 310.761pt x 142.3719pt> File: ./images/249a.png Graphic file (type png) <./images/250a.png, id=1976, 217.89404pt x 154.29645pt> File: ./images/250a.png Graphic file (type png) [241 <./images/249a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/251a.png , id=1984, 270.65115pt x 207.05354pt> File: ./images/251a.png Graphic file (type png) [242 <./images/250a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/252a.png , id=1989, 268.1217pt x 172.36395pt> File: ./images/252a.png Graphic file (type png) [243 <./images/251a.png (PNG copy)> <./images/252a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/253a.png, id=1993, 265.9536pt x 172.36395pt> File: ./images/253a.png Graphic file (type png) [244 <./images/253a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/255a.png , id=1998, 163.3302pt x 110.93445pt> File: ./images/255a.png Graphic file (type png) [245 <./images/255a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/256a.png, id=2006, 165.13695pt x 154 .6578pt> File: ./images/256a.png Graphic file (type png) File: ./images/256a.png Graphic file (type png) [246 <./images/256a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/258a.png , id=2011, 119.9682pt x 153.9351pt> File: ./images/258a.png Graphic file (type png) [247 <./images/258a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/259a.png , id=2017, 166.9437pt x 201.99464pt> File: ./images/259a.png Graphic file (type png) [248 <./images/259a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/259b.png , id=2023, 151.0443pt x 160.80075pt> File: ./images/259b.png Graphic file (type png) [249 <./images/259b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/259c.png , id=2028, 173.80936pt x 184.2885pt> File: ./images/259c.png Graphic file (type png) [250 <./images/259c.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/261a.png , id=2034, 277.87814pt x 177.0615pt> File: ./images/261a.png Graphic file (type png) [251 <./images/261a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/262a.png , id=2041, 238.85236pt x 215.72595pt> File: ./images/262a.png Graphic file (type png) [252 <./images/262a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/263a.png , id=2054, 218.61674pt x 118.16145pt> File: ./images/263a.png Graphic file (type png) [253 <./images/263a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/265a.png , id=2069, 246.4407pt x 230.5413pt> File: ./images/265a.png Graphic file (type png) [254] [255 <./images/265a.png (PNG copy)>] [256] [257 ] <./images/271a.png, id=2090, 241.74315pt x 273.9033pt> File: ./images/271a.png Graphic file (type png) [258 <./images/271a.png (PNG copy)>] [259] [260] <./ima ges/276a.png, id=2109, 306.06345pt x 273.54195pt> File: ./images/276a.png Graphic file (type png) [261 <./images/276a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/277a.png , id=2115, 258.0039pt x 274.626pt> File: ./images/277a.png Graphic file (type png) [262 <./images/277a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/277b.png , id=2120, 254.75175pt x 100.4553pt> File: ./images/277b.png Graphic file (type png) [263 <./images/277b.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/279a.png , id=2125, 256.5585pt x 259.08795pt> File: ./images/279a.png Graphic file (type png) [264] [265 <./images/279a.png (PNG copy)>] <./images/28 2a.png, id=2138, 340.03035pt x 538.77284pt> File: ./images/282a.png Graphic file (type png) [266] [267 <./images/282a.png (PNG copy)>] [268] [269 ] [270] [271] [272] [273] [274] [275] [276] [277] <./images/catlogo.png, id=218 1, 64.3203pt x 82.02644pt> File: ./images/catlogo.png Graphic file (type png) [1 <./images/catlogo.png (PNG copy)>] (./29913-t.tcc [2 ]) \tf@tcc=\write5 \openout5 = `29913-t.tcc'. [3] [4 ] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [2 1] [22] [23] [24] [25] [26] [27] [28] [29] [30] [31] [32] [33] [34] [35] [36] [ 37] [38] [39] [40] [41] [42] [43] [44] [45] [46] [47] [48] [49] [50] [51] [52] [53] [54] [55] [56] [57] [58] (./29913-t.tcs) \tf@tcs=\write6 \openout6 = `29913-t.tcs'. [59 ] [60] [61] [62] [63] [64] [65] [66] [67 ] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [1 ] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [2] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [3] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [4] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [5] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [6] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [7] Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] [8] [9] (./29913-t.aux) *File List* book.cls 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class bk12.clo 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX file (size option) ifthen.sty 2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC) geometry.sty 2002/07/08 v3.2 Page Geometry keyval.sty 1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC) geometry.cfg amsmath.sty 2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features amstext.sty 2000/06/29 v2.01 amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0 amsbsy.sty 1999/11/29 v1.2d amsopn.sty 1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names amssymb.sty 2002/01/22 v2.2d amsfonts.sty 2001/10/25 v2.2f inputenc.sty 2006/05/05 v1.1b Input encoding file latin1.def 2006/05/05 v1.1b Input encoding file graphicx.sty 1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) graphics.sty 2006/02/20 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) trig.sty 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC) graphics.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 graphics configuration of teTeX/TeXLive pdftex.def 2007/01/08 v0.04d Graphics/color for pdfTeX wrapfig.sty 2003/01/31 v 3.6 longtable.sty 2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC) fancyhdr.sty nextpage.sty 2000/02/20 v1.1 additional page commands verbatim.sty 2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements fix-cm.sty 2006/03/24 v1.1n fixes to LaTeX ts1enc.def 2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) Standard LaTeX file hyperref.sty 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hypertext links for LaTeX pd1enc.def 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO) hyperref.cfg 2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive kvoptions.sty 2006/08/22 v2.4 Connects package keyval with LaTeX options (HO ) url.sty 2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc. hpdftex.def 2007/02/07 v6.75r Hyperref driver for pdfTeX supp-pdf.tex color.sty 2005/11/14 v1.0j Standard LaTeX Color (DPC) color.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive nameref.sty 2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section refcount.sty 2006/02/20 v3.0 Data extraction from references (HO) 29913-t.out 29913-t.out umsa.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions umsb.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions ueuf.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions ./images/001a.png ./images/001a.png ./images/001c.png ./images/002a.png ./images/004a.png ./images/006a.png ./images/007a.png ./images/008a.png ./images/010a.png ./images/010b.png ./images/011a.png ./images/012a.png ./images/014a.png ./images/015a.png ./images/016a.png ./images/018a.png ./images/019a.png ./images/020a.png ./images/021a.png ./images/022a.png ./images/022b.png ./images/023a.png ./images/025a.png ./images/026a.png ./images/029a.png ./images/030a.png ./images/031a.png ./images/033a.png ./images/035a.png ./images/035a.png ./images/039a.png ./images/040a.png ./images/042a.png ./images/043a.png ./images/044a.png ./images/045a.png ./images/046a.png ./images/047a.png ./images/048a.png ./images/049a.png ./images/050a.png ./images/051a.png ./images/052a.png ./images/053a.png ./images/055a.png ./images/055a.png ./images/057a.png ./images/058a.png ./images/060a.png ./images/061a.png ./images/066a.png ./images/067a.png ./images/068a.png ./images/069a.png ./images/070a.png ./images/071a.png ./images/072a.png ./images/074a.png ./images/077a.png ./images/078a.png ./images/079a.png ./images/080a.png ./images/081a.png ./images/083a.png ./images/085a.png ./images/086a.png ./images/088a.png ./images/089a.png ./images/090a.png ./images/091a.png ./images/092a.png ./images/094a.png ./images/094b.png ./images/095a.png ./images/095a.png ./images/098a.png ./images/101a.png ./images/102a.png ./images/106a.png ./images/108a.png ./images/110a.png ./images/111a.png ./images/112a.png ./images/113a.png ./images/114a.png ./images/116a.png ./images/117a.png ./images/118a.png ./images/119a.png ./images/121a.png ./images/123a.png ./images/124a.png ./images/126a.png ./images/129a.png ./images/132a.png ./images/133a.png ./images/134a.png ./images/137a.png ./images/141a.png ./images/141b.png ./images/142a.png ./images/142b.png ./images/142c.png ./images/142d.png ./images/143a.png ./images/144a.png ./images/145a.png ./images/146a.png ./images/147a.png ./images/148a.png ./images/148b.png ./images/151a.png ./images/152a.png ./images/152b.png ./images/153a.png ./images/155a.png ./images/156a.png ./images/159a.png ./images/160a.png ./images/161a.png ./images/162a.png ./images/165a.png ./images/166a.png ./images/166b.png ./images/167a.png ./images/173a.png ./images/177a.png ./images/178a.png ./images/182a.png ./images/184a.png ./images/185a.png ./images/188a.png ./images/189a.png ./images/189a.png ./images/192a.png ./images/192a.png ./images/196a.png ./images/196b.png ./images/197a.png ./images/198a.png ./images/198b.png ./images/199a.png ./images/200a.png ./images/201a.png ./images/203a.png ./images/204a.png ./images/205a.png ./images/206a.png ./images/207a.png ./images/208a.png ./images/210a.png ./images/211a.png ./images/215a.png ./images/217a.png ./images/219a.png ./images/223a.png ./images/224a.png ./images/226a.png ./images/236a.png ./images/237a.png ./images/238a.png ./images/239a.png ./images/240a.png ./images/243a.png ./images/244a.png ./images/245a.png ./images/247a.png ./images/249a.png ./images/250a.png ./images/251a.png ./images/252a.png ./images/253a.png ./images/255a.png ./images/256a.png ./images/256a.png ./images/258a.png ./images/259a.png ./images/259b.png ./images/259c.png ./images/261a.png ./images/262a.png ./images/263a.png ./images/265a.png ./images/271a.png ./images/276a.png ./images/277a.png ./images/277b.png ./images/279a.png ./images/282a.png ./images/catlogo.png *********** ) Here is how much of TeX's memory you used: 6875 strings out of 94074 97992 string characters out of 1165153 150172 words of memory out of 1500000 9362 multiletter control sequences out of 10000+50000 20644 words of font info for 77 fonts, out of 1200000 for 2000 648 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191 29i,14n,43p,235b,609s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,6000p,200000b,5000s Output written on 29913-t.pdf (367 pages, 2076062 bytes). PDF statistics: 2735 PDF objects out of 2984 (max. 8388607) 522 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 131072) 1140 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)